Note: Descriptions are shown in the official language in which they were submitted.
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
LINCOMYCIN DERIVATIVES POSSESSING ANTIBACTERIAL ACTIVITY
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S Patent Application
No. 101777,455,
filed February 11, 2004, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent
Application No.
10/642,507, filed August 15, 2003, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. ~
119(e) of U.S.
Provisional Application No. 60/403,770 filed on August 15, 2002, and which
also claims the
benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/479,502, filed June 17, 2003,
the disclosures of
which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] This invention relates to lincomycin derivatives that exhibit
antibacterial activity.
STATE OF THE ART
[0003] Lincomycin is a biosynthetic product that adversely affects growth of
various
microorganisms, in particular gram positive bacteria. The characteristics and
preparation of
lincomycin are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,06,912. A variety of derivatives of
lincomycin,
which also have antimicrobial activity, have been prepared. These derivatives
include, for
example, clindamycin, which is described in U.S. Patent 3,496,163.
[0004] Lincomycin derivatives remain attractive targets for antibacterial drug
discovery.
Accordingly, lincomycin derivatives that possess antimicrobial activity are
desired as potential
antibacterial agents.
SU~I3~RY OF THE INVENTION
[000] The present invention provides lincomycin derivatives that possess
antibacterial
activity.
[0006] In one of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a
compound of
formula (I):
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
R9-
~iiIISR~
(I)
wherein:
Rl is alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently H, alkyl, hydroxy, fluoro, or cyanoalkyl or one
of R2 and R3 is NOR7 and the other is absent, or one of R2 and R3 is =CH2 and
the
other is absent, with the provisos that both R2 and R3 are not H; when one of
R~ and R3
is fluoro, the other is not hydrogen or hydroxy; and when one of R2 and R3 is
hydroxy,
the other is not fluoro, hydrogen, or hydroxy;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl,
-C(O)O-alkylene-cycloalkyl, -C(O)O-alkylene-substituted cycloalkyl, -C(O)O-
alkyl,
-C(O)O-substituted alkyl, -C(O)O-aryl, -C(O)O-substituted aryl, -C(O)O-
heteroaryl,
-C(O)O-substituted heteroaryl, -[C(O)O]p alkylene-heterocycle, -[C(O)O]p
alkylene-
substituted heterocycle, wherein p is 0 or 1;
R7 is H or alkyl;
R9, which can be singly or multiply substituted in the ring on the same or
different carbons, is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy,
cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloallcyl, substituted oxygen, substituted nitrogen, halogen,
phenyl,
substituted phenyl, -(CHZ)"OH, -(CH2)n-1~TR4R5, -alkylene-R~ where R'~ is
selected
from monofluorophenyl and monochlorophenyl, and branched chain isomers thereof
wherein n is an integer of from 1 to ~ inclusive and Rq and RS are H or alkyl;
and
mis0,l,2or3;and
prodrugs, tautomers or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
with the proviso that the compound of formula I has a minimum inhibition
concentration of
32 ~.g/mL or less against at least one of the organisms selected from the
group consisting of
streptococcus pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, staphylococcus epidermidis,
Enterococcus
2
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Haemophilus influenzae, Moraxella catarrhalis,
Escherichia
coli, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron, and Clostridium
difficile.
[0007] In one embodiment, m is 0. In another embodiment, m is 1. In another
embodiment,
m is 2. In another embodiment, m is 3.
[0008] In a preferred embodiment, Ri is methyl.
[0009] In one embodiment, one of R2 and R3 is H, and the other is alkyl. In
one
embodiment, one of Ra and R3 is H, and the other is methyl. In one embodiment,
one of RZ and
R3 is H, and the other is cyanoalkyl. In one embodiment, both of R2 and R3 are
F. In one
embodiment, one of Ra and R3 is hydroxy, and the other is alkyl. In one
embodiment, R2 and R3
together are hydroxyimino or alkoxyimino. In one embodiment, R2 and R3
together are
methylene (=CH2).
In a preferred embodiment, R6 is H, alkyl, or hydroxyalkyl. In a preferred
embodiment, R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, ethyl, 2-
hydroxyethyl, 2-methyl-2-hydroxyethyl, and 3-hydroxypropyl. In another
embodiment, R6 is not one of the following:
0
0
0
0
0
0
[0010] In one embodiment, each R9 is independently selected from the group
consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
substituted
cycloalkyl, substituted oxygen, substituted nitrogen, halogen, phenyl,
substituted phenyl, -
(CHa)n ~H, -(CH~)n 1~TR4R5, -alkylene-R~ where Ra is selected from
monofluorophenyl and
monochlorophenyl, and branched chain isomers thereof wherein n is an integer
of from 1 to ~
inclusive and R4 and RS are H or alkyl.
[0011] In one embodiment, Rg is a substituted alkyl, and wherein the one or
more
substituents on the alkyl group are selected from the group consisting of
halogen, oxygen,
hydroxy, amine (primary), amine (secondary-amine substituted by alkyl above),
amine (tertiary-
amine substituted by alkyl as above), sulfur, -SH, and phenyl.
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0012] In a preferred embodiment, each R9 is independently selected from the
group
consisting of halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy,
substituted alkoxy, and
cycloalkyl. In another preferred embodiment, each R9 is independently selected
from the group
consisting of H, alkyl, and substituted alkyl.
[0013] In one embodiment, R9 is selected from the group consisting of 1-
ethylpropyl; 2-(4-
fluorophenyl)ethyl; 2,2-difluoroethoxymethyl/fluoro; 2,2-difluoropentyl; 2-
cyclobutyl-ethyl; 2-
cyclopropyl-ethyl; 2-fluoroethoxy; 2-methoxyethoxy; 2-propoxy-ethyl; 3-(2-
fluoro-ethoxy)-
propyl; 3-(3-fluoro-propoxy)-propyl; 3-(4-chlorophenyl)propyl; 3-(cyclopropyl-
methoxy)-
propyl; 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy; 3,3-difluorobutyl; 3,3-difluoropentyl; 3,3-
difluoropropyl; 3,3-
difluoropropyl/fluoro; 3-cyclobutyl-propyl; 3-cyclopentyl-propyl; 3-
cyclopropyl-propyl; 3-
ethoxy-propyl; 3-fluoropropoxy; 3-fluoro-propoxy-methyl; 3-fluoropropyl; 3-
fluoropropyl/fluoro; 3-hydroxy-3-ethylpentyl; 3-methoxy-propyl; 3-propoxy-
propyl; 4,4-
difluorobutyl; 4,4-difluoropentyl; 4-fluorobutoxy; 4-fluorobutyl; 4-methoxy-
butyl; 5,5-
difluoropentyl; 5-fluoropentyl; butoxy; butyl; cyclobutyl-methyl; cyclohexyl;
cyclohexyl-
methyl; cyclopropyl-methoxy; cyclopropyl-methyl; ethyl; ethyl/fluoro;
fluoro/butyl;
fluoro/propyl; isobutyl; isopentyl; iso-propyl; methoxy; n-butyl; n-pentyl;
pentoxy; pentyl;
propoxy-methyl; and propyl. In another embodiment, R9 is propyl.
[0014] In one embodiment, R9 is selected from the group consisting of 1-
ethylpropyl; 2-(4-
fluorophenyl)ethyl; 2,2-difluoropentyl; 2-cyclobutyl-ethyl; 2-cyclopropyl-
ethyl; 2-
methoxyethoxy; 3-(2-fluoro-ethoxy)-propyl; 3-(4-chlorophenyl)propyl; 3,3-
difluorobutyl; 3,3-
difluoropentyl; 3,3-difluoropropyl; 3-cyclobutyl-propyl; 3-cyclopentyl-propyl;
3-eyclopropyl-
propyl; 3-ethoxy-propyl; 3-fluoropropyl; 3-hydroxy-3-ethylpentyl; 3-methoxy-
propyl; 3-
propoxy-propyl; 4,4-difluorobutyl; 4-fluorobutyl; 5,5-difluoropentyl; 5-
fluoropentyl; butoxy;
butyl; cyclobutyl-methyl; cyclohexyl; cyclohexyl-methyl; cyclopropyl-methoxy;
cyclopropyl-
methyl; ethyl; isobutyl; isopentyl; iso-propyl; methoxy; n-butyl; n-pentyl;
pentoxy; pentyl;
propoxy-methyl; and propyl.
[001] In one embodiment, R9 not 2,2-difluoroethoxymethyl/fluoro; 2-
fluoroethoxy; 2-
propoxy-ethyl; 3-(3-fluoro-propoxy)-propyl; 3-(cyclopropyl-methoxy)-propyl;
3,3,3-
trifluoropropoxy; 3,3-difluoropropyl/fluoro; 3-fluoropropoxy; 3-fluoro-propoxy-
methyl; 3-
fluoropropyl/fluoro; 4,4-difluoropentyl; 4-fluorobutoxy; 4-methoxy-butyl;
ethyl/fluoro;
fluoro/butyl; or fluoro/propyl.
4
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0016] In one of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a
prodrug compound of
the formula (IV):
m O
R9
N/
Rs
HO ~~nSR~
wherein Rl, Ra, R3, and R9 are as defined for formula I; wherein R6 is as
defined for
formula I or is a suitable prodrug group which is cleavable in vivo; and
wherein Rl l is H or a
suitable prodrug group which is cleavable in vivo.
[0017] In one embodiment, the compound is a prodrug wherein R6 is selected
from the
group consisting of hydrogen; 1-(acetyloxy)-ethyl-oxycarbonyl; 1-amino-2-
methyl-butyl-
carbonyl; 1-amino-2-methyl-butyl-carbonyl-oxy-methyl-oxycarbonyl; 1-amino-2-
methyl-
propyl-caxbonyl; 1-amino-2-phenyl-ethyl-carbonyl; 1-amino-ethyl-carbonyl; 1-
methyl-1,2,3,6
tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl-oxycarbonyl; 1-methyl-1,4 dihydro-pyridin-3-yl-
carbonyl; 1-methyl-3-
oxo-but-1-enyl; 5-methyl-[1,3]dioxol-2-one-4-yl-methoxy-carbonyl; 5-methyl-
[1,3]dioxol-2-
one-4-yl-methyl; ethoxy-carbonyl; ethyl-carbonylamino-methyl; fluorenyl-
methylene-oxy-
caxbonyl; phenoxy-carbonyl; piperidin-4-yl-carbonyl-oxy-methyl-oxycarbonyl;
and pyridine-3-
yl-carbonylamino-methyl.
[0018] In another embodiment, the compound is a prodrug wherein R6 is selected
from the
group consisting of hydrogen; 1-(acetyloxy)-ethyl-oxycarbonyl; 1-amino-2-
methyl-butyl-
carbonyl; 1-amino-2-methyl-butyl-carbonyl-oxy-methyl-oxycarbonyl; 1-amino-2-
methyl-
propyl-carbonyl; 1-amino-2-phenyl-ethyl-caxbonyl; 1-amino-ethyl-carbonyl; 1-
methyl-1,2,3,6
tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl-oxycarbonyl; 1-methyl-1,4 dihydro-pyridin-3-yl-
carbonyl; 1-methyl-3-
oxo-but-1-enyl; ethyl-carbonylamino-methyl; piperidin-4-yl-carbonyl-oxy-methyl-
oxycarbonyl;
and pyridine-3-yl-carbonylamino-methyl.
[0019] In another embodiment, the compound is a prodrug wherein R6 is not 5-
methyl-
[1,3]dioxol-2-one-4-yl-methoxy-caxbonyl; 5-methyl-[1,3]dioxol-2-one-4-yl-
methyl; ethoxy-
carbonyl; fluorenyl-methylene-oxy-carbonyl; or phenoxy-carbonyl.
[0020] In another embodiment, the compound is a prodrug wherein R6 is not 5-
methyl-
[1,3]dioxol-2-one-4-yl-methoxy-caxbonyl; or 5-methyl-[1,3]dioxol-2-one-4-yl-
methyl.
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0021] In a preferred embodiment, the compound is a prodrug wherein Rl1 is
selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen; 2-(N (2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-amino-
carbonyl)-ethyl-
carbonyl; -C(O)CH2CHZCOOH; N,N dimethyl-amino-methyl-carbonyl; pentadecyl-
carbonyloxy; and -PO3H2.
[0022] In a preferred embodiment, this invention provides compounds of formula
(II)
R3
R9 m O
R~
N HN
Rs O
HO
HO r~~OH
wherein:
~iiIISR~
(II)
Rl is alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently H, alkyl, or cyanoalkyl, with the proviso that
both R2 and R3 are .not H;
R6 is H, alkyl, or hydroxyalkyl;
R9, which can be singly or multiply substituted in the ring on the same or
different carbons, is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl,
substituted
oxygen, substituted nitrogen, halogen, phenyl, substituted phenyl, -(CH2)"-OH,
-
(CHZ)n NR4R5, -alkylene-R~ where Ra is selected from monofluorophenyl and
monochlorophenyl, and branched chain isomers thereof wherein n is an integer
of
from 1 to ~ inclusive and R~ and RS are H or alkyl; and
m is 1 or 2; and
prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
with the proviso that the compound of formula II has a minimum inhibition
concentration of
32 ~,g/mL or less against at least one of the organisms selected from the
group consisting of
Streptococcus pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis,
Enterococcus
faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Haemophilus influenzae, Moraxella catarrhalis,
Escherichia
coli, Eacteroides fragilis, Eacteroides thetaiotaomicron, and Clostridium
difficile.
6
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0023] In a particularly preferred embodiment, this invention provides
compounds of
formula (III):
R'
wherein:
Rl is alkyl;
R2 and R3 are fluoro;
R6 is H, alkyl, or hydroxyalkyl;
Rg, which can be singly or multiply substituted in the ring on the same or
different carbons, is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl,
substituted
oxygen, substituted nitrogen, halogen, phenyl, substituted phenyl, -(CH2)n ~H,
-
(CH2)"-NR4R5, -alkylene-Ra where R~ is selected from monofluorophenyl and
monochlorophenyl, and branched chain isomers thereof wherein n is an integer
of
from 1 to ~ in clusive and R4 a:nnd RS are H or alkyl; and
m is 1 or 2; and
prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
with the proviso that the comp~und ~f fornzula III has a minimum inhibition
concentration of
32 ~.g/mL or less against at least one of the organisms selected from the
group consisting of
Streptococcus pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis,
Enterococcus
faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Haemophilus influenzae, Moraxella catarrhalis,
Escherichia
coli, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron, and Clostridium
difficile.
In another preferred embodiment, this invention is directed to a compound of
formula (Iii):
7
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
R3
R9 ~ m O
R~
~N HN
6 O
HO ....
HO 'OOH
wherein:
~iiIISR~
(IV)
Rl is alkyl;
RZ and R3 are independently H, or allcyl, hydroxy, fluoro, or cyanoalkyl or
one of R2 and R3 is NOR7 and the other is absent, or one of R2 and R3 is =CH2
and
the other is absent, with the provisos that both R2 and R~ are not H; when one
of R2
and R3 is fluoro, the other is not hydrogen or hydroxy; and when one of Ra and
R3 is
hydroxy, the other is not fluoro, hydrogen, or hydroxy;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)~-alkylene-cycloalkyl,
-C(O)~-alkylene-substituted cycloalkyl, -C(O)O-alkyl, -C(O)O-substituted
alkyl,
C(O)~-aryl, -C(O)O-substituted aryl, -C(O)O-heteroaryl, -C(O)~-substituted
lieteroaryl, -[C(O)O]p-alkylene-heterocycle, -[C(O)O]p-alkylene-substituted
heterocycle, wherein p is 0 or 1 with the proviso that -C(O)O-substituted
alkyl does
not include the following:
R7 is H or alkyl;
R9, which can be singly or multiply substituted in the ring on the same or
different carbons, is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen,
alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl,
substituted
oxygen, substituted nitrogen, halogen, phenyl, substituted phenyl, -(CHZ)ri
OH, -
8
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
(CH2)"-NR4R5, -alkylene-Ra where Ra is selected from monofluorophenyl and
monochlorophenyl, and branched chain isomers thereof wherein n is an integer
of
from 1 to 8 inclusive and R4 and RS are H or alkyl; and
m is 1 or 2; and
prodrugs, tautomers or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
with the proviso that the compound of formula I has a minimum inhibition
concentration of
32 ~g/mL or less against at least one of the organisms selected from the group
consisting of
Streptococcus pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis,
Enterococcus
faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Haemophilus influenzae, Moraxella catarrhalis,
Escherichia
coli, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron, and Clostridium
difficile.
[0024] Lincomycin derivatives within the scope of this invention include those
set forth in
Tables I and II as follows:
R'
Table I
1 Methyl H/methyl H ethyl 2
2 Methyl H/methyl methyl propyl 1
3 Methyl H/cyanomethylmethyl pro y1 1
4 Methyl hydroxy/methylH ethyl 2
Methyl hydroxyimino methyl pro y1 1
6 Methyl methoxyimino methyl pro y1 1
7 Methyl H/methyl H butyl 2
g Methyl H/methyl H pentyl 1
9 Methyl H/methyl H isopentyl 1
Includes R and/or S isomers as either individual isomers or as a mixture
9
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Ex. R1 R'/R' R'' RyF m
Methyl H/methyl H pentyl 1
11 Methyl fluoro/fluoromethyl propyl 1
12 Methyl fluoro/fluoroH pentyl 1
13 Methyl H/methyl H 2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl1
14 Methyl H/methyl H 3,3-difluoro ropyl1
Methyl H/methyl H 3-(4-chloro henyl)propyl1
16 Methyl H/methyl H 2,2-difluoropentyl1
17 Methyl H/methyl H propyl 2
18 Methyl H/methyl 2-hydroxyethyl pentyl 1
19 Methyl H/methyl 2-methyl-2- pentyl 1
hydroxyethyl
Methyl H/methyl 2-methyl-2- pentyl 1
hydroxyethyl
21 Methyl H/methyl 3-hydroxypropyl n- entyl 1
22 Methyl H/methyl 2-hydroxyethyl iso entyl 1
23 Methyl H/methyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3,3-difluoropropyl1
24 Methyl fluoro/fluoro2-hydroxyethyl pentyl 1
methyl Hlmethyl H pentyl 2
26 methyl H/methyl H methoxy 2
27 methyl H/methyl H 1-ethylpropyl ~ 2
28 methyl H/methyl H iso-propyl 2
29 methyl H/methyl H butyl ~ 2
methyl H/methyl H cyclohexyl 2
31 methyl H/methyl 2-hydroxyethyl ethyl 2
32 methyl H/methyl 2-hydroxyethyl pentyl 2
33 methyl H/methyl 2-hydroxyethyl propyl 2
37 methyl H/methyl H 4,4-difluoropentyl1
38 methyl H/methyl H 3,3-difluorobutyl 1
39 methyl H/methyl H 3,3-difluoropentyl1
methyl H/methyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3,3-difluoropentyl1
4~1 methyl Hlmethyl H 3,3-difluoropropyl2
42 methyl H/methyl H 4,4-difluorobutyl 2
43 methyl H/methyl H 5,5-difluoropentyl2
44 methyl H/methyl H 5-fluoropentyl 2
methyl H/methyl H 4-fluorobutyl 2
46 methyl H/methyl H 3-hydroxy-3-ethylpentyl2
4~7 methyl H/methyl H butoxy 2
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Ex. R R/R R R,
48 methyl Hlmethyl H pentoxy 2
49 methyl Hlmethyl H 4-fluorobutoxy 2
50 Methyl RZ/R3 = H butyl 1
methylene
51 methyl H/methyl Ethyl ethyl 2
52 methyl H/methyl H 3-fluoropropoxy 2
53 methyl H/methyl H 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy2
54 methyl H/methyl H isobutyl 2
55 methyl fluoro/fluoro H propyl 2
56 methyl H/methyl H fluoro/propyl 1
57 methyl H/methyl H fluoro/butyl 1
59 methyl H/methyl H 2-methoxyethoxy 2
60 methyl H/methyl H butyl 1
61 methyl H/methyl H 4,4-difluoropentyl 2
62 methyl H/methyl H 3-fluoropropyl 2
63 methyl H/methyl H fluoro/propyl 2
64 methyl H/methyl H 2-fluoroethoxy 2
66 Methyl H/methyl H 2-cyclopropyl-ethyl2
67 Methyl H/methyl H Cyclopropyl-methyl 2
68 Methyl Hlmethyl H 2-cyclobutyl-ethyl 2
69 Methyl H/methyl H Cyclobutyl-methyl 2
70 Methyl H/methyl H n-butyl 0
71 Methyl H/methyl IT Cyclopropyl-methyl 0
72 Methyl H/methyl H F~ropyl 0
73 Methyl H/methyl 2-hydroxy-ethyln-butyl 0
74 Methyl H/methyl H n-pentyl 0
75 Methyl H/methyl H Isopentyl 0
76 Methyl H/methyl H 3-cyclobutyl-propyl0
77 Methyl H/methyl H 2-cyclobutyl-ethyl 0
78 Methyl H/methyl H 2-cyclopropyl-ethyl0
79 Methyl H/methyl H 3-cyclopropyl-propyl0
80 Methyl Hlmethyl Methyl hT-butyl 0
11
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Ex. R1 RllR3 R6 Ry:. m
85 Methyl H/methyl H Cyclopropyl-methyl 1
86 Methyl H/methyl H 2-cyclobutyl-ethyl 1
87 Methyl H/methyl H 2-cyclopropyl-ethyl1
8 Methyl H/methyl H Propyl 3
8
89 Methyl H/methyl H ~-butyl 2
90 Methyl H/methyl H 3-cyclopentyl-propyl2
91 Methyl H/methyl H 3-methoxy-propyl 2
92 Methyl H/methyl H 3-ethoxy-propyl 2
93 Methyl H/methyl H 3-propoxy-propyl 2
94 Methyl H/methyl H 3-(cyclopropyl- 2
methoxy)-propyl
95 Methyl Hlmethyl H 3-(2-fluoro-ethoxy)-2
propyl
96 Methyl H/methyl H 3-(3-fluoro-propoxy)-2
propyl
97 Methyl H/methyl H 4-methoxy-butyl 2
98 Methyl H/methyl H Propoxy-methyl 2
99 Methyl H/methyl H 3-fluoro-propoxy-methyl2
115 Methyl Hlmethyl H Cyclohexyl-rriethyl2
116 Methyl H/methyl H 2-propoxy-ethyl 2
117 Methyl H/methyl H cyclopropyl-methoxy2
118 Methyl H/methyl H ~utyl/fluoro 2
119 Methyl H/methyl H ethyl/fluoro 2
120 hl~ethylH/~nethyl H 3-fluoropropyl/fluoro2
121 Methyl H/methyl H 3,3-difluoropropyl/fluoro2
122 Methyl H/methyl H 2,2-difluoroethoxy-2
methyl/fluoro
12
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
~s
R9-
~~iIISR~
Table II
Ex. R R /R R R R m
34 methyl H/methyl Fluorenyl-Propyl H 2
methylene-
oxy-carbonyl
3 methyl H/methyl Ethoxy- Propyl H 2
carbonyl
36 methyl H/methyl Phenoxy- Propyl H 2
carbonyl
81 Methyl H/methyl H . Propyl -P03Ha 2
82 Methyl H/methyl H Propyl -C(O)CHZCHZCO~H
83 Methyl H/methyl H Propyl 2-(N (2- 2
morpholin-4-yl-
ethyl)-amino-
carbonyl)-ethyl-
carbonyl
84 Methyl H/methyl H Propyl N,N dimethyl-2
amino-methyl-
carbonyl
100 Methyl H/methyl 5-methyl- Propyl H 2
[1,3]dioxol-
2-one-4-yl-
methyl
101 Methyl H/methyl 5-methyl- Propyl H 2
[l,3]dioxol-
2-one-4-yl-
methoxy-
carbonyl
x Includes It and/or S isomers as either individual isomers or as a mixture
13
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
102 Methyl H/methyl H Propyl Pentadecyl- 2
carbonyloxy
103 Methyl Hlmethyl 1-methyl-3-Propyl H 2
oxo-but-1-
enyl
104 Methyl H/methyl 1- Propyl H 2
(acetyloxy)-
ethyl-
oxycarbonyl
105 Methyl Hlmethyl 1-amino-2-Propyl H 2
methyl-
butyl-
carbonyl-
oxy-methyl-
oxycarbonyl
106 Methyl H/methyl Piperidin-4-Propyl H 2
yl-carbonyl-
oxy-methyl-
oxycarbonyl
107 Methyl H/methyl Ethyl- Propyl H 2
carbonylami.
no-methyl
10~ Methyl H/methyl Pyridine-3-Propyl H 2
yl-
carbonylami
no-methyl
109 Methyl H/methyl 1-amino- Propyl H 2
ethyl-
carbonyl
110 Methyl H/methyl 1-amino-2-Propyl H 2
phenyl-
ethyl-
carbonyl
111 Methyl H/methyl 1-amino-2-Propyl H 2
methyl-
butyl-
carbonyl
112 Methyl H/methyl 1-amino-2-Propyl H 2
methyl-
propyl-
carbonyl
113 Methyl H/methyl 1-methyl- Propyl H 2
1,4 dihydro-
yridin-3-yl-
14
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
carbonyl
114 MethylH/methyl 1-methyl- Propyl H 2
1,2,3,6
tetrahydro-
pyridin-4-yl-
oxycarbonyl
[0025] As used below, these compounds are named based on acetamide or amide
derivatives
but, alternatively, these compounds could have been named based on 1-thio-L-
threo-(3-D-
galacto-octopyranoside derivatives. Specific compounds within the scope of
this invention
include the following compounds:
4-Ethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-Methyl-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-Methyl-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [3-cyano-2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Ethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-Methyl-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-hydroxyimino-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-Methyl-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methoxyimino-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
5-Butyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4~,5-tTihydro~ay-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Methyl-butyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-Methyl-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2,2-difluoro-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2,2-difluoro-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
4-[3-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-propyl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3,3-Difluoro-propyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-[3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
txihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2,2-Difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-4-pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(2-Hydroxy-propyl)-4-pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(3-Hydroxy-propyl)-4-pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-4-(3-methyl-butyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3,3-Difluoro-propyl)-1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-4-pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2,2-difluoro-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Pentyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-I~Iethoxy-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(1-Ethyl-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Isopropyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Butyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
16
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
4-Cyclohexyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Ethyl-1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-4-pentyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(4,4-Difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3,3-Difluoro-butyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3,3-Difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3,3-Difluoro-pentyl)-1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3~,3-Difluoro-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6- °,
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(4,4-Difluoro-butyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(5,5-Difluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(5-Fluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
tnethylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(4-rluoro-butyl)-piperidine-~-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Ethyl-3-hydroxy-pentyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydr~-pyran-~-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Butoxy-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Pentyloxy-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
17
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
4-(4-Fluoro-butoxy)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Butyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
rnethylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-allyl]-amide;
1,4-Diethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Fluoro-propoxy)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3,3,3-Trifluoro-propoxy)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Isobutyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2,2-difluoro-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Fluoro-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Butyl-4-fluoro-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4;5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Butyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propYl]-amide;
4-(4,4-Difluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Fluoro-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Fluoro-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2-Fluoroethoxy)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2-Cyclopropyl-ethyl)-piperidine-~-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
18
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
4-Cyclopropylmethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2-Cyclobutyl-ethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Cyclobutylmethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Butyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Cyclopropylmethyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Propyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Butyl-1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Pentyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-(3-Methyl-butyl)-a~etidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-(3-Cyclobutyl-propyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl~1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-(2-Cyclobutyl-ethyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-(2-Cyclopropyl-ethyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-(3-Cyclopropyl-propyl)-a~etidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4'5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfaaiyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Butyl-1-methyl-a~etidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Cyclopropylmethyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2-Cyclobutyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
19
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
4-(2-Cyclopropyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
5-Propyl-azepane-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-butyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydxo-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Cyclopentyl-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Methoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Ethoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Propoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Cyclopropylmethoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-[3-(2-Fluoro-ethoxy)-propyl]-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2.-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-[3-(3-Fluoro-propoxy)-propyl]-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(4-Methoxy-butyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Propoxymethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
rnethylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Fluoro-propoxymethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Cyclohexylmethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,495-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2-Propyloxyethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Cyclopropylmethoxy-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
4-Fluoro-4-butyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Fluoro-4-ethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Fluoro-4-(3-fluoropropyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Fluoro-4-(3,3-difluoropropyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3;4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Fluoro-4-(2,2-difluoroethoxymethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
and prodrugs, tautomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0026] Specific pro-drug compounds within the scope of this invention include
the following
compounds:
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 9H fluoren-9-ylmethyl
ester;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid phenyl ester;
Phosphoric acid mono-(4,5-dihydroxy-6-{2-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-piperidine-2-
carbony1)-
amino]-propyl~-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl) ester;
Succinic acid mono-(4,S-dihydroxy-6-{2-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-piperidine-2-
carbony1)-
amino]-propyl~-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl) ester;
lel (~-Morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-succinamic acid 4~,5-dihydroxy-6- f ~-methyl-1-
[(4-propyl-
piperidine-2-carbonyl)-amino]-propyl~-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl
ester;
Dimethylamino-acetic acid 4,5-dihydroxy-6- f ~-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-piperidine-
2-
carbonyl)-amino]-propyl}-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl ester;
1-(5-Methyl-~-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic
acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4, 5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4, 5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 5-methyl-2-oxo-
[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl
ester;
21
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Hexadecanoic acid 4,5-dihydroxy-6-{2-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-piperidine-2-
carbonyl)-
amino]-propyl}-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl ester;
1-(1-Methyl-3-oxo-but-1-enyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 1-acetoxy-ethyl ester;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 2-amino-3-methyl-
pentanoyloxymethyl
ester;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4, 5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid piperidine-4-
carbonyloxymethyl ester;
1-(Propionylamino-methyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
N {2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl}-nicotinamide;
1-(2-Amino-propionyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(2-Arnino-3-phenyl-propionyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(2-Amino-3-methyl-pentanoyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(2-Amino-3-methyl-butyryl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(1-Methyl-1,4-dihydro-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic
acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 1-methyl-1,2,3,6-
tetrahydro-pyridin-4-
y1 ester;
and tautomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0027] In one embodiment is a compound selected from the group consisting of
4-(2-Cyclopropyl-ethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
22
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
4-Cyclopropylmethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2-Cyclobutyl-ethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Cyclobutylmethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Butyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Cyclopropylmethyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Propyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Butyl-1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-a~etidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Pentyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-(3-R~Iethyl-butyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-.
trihydroxy-6=methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-(3-Cyclobutyl-propyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-(2-Cyclobutyl-ethyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-(2-Cyclopropyl-ethyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-anethylsulfanyl-tetrahydr~-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-(3-Cyclopropyl-propyl)-a~etidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4~,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
3-Butyl-1-methyl-a~etidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
Phosphoric acid mono-(4,5-dihydroxy-6-{2-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-
piperidine-2-carbonyl)-amino]-propylJ-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl)
ester;
Succinic acid mono-(4,5-dihydroxy-6-{2-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-piperidine-
2-carbonyl)-amino]-propylJ-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl) ester;
23
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
N (2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-succinamic acid 4,5-dihydroxy-6- f 2-methyl-
1-[(4-propyl-piperidine-2-carbonyl)-amino]-propyl}-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-3-yl ester;
Dimethylamino-acetic acid 4,5-dihydroxy-6-~2-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-
piperidine-2-carbonyl)-amino]-propyl}-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl
ester;
4-Cyclopropylmethyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2-Cyclobutyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2-Cyclopropyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
5-Propyl-azepane-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-butyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Cyclopentyl-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Methoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Ethoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Propoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(3-Cyclopropylmethoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-(3,4~, 5-trihydr oxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-[3-(2-Fluoro-ethoxy)-propyl]-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydro~~y-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-[3-(3-Fluoro-propoxy)-propyl]-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(4-Methoxy-butyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Propoxymethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [~-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
24
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
4-(3-Fluoro-propoxymethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(5-Methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-
carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-2-
yl)-propyl]-amide;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 5-methyl-2-oxo-
[1,3]dioxol-
4-ylmethyl ester;
Hexadecanoic acid 4,5-dihydroxy-6- f 2-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-piperidine-2-
carbonyl)-amino]-propyl}-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl ester;
1-(1-Methyl-3-oxo-but-1-enyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 1-acetoxy-ethyl ester;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 2-amino-3-methyl-
pentanoyloxymethyl ester;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid piperidine-4-
carbonyloxymethyl ester;
1-(Propionylamino-methyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide;
N- f 2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-
yl)-propylcaxbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidin- I -ylmethyl; -nicotinamide;
1-(2-Amino-propionyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-(3,4~,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
1-(2-lamino-3-phenyl-propionyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide;
1-(2-Amino-3-methyl-pentanoyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid
[2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide;
I-(2-Amino-3-methyl-butyryl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4~,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide;
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
1-(1-Methyl-1,4-dihydro-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-
carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-2-
yl)-propyl]-amide;
2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 1-methyl-1,2,3,6-
tetrahydro-
pyridin-4-yl ester;
4-Cyclohexylmethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-(2-Propyloxyethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Cyclopropylmethoxy-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Fluoro-4-butyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Fluoro-4-ethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Fluoro-4-(3-fluoropropyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyr an-2-yl)-propyl]-amide;
4-Fluoro-4-(3,3-difluoropropyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide; and
4-Fluoro-4-(2,2-difluoroethoxymethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4, 5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propylJ-
amide;
or a prodrug and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[002~j 'The compounds, tautomers, prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable
salts thereof,
as defined herein, may have activity against bacteria, protozoa, fungi, and
parasites.
[0029] In another aspect, this invention provides pharmaceutical compositions
comprising a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of
a compound
defined herein. T'he pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may
fiu~:her comprise
one or more additional antibacterial agents. One or more of the antibacterial
agents may be
active against gram negative bacteria. One or more of the antibacterial agents
may be active
against gram positive bacteria.
[0030] In one of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a method
for the treatment
of a microbial infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a
therapeutically
26
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
effective amount of a compound of this invention. The compound of this
invention may be
administered to the mammal orally, parenterally, transdermally, topically,
rectally, or
intranasally.
[0031] In another of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a
method for the
treatment of a microbial infection in a mammal comprising administering to the
mammal a
pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound of
this invention. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may
further comprise
one or more additional antibacterial agents, one of which may be active
against gram negative
bacteria and/or one of which may be active against gram positive bacteria. The
pharmaceutical
composition may be administered to the mammal orally, parenterally,
transdermally, topically,
rectally, or intranasally.
[0032] In a preferred embodiment, the microbial infection being treated is a
gram positive
bacterial infection. In an additional embodiment, the infection may be a gram
negative bacterial
infection. In a further embodiment, the infection may be a mycobacteria
infection, a
mycoplasma infection, or a chlamydia infection.
[0033] In yet another aspect, the present invention provides novel
intermediates and
processes for preparing compounds of formula (I), (II); (III) and (IV). ~ .
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0034] As described above, this invention relates to lincomycin derivatives
that exhibit
antibacterial activity, in particular gram positive antibacterial activity.
However, prior to
describing this invention in further detail, the following terms will first be
defined.
Definitions
[003] Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in the specification
and claims
have the meanings given below.
[0036] "Acyl" means the group -C(O)R' wherein R' is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,
aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl.
[0037] "Acyloxy" means the group -C(O)OR', wherein R' is alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl.
[0038] "Alkenyl" means a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of
two to
eight carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to
eight caxbon atoms
containing at least one double bond, (-C=C-). Examples of alkenyl groups
include, but are not
limited to, allyl, vinyl, 2-butenyl, and the like.
27
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0039] "Alkoxy" refers to the group "alkyl-O-" which includes, by way of
example,
methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-
pentoxy, n-
hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, and the like.
[0040] "Alkoxyalkoxy" refers to the group alkyl-O-alkylene-O-, wherein alkyl
is as defined
herein.
[0041] "Alkyl" means a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one
to eight
carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three
to eight carbon
atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such
as methyl, ethyl, n-
propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, and the like.
[0042] "Alkylene" means a linear divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to eight
carbon atoms
or a branched divalent hydrocarbon group of three to eight carbon atoms.
Examples of alkylene
groups include, but are not limited to, methylene, ethylene, 2-
methylpropylene, and the like.
[0043] "Alkylthio" refers to the group "alkyl-S-" which includes, by way of
example,
methylthio, butylthio, and the like.
[0044] "Alkynyl" means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to eight
carbon
atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to eight carbon
atoms containing
at least one triple bond, (-C=C-). Examples of alkynyl groups include, but are
not limited to,
ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl, and the like.
[0045] "Amino" or "substituted nitrogen" refers to the group "-NRaRb" wherein
Ra and Rb
are independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, substituted
cycloalkyl, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl.
[0046] "Aminocarboxyalkyl" means a group "-R~C(O)NRaRb" where R~ is an
alkylene, as
defined above, and Ra and Rb are as defined above.
[0047] "Aryl" means a monovalent monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic
group of six
to fourteen ring atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to' phenyl,
naphthyl, and anthryl.
The aryl ring may be optionally fused to a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered monocyclic
non-aromatic ring
optionally containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen,
nitrogen, or
sulfur, the remaining ring atoms being C where one or two C atoms are
optionally replaced by a
carbonyl. Representative aryl groups with fused rings include, but are not
limited to, 2,5-
dihydro-benzo[b]oxepinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxanyl, chromanyl,
isochromanyl, 2,3-
dihydrobenzofuranyl, 1,3-dihydroisobenzofuranyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, 1,2,3,4-
tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indolyl,
2,3dihydro-1H-
isoindolyl, ben~inaida~ole-2-onyl, 2-H-ben~oxa~ol-2-onyl, and the like.
2~
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0048] "Carbonyl" means the group "C(0)."
[0049] "Carboxy" means the group "C(O)O."
[0050] "Cyanoalkyl" refers to an allcyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above,
substituted with
one or more cyano (-CN) groups provided that if two cyano groups are present
they are not both
on the same carbon atom. Examples of cyanoalkyl groups include, for example,
cyanomethyl,
2-cyanoethyl, 2-cyanopropyl, and the like.
[0051] "Cycloalkyl" refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 20 carbon atoms
having a
single or multiple cyclic rings including, by way of example, cyclopropyl,
cyclobutyl,
cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, adamantanyl, and the like. Cycloalkyl groups of the
present invention
also include fused multicyclic rings wherein one or more of the rings within
the multicyclic ring
system are aromatic, as long as the point of attachment to the core or
backbone of the structure is
on the non-aromatic ring, e.g., fluorenyl.
[0052] "Cycloalkylalkyl" means a group -R~Ra where R~, is an alkylene group
and Rd is a
cycloalkyl group, as defined above. Examples include, but are not limited to,
cyclopropylmethylene, cyclohexylethylene, and the like.
[0053] "Halo" or "Halogen" means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo.
[0054] "Haloalkyl" means an alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above,
substituted with one
or more, preferably one to 6, of the same or different halo atoms. Examples of
haloalkyl groups
include, for example, trifluoromethyl, 3-fluoropropyl, 2,2-dichloroethyl, and
the like.
[0055] "Heteroaryl" means a monovalent monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic radical
of 5 to 10
ring atoms containing one, two, or three ring heteroatoms selected from N, ~,
or S, the
remaining ring atoms being C. Representative examples include, but are not
limited to, thienyl,
benzothienyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, quinolinyl,
quinoxalinyl, imidazolyl,
furanyl, ben~ofuranyl, thia~olyl, isoxa~olyl, ben~isoxa~olyl, ben~imida~olyl,
tria~olyl, pyra~olyl,
pyrrolyl, indolyl, 2-pyridonyl, 4-pyridonyl, N-alkyl-2-pyridonyl, pyra~inonyl,
pyrida~inonyl,
pyrimidinonyl, oxa~olonyl, and the like.
[005h] "Heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" refers to a saturated or unsaturated
group having a
single ring or multiple condensed rings, from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and fTOm 1
to 4 heteroatoms
selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen within the
ring, wherein, in
fused ring systems one or more of the rings can be aryl or heteroaryl as
defined herein.
Examples of heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to,
azetidine, pyrrole,
imida~ole, pyra~ole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine,
isoindole, indole,
dihydroindole, inda~ole, purine, quinoli~ine, isoquinoline, quinoline,
phthala~iiie,
29
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, caxbazole,
caxboline,
phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole,
phenoxazine,
phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline,
phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-
tetrahydro-isoquinoline, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene, thiazole,
thiazolidine, thiophene,
benzo[b]thiophene, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl (also referred to as
thiamorpholinyl),
piperidinyl, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like.
[0057) Heterocycles may be optionally substituted with from one to three
substituents
selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo, alkoxy,
acyloxy, amino,
hydroxyl, carboxy, cyano, oxo, nitro, and alkylthio as these terms are defined
herein.
[0058] "Hydroxy" or "hydroxyl" means the group -OH.
[0059] "Hydroxyalkyl" refers to an alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above
substituted with
one or more -OH groups provided that if two hydroxy groups are present they
are not both on
the same carbon atom. Examples of hydroxyalkyl groups include, for example,
hydroxymethyl,
2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, and the like.
[0060] "Mammal" refers to all mammals including humans, livestock, and
companion
animals. ~ ~ . .
[0061] "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event
~r
circumstance may, but need not, occur, and that the description. includes
instances where the
event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example,
"aryl group
optionally mono- or di- substituted with an alkyl group" means that the alkyl
may but need not
be present, and the description includes situations where the aryl group is
mono- or disubstituted
with an alkyl group and situations where the aryl group is not substituted
with the alkyl group.
[0062] "Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" means a carrier that is useful in
preparing a
pharmaceutical comp~Slt~on that is generally safe, non-toxic and neither
biologically nor
otherwise undesirable, and includes a carrier that is acceptable for
veterinary use as well as
human pharmaceutical use. "A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used in
the specification
and claims includes both one and more than one such carrier.
[0063] "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" of a compound means a salt that is
pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological
activity of the
parent compound. Such salts include, but are not limited to,
(1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric
acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the
like; or
formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid,
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic
acid,
succinic acid, malic acid, malefic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric
acid, benzoic
acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid,
methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-
hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic
acid, 2-
naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, 4-
methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid,
4,4'methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-I-carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid,
trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butyla~etic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid,
gluconic acid,
glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, steaxic acid, muconic
acid, and
the like; or
(2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound
either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline
earth metal ion,
or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine,
diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, and the
like.
[0064] "Prodrugs" mean any compound which releases an active parent drug
according to a
compound of the subject invention in.vivo' when such prodrug is administered
to a mammalian
subject. Prodrugs of a compound of the subject invention are prepared by
modifying functional
groups present in a compound of the subject invention in such a way that the
modifications may ,
be cleaved in vivo to release the parent compound. Prodrugs include compounds
of the subject
invention wherein a hydroxy, sulfliydryl or amino group in the compound is
bonded to any
group that may be cleaved in vivo to regenerate the free hydroxyl, amino, or
sulfhydryl group,
respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters
(e.g., acetate, formate,
and ben Joate derivatives), carbamates (e.g., N,IV-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of
hydroxy fiumctional
groups in compounds of the subject invention, and the like. Specific examples
include
-C(~)~-alkylene-cycloalkyl, -C(~)~-alkylene-substituted cycloalkyl, -C(~)~-
alkyl,
-C(~)~-substituted alkyl, -C(~)~-aryl, -C(~)~-substituted aryl, -C(~)~-
heteroaryl,
-C(~)~-substituted heteroaryl, -[C(~)~]p alkylene-heterocycle, -[C(~)~]p
alkylene-substituted
heterocycle, wherein p is 0 or 1. In one embodiment, the -C(~)~-substituted
alkyl does not
include the following:
31
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
0
0
0
0 0
w
0
(0065] "Substituted alkyl" means an alkyl group, as defined above, in which
one or more of
the hydrogen atoms has been replaced by a halogen (i.e., Cl, Br, F, or I),
oxygen, hydroxy,
amine (primary), amine (secondary-amine substituted by alkyl above), amine
(tertiary-amine
substituted by alkyl as above), sulfur, -SH, phenyl, substituted phenyl,
cycloalkyl, alkoxy,
substituted alkoxy. Examples of substituted alkyl groups include, but are not
limited to, 1-
fluoroethyl, 1-chloroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 1-bromopropyl, 2-
iodopropyl, 1-
chlorobutyl, 4-flurobutyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 2-cyclopropyl-ethyl, 3-cyclobutyl-
propyl, 4-
cyclopentyl-butyl, and 4-cyclohexyl-butyl.
[00,66] "Substituted alkoxy" means substituted alkyl-O-, wherein substituted
alkyl is as
defined herein.
[0067] "Substituted aryl" means an aryl ring substituted with one or more
substituents, . ,
preferably one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,
halo, alkoxy, acyloxy, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, vitro, alkylthio, and
thioalkyl. The aryl
ring may be optionally fused to a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered monocyclic non-
aromatic ring
optionally containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen,
nitrogen, or
sulfur, the remaining ring atoms being carbon where one or two carbon atoms
are optionally
replaced by a carbonyl.
[006] "Substituted cycloalkyl" means a cycloalkyl substituted with an alkyl
group, wherein
alkyl is as defined above or a group as defined above for substituted alkyl.
[006] "Substituted heteroaryl" means a heteroaryl ring, wherein heteroaryl is
as defined
above, substituted with one or more substituents, preferably one to three
substituents selected
from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo, alkoxy, acyloxy,
amino, hydroxy,
carboxy, cyano, vitro, alkylthio, and thioalkyl, wherein said substituents are
as defined herein.
[0070] "Substituted oxygen" refers to the group "-O-Rd" wherein Rd is alkyl,
haloalkyl,
alkenyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl,
heteroaryl, or substituted
heteroaryl, wherein said substituents are as defined herein.
32
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0071] "Substituted phenyl" means a phenyl ring wherein one or more of the
hydrogen
atoms has been replaced by a halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, amine (primary,
secondary, and tertiary
with the latter two alkyl substituted), -SH, and phenyl. Representative
examples include, but are
not limited to, p-bromophenyl, m-iodophenyl, o-chlorophenyl, p-ethylphenyl, m-
propylphenyl,
o-methylphenyl, and p-octylphenyl.
[0072] "Thioalkyl" refers to an alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above,
substituted with one
or more -SH groups provided that if two hydroxy groups are present they are
not both on the
same carbon atom. Examples of thioalkyl groups include, for example,
thiomethyl, 2-thioethyl,
2-thiopropyl, and the like.
[0073] "Therapeutically effective amount" means the amount of a compound or
composition
that, when administered to a mammal for treating a disease, is sufficient to
effect such treatment
for the disease. The "therapeutically effective amount" will vary depending on
the compound or
composition, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the
mammal to be treated.
[0074] "Treating" or "treatment" of a disease includes:
(1) preventing the disease, i.e. causing the clinical symptoms of the disease
not to develop im a mammal that may be exposed to or predisposed to the
disease but
does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease,
(2) inhibiting the disease, i.e:; arresting or reducing the development of the
disease or its clinical symptoms, or
(3) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease or its
clinical symptoms.
"Tautomer" refers to an isomer in which migration of a hydrogen atom
results in two or more structures.
[007] The compounds of the present invention are generally named according to
the
ILTPAC or C1-~S nomenclature system. Abbreviations that are well known to one
of ordinary
skill in the art may be used (e.g. "Fh" for phenyl, "l~le" for methyl, "Et"
for ethyl, "13n" for
bev-"".1' 6Ch97 for hOLlr and "rt" for room temperature).
General Synthetic Schemes
[0076] Compounds of this invention can be made by the methods depicted in the
reaction
schemes shown below.
[0077] The starting materials and reagents used in preparing these compounds
are either
available from commercial suppliers such as Toronto Research Chemicals
(l~Torth fork, CaIV
33
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Canada), Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA), Bachem (Torrance,
California,
USA), Emka-Chemie, or Sigma (St. Louis, Missouri, USA) or are prepared by
methods known
to those skilled in the art following procedures set forth in references such
as Fieser and Fieser's
Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-15 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991),
Rodd's Chemistry
of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplementals (Elsevier Science
Publishers, 1989),
Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), March's Advanced
Organic
Chemistry, (John Wiley and Sons, 4th Edition), and Larock's Comprehensive
Organic
Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989). These schemes are merely
illustrative of some
methods by which the compounds of this invention can be synthesized, and
various
modifications to these schemes can be made and will be suggested to one
skilled in the art
having referred to this disclosure.
[0078] As it will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional
protecting groups may
be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired
reactions. Suitable
protecting groups for various functional groups, as well as suitable
conditions for protecting and
deprotecting particular function groups are well known in the art. For
example, numerous
protecting groups are described in T.W. Greene and G.M. Wuts, Protecting
Groups in Organic
Synthesis,'Second Edition, Wiley, New York, 1991, and references cited
therein.
[0079] The starting materials and the intermediates of the reaction may be
isolated and
purified if desired using conventional techniques, including but not limited
to filtration,
distillation, crystallization, chromatography, and the like. Such materials
may be characterized
using conventional means, including physical constants and spectral data.
[0080] The compounds of this invention will typically contain one or more
chiral centers.
Accordingly, if desired, such compounds can be prepared or isolated as pure
stereoisomers. All
such stereoisomers (and enriched mixtures) are included within the scope of
this invention,
unless otherdvise indicated. Pure stereoisomers (or enriched mixtures) may be
prepared using,
for example, optically active starting materials or stareoselective reagents
well-known in the art.
Alternatively, racernic mixtures of such compounds can be separated using, for
example, chiral
colmnn chromatography, chiral resolving agents, and the like.
Preparation of Compounds of formula (I)
[0081] In general, to prepare the compounds of formula (I) of the present
invention, an
appropriately 7-substititued lincosamine intermediate and an appropriately
substituted
pyrrolidinyl or piperidyl carboxylic acid axe condensed under reactive
conditions, preferably in
34
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
an inert organic solvent, in the presence of a coupling reagent and an organic
base. This reaction
can be performed with any number of known coupling reagents, such as O-(7-
azabenzotriazol-1-
yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATLT), 1-
hydroxybenzotriazole
hydrate (HOBT) with carbodiimides, isobutyl chloroformate, diphenylphosphoryl
azide (DPPA),
and the like. Suitable organic bases include diisopropylethylamine (DIEA),
triethylamine
(TEA), pyridine, N-methyl morpholine, and the like. Suitable inert organic
solvents which can
be used include, for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile,
dichloromethane, and the
like. This reaction is typically conducted using an excess of carboxylic acid
to lincosamine at
temperatures in the range of about 0°C to about 50°C. The
reaction is continued until
completion, which typically occurs in from about 2 to 12 h.
[0082] Appropriately 7-substititued lincosamine intermediates, as defined in
the present
invention (i.e., R2/R3), are synthesized by methods well known to those of
skill in the art from
methyl 6-amino-6,8-dideoxy-1-thio-erythro-(3-D-galacto-octopyranoside, which
can be prepared
as described by Hoeksema, et al., Journal of the American Chemical
Society,1967, 89 2448-
2452. Illustrative syntheses for 7-substituted lincosamine intermediates are
shown below in
Schemes 1-5.
[0083] Appropriately substituted pyrrolidinyl or piperidyl carboxylic acid
intermediates, as
defined in the present' invention (i.e., R9), are also synthesized by methods
well. known to those
of skill in the art from prolines and pyridines. The prolines and pyridines
that can be used in the
synthesis of the carboxylic acid intermediates of the present invention
include, for example, 4-
oxoproline and 4-substituted pyridines. The prolines and pyridines used in the
synthesis are
commercially available from vendors such as Aldrich and Sigma. Alternatively,
these prolines
and pyridines can be prepared by methods well known in the art. Illustrative
syntheses for
appropriately substituted pyrrolidinyl or piperidyl carboxylic acid
intermediates are shown
below in Schemes 6-10.
[004] Scheme 1 below illustrates a general synthesis of a lincosamine
intermediate lc
wherein P is an N-protecting group, preferably either Cbz or Boc, and Rl is as
defined for
formula (I).
HZNu.a OH
PHNn.. 'O
PHNu" OTMS
O a, b O c O
HO ~~nSR~ TMSO ~~~~SR1 ' TMSO ~~nSR1
HO ~OH TMSO ~OTMS TMSO~~QTMS
9a yb 9e
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Scheme 1. General synthesis of lincosamine intermediate lc.
(a) N-Protection (Boc, Cbz); (b) O-silyl protection (TMS); (c) Swern
oxidation.
[0085] As shown in Scheme l, methyl 6-amino-6,8-dideoxy-1-thio-erythro-[i-D-
galacto-
octopyranoside, la, is prepared as described by Hoeksema, et al., Journal of
the American
Chemical Society,1967, 89 2448-2452. The amino functional group and the
hydroxy functional
groups of the product la are then protected with suitable protecting groups.
Suitable N-
protecting groups can be formed by the addition of di-t-butyldicarbonate, N-
(benzyloxycarbonyloxy) succinimide, and the like. The hydroxy groups can be
protected as silyl
ethers. The hydroxyl group can be converted to trimethylsilyl (TMS) ethers by
reaction with N,
O-bis-(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide in the presence of an appropriate
organic base such as
triethylamine (TEA) or trimethylsilyl chloride in the presence of an organic
base such as
triethylamine. The N-protection is typically accomplished before the O-
protection.
Chromatography of the crude product on silica after evaporation of the solvent
provides the
protected product 1b.
[0086] The 7-O-trimethylsilyl group of 1b is chemoselectively deprotected and
oxidized to
provide the 7-keto-lincosamine derivative 1c. This selective transformation is
performed by
addition of the protected product 1b to dinlethylsulfoxide and oxalyl chloride
in an inert organic
solvent such as dichloromethane followed by an appropriate organic base suchas
triethylamine.
Alternatively, the transformation may be performed by addition of 1b to
dimethyl sulfoxide and
an appropriate activating agent such as trifluoroacetic anhydride in an inert
organic solvent. The
reaction is typically conducted at temperatures in the range of approximately -
70°C to 80°C.
The resulting reaction mixture is stirred at the low temperature and is then
allowed to warm to
approximately -50°C. The reaction is maintained at this second
temperature for approximately 1
h to 3 h. To the reaction mixture is added a suitable organic base, such as
TEAS pyridine, and
the like. The reaction mixture is appropriately worked up to provide the
product lc. The
general class of conditions used in the transformation of 1b to lc is known in
the art as Swern
oxidation conditions.
[0087] Scheme 2 below illustrates a general synthesis of a lincosamine
intermediate 2b
wherein P is an N-protecting group, preferably either Cbz or Boc, Rl is as
defined for
formula (I), and one of R2 and R3 is hydrogen and the other is as defined for
formula (I).
36
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
R~
HZNn..
PHN~~.. Rz
a O b O
1c TMSO '~iSR~ ----.--T HO ..~~SR~
c
TMSO ~OTMS HO ~OH
2a ab
Scheme 2. General synthesis of lincosamine intermediate 2b.
(a) Wittig olefination (R2PPh3~ , R2P0(OEt)a, base, solvent); (b) and (c)
H2/Pd, Global de-
protection
[0088] As shown in Scheme 2, a keto-lincosamine intermediate lc is reacted to
form an
alkene using the Wittig or Homer-Wadsworth-Emmons reaction. In this reaction,
a suitable
phosphonium salt or phosphonate is deprotonated using a strong base to form a
phosphorus
glide. Suitable phosphonium salts which can be used are
alkyltriphenylphosphonium halides,
which can be prepared by the reaction of triphenylphosphine and an alkyl
halide. Suitable
phosphorous compounds include, for example, methyltriphenylphosphonium
bromide,
diethyl(cyariomethyl)phosphonate and the like. Suitable strong bases which can
tie used to form
the glide include organolithium reagents, potassium tert-butokide, and the
like. The formation
of the phosphorus glide is typically conducted under an inert atmosphere,
such''as'IV~, in an inert
'organic solvent such as toluene, THF, and the like, at low temperatures.
[0089] After formation of the phosphorus glide, the product lc is added to the
reaction. The
reaction conveniently can be performed at temperatures between -40°C
and room temperature
and is stirred until completion, typically 1 to 4 h. The resulting organic
solution is worked-up
and chromatography of the crude product on silica provides the alkene product
2a.
[0090] Optionally, the product of 2a may be purified using conventional
techniques, such as
chromatography and said purified product may be used in the subsequent
coupling reaction to
yield vinyl lincosamine derivatives of the present invention.
[0091] The product 2a is then hydrogenated to provide the saturated product
2b. The
hydrogenation is typically performed in a polar organic solvent such as
methanol, ethanol, and
the like, using 10~/o palladium on carbon in a Parr bottle. The bottle is
purged, and charged with
H~ to approximately 50 to 70 psi and shaken until completion, typically
approximately 12 to
24 h. The resulting reaction mixture is filtered, e.g., through celite, and
rinsed with a polar
organic solvent such as methanol. The organic solution is worked up by
transferring to a resin
funnel containing dry, washed I~owex 50w-400x H+ form and shaken. After
washing the resin
37
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
with methanol and water, the product 2b is eluted from the resin by washing
with 5% TEA in
MeOH. The product can also be purified by silica gel column chromatography.
[0092] Scheme 3 illustrates a general synthesis of a lincosamine intermediate
3b wherein P
is an N-protecting group, preferably either Cbz or Boc, Rl is as defined for
formula (I), and one
of R2 or R3 is alkyl and the other is -OH.
OH OH
Ra
HpNn~. R
PHNr
a O
b
1c TMSO ~nSR~ HO w~rSR~
TMSO ~OTMS Fi0 wOH
3a 3b
Scheme 3. General synthesis of lincosamine intermediate 3b.
(a) R2M (carbon nucleophile); (b) (i) TMS de-protection (H+ or F-) and (ii) N-
deprotection
[0093] As shown in Scheme 3, suitable carbon nucleophiles add to 7-
ketolincosamine
intermediate lc in suitable inert organic solvents to provide a 7-hydroxy
lincosamine
intermediate 3b. Suitable carbon nucleophiles include methylmagnesium
chloride, diethyl zinc,
sodium acetylide and the like and suitable inert organic olvents which can be
used include
THF, diethyl ether, toluene, and the like. The reaction is typically conducted
at reduced
temperatures, approximately at 0°C, for about 3 to 5 h. The reaction is
then quenched with a
saturated aqueous acidic solution, such as saturated aqueous NH4Cl/H2O. The
.quenched
mixture is then worked up and can be purified by chromatography to provide the
product 3b.
[0094] Scheme 4 below illustrates a general synthesis of a lincosamine
intermediate 4b
wherein P is a N-protecting group, preferably Boc, Rl is as defined for
formula (I), and Ra/R3 is
an oxime (=NOR7), wherein R7 is as defined for formula (I).
o-a~c~r". ~~~~
~~~~~". ' NoR~
a ~ b
1c F1~S0 ...r;eVZq H~ ..rrS(~'q
TMSO ~OTMS H~ ~H
~a 4b
Scheme 4. General synthesis of 7-oxime-lincosamines 4b.
[0095] As shown in Scheme 4, the lincosamine intermediate lc is converted to
the oxime by
stirring in the presence of a suitable reagent such as O-
trimethylsilylhydroxylamine, O-
alkylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (for example, O-methylhydroxylamine
hydrochloride), and
the like. The reaction is typically conducted in a polar organic solvent such
as methaalol. The
38
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
reaction conveniently can be conducted at rt in approximately 8 to 24 h. The
solvent is removed
to provide the N-protected product 4a.
[0096] Removal of the protecting group can be carried out with acids, such as
trifluoroacetic
acid (TFA), hydrochloric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and the like, in an
inert organic solvent
such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, dioxane, THF, and the like. The
removal is typically
conducted at low temperatures, e.g., 0°C, and then gradually allowed to
warm to room
temperature to provide the product 4b.
[0097] Scheme 5 below illustrates a general synthesis of a lincosamine
intermediate Sb
wherein Ra and R3 are both fluorine, P is an N-protecting group, preferably
Cbz or Boc, and Rl
is as defined for formula (I).
F
PHNn.. ~ HzNi". F
a, b O c.d O
1c Ac0 ~~~~SR~ AcO ~~~~SR~
Ac0 OAc ACO ~OAc
5a 5b
Scheme 5. General synthesis of 7-deoxy-7,7-difluorolincosamines 5b.
(a) F ; (b) Aca~; pyridine, D1VIAP; (c) DAST; (d) TFA
[0098] As 'shown in Scheme 5, the lincosamine intermediate lc is contacted
with a suitable
fluoride in an inert organic solvent. Suitable fluorides which can be used
include
tetrabutylarmnonium fluoride, Amberlite resin A-26 F form, HF~pyridine and the
like. Suitable
inert organic solvents include THF, acetonitrile, dichloromethane, dioxane,
and the like. The
reaction conveniently can be conducted at rt in about 1 to 2 h. The product
(not shown) can be
purified on a silica gel column.
[0099] The ~-pr~tecting groups on the product obtained from the column are
converted by
contact with acetic anhydride and dimethylaminopyridine (DIe~AP) in a suitable
mixture of an
inert organic solvent and an organic base, such as, for example,
dichloromethane and pyridine.
The reaction conveuently can be conducted at rt in approximately 6 to 12 h.
The product can be
purified on silica gel column to provide product Sa.
[00100] The product Sa is contacted with a suitable fluorinating reagent and
then the N-
protecting group is removed to provide the product Sb. Suitable fluorinating
reagents which can
be used include, for example, dimethylaminosulfurlTifluoride,
[bis(2-rnethoxyethyl)amino]sulfurtrifluoride, and the like. The reaction is
typically conducted in
39
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane, ethylacetate, THF, and the
like at room
temperature in approximately 6 to 12 h.
[0100] Removal of the protecting group can be carried out with acids, such as
trifluoroacetic
acid (TFA), hydrochloric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and the like, in an
inert organic solvent
such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, dioxane, THF, and the like. The
removal is typically
conducted at low temperatures, e.g., 0°C, and then gradually allowed to
warm to room
temperature to provide the product Sb.
[0101] Scheme 6 below illustrates a general synthesis of a proline
intermediate 6c wherein
R9 is as defined for formula (I).
9 9
O~COZH a~ ~,~COZH °~ C'~CQZH
N b. N N,
Boc Boc Boc
6a 6b 6c
Scheme 6. General synthesis of cis/trans R9-proline intermediate mixtures 6c.
(a) R9CH2Br+Ph3P , NaH, DMSO; (b) HZ/Pt
[0102] As shown in Scheme 6; the product 6c~is prepared as described in
Birkenmeyer; et
al.,.Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 1972, 15, 1255-1259. Compound 6~ is
commercially
available from vendors such as RSP (Scientific Research Consortium, Inc:).
Alternatively, 6a
can be prepared from commercially available protected hydroxy prolines by
methods well
known in the art. See, e.g., Demange, et al., Tetrahedron Letters 1998,
39,1169-1172.
[0103] Scheme 7 below illustrates a general synthesis of trans-Rg-proline
intermediates 7d,
wherein R9 is alkyl or substituted alkyl.
~~C~~Bn a. i, ii ~C~~Bn b. I, II ~ ~C~~E~n
i C i
Boc Boc eoc
7a 7b Yc
~9
Tc ~CO~h1_
N
7d Boc
Scheme 7. General synthesis of trans-alkylprolines 7d.
(a) (i) LiHMDS, THF -78°C, (ii) bromoalkene; (b) (i) LiBHEt3, THF -
78°C, (ii) BF30Et2,
Et3SiH; (c) H2 Pd/C.
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0104] As shown in Scheme 7, a protected 4-oxoproline, 7a, is enolated with a
suitable
enolation agent and then alkylated with a suitable alkylating agent in an
inert organic solvent to
provide a lactam 7b (wherein R9' is alkenyl), as described in the literature
procedure by Zhang,
et al., J.A.C.S. 1998, 120 3894-3902. Compound 7a is commercially available
from vendors
such as Bachem. Alternatively, 7a can be prepared by methods well known in the
art. Suitable
enolating agents include LiHMDS, LiN(iPr)2, and the like, and suitable
alkylating agents include
allylic and ben~ylic bromides, for example, 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-butene and cis-
1-bromo-2-
pentene, allylbromide, and the like.
[0105] The lactam 7b is reduced using a suitable reducing agent to provide a
pyrrolidine 7c,
wherein R9' is alkenyl. The reduction is preformed by a two-step sequence
involving
superhydride reduction of the lactam to the hemiaminal and the subsequent
reduction of the
hemiaminal. Suitable reducing agents which can be used include
Et3SiHlBF3~OEt2,
Et3SiH/TiCl4, and the like.
[0106] The pyrrolidine 7c is then hydrogenated to simultaneously remove the
unsaturation in
the R9' substituent and remove the benzyl protecting group from the carboxylic
acid to provide
the product 7d. The hydrogenation. is typically performed in a polar organic
solvent such as
methanol, ethanol, and the like, using 10~/o palladium on carbon in a Parr
bottle. The bottle is..: .
purged, and charged with H2 to approximately 50 to 70 psi and shaken until
completion,
typically approximately 5 to 24 h. The reaction mixture is filtered, e.g.,
through a celite pad, and
washed with a polar organic solvent, such as methanol. Evaporation of the
combined washings
and filtrate affords the product 7d, wherein R9 is an alkyl or substituted
alkyl.
[0107] Scheme 8 below illustrates a general synthesis of trans-R9-proline
intermediates 8c,
wherein R9 is alkyl or substituted alkyl.
°w
~d ~~C~~8n - b-~---~ ~~C~~~n
~E Pd
~oc ~oc
8~
R~
8b o~ C ~CO~H
N
i
Boc
Sc
Scheme 8. General synthesis of traps-R9-substituted prolines 8c, wherein R9 is
alkyl or
substituted alkyl.
41
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
(a) 03, DCM, -78°C, DMS; (b) P+Ph3 salt, Base; (c) H2, Pd/C.
[0108] As shown in Scheme 8, the product 7d is ozonolized to provide the
aldehyde 8a. The
ozonolysis reaction is typically conducted in an anhydrous inert organic
solvent, such as
dichloromethane, dioxane, THF, and the like, at low temperatures, e.g., -
78°C followed by
quenching of the reaction with a reducing agent such as DMS, Ph3P.
[0109] The aldehyde, 8a, is reacted with a suitable phosphonium salt in the
presence of a
strong base in an inert organic solvent. Suitable phosphonium salts which can
be used include,
for example, fluorobenzyl phosphonium chloride, 4-chlorobenzyl phosphonium
chloride,
dibromofluoromethane and triphenylphosphine, and the like. Suitable bases
which can be used
include potassium t-butoxide, organolithium reagents, and activated zinc.
Suitable organic
solvents which can be used include toluene, THF, dimethylacetamide, and the
like. The reaction
is typically conducted in an inert atmosphere, such as under nitrogen, with
vigorous stirring.
The reaction is typically conducted at rt to approximately 110°C for 1
to 2 h. The resulting
reaction mixture is appropriately worked-up and can be purified by
chromatography to provide
8b (wherein R9' is alkenyl).
[0110] The product 8b is then hydrogenated to provide the product 8c. The
hydrogenation is
typically performed in a polar ~rganic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, and
the like, using
10% Palladium on carbon in a Parr bottle. The bottle is purged, and charged
with Ha to
approximately 40 to 70 psi and shaken until completion, typically
approximately 4 to 24 h. The
reaction mixture is filtered, e.g., through a celite pad and washed several
times with a polar
organic solvent, such as methanol. Evaporation of the combined washings and
filtrate affords
the product 8c, wherein R9 is an alkyl or substituted alkyl.
[0111] Scheme 9 below illustrates a general synthesis of trans-R9-proline
intermediates 9d,
wherein R9 is substituted alkyl wherein X is halo.
a~ HO ~_~ b.
GC~Bn ~ COL~n ~" ~ CO~~n
~ 8°c ~n 8c~ ~6a ~cc
X ~ ~CO~Bn ~ ~N~COZH
9c ~cc 9d Bcc
42
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Scheme 9. Example synthesis of trans-halosubstituted alkyl prolines 9d.
(a) Tetraallyltin, BF3~EtaO; (b) DMSO, (COCI)a, TEA; (c) DAST (d)10% Pd/C, H2
[0112] As shown in Scheme 9, aldehyde, 8a, is reduced and alkylated using a
suitable
reagent in an inert organic solvent to provide a hydroxyalkenyl substituted
proline, 9a. Suitable
reagents to reduce and alkylate the aldehyde include tetraallyltin/boron
trifluoride etherate,
allylTMS/boron trifluoride etherate and suitable inert organic solvents which
can be used
include THF, dichloromethane, and the like. The reaction is typically
conducted at low
temperatures, e.g., 0°C, for approximately 1 to 2 h. To the reaction
mixture is added a solution
of a suitable fluoride salt in water, for example potassium fluoride in water,
followed by the
addition of methanol. The reaction mixture is filtered, for example, over
celite. The product can
be purified by chromatography to provide 9a.
[0113] The hydroxyalkenyl substituted proline, 9a, is oxidized to the ketone
by contact with
a suitable oxidizing agent in an inert organic solvent. Suitable oxidizing
agents include oxalyl
chloride/DMSO, Dess Martin periodinane, and the like. Suitable inert organic
solvents include
dichloromethane, and the like. The reaction is typically conducted at reduced
temperatures, e.g.,
-72°C to -50°C, for approximately 30 min to 2 h. To the reaction
mixture is added a suitable
organic base, such as triethylamine. The reaction mixture is worked up to
provide product 9b.
[0114] " The keto-substituted product 9b is halogenated .by contact with a
suitable .
halogenating agent in an inert organic solvent. Suitable halogenating agents
which can be used
include diethylaminosulfur trifluoride, [bis(2-methoxyethyl)amino] sulfur
trifluoride, and the
like. Suitable inert organic solvents which can be used include
dichloromethane, ethyl acetate,
THF, and the like. The reaction is typically conducted at low temperatures in
the range of
approximately -30°C to -78°C. The reaction mixture is gradually
allowed to warm to rt and
stirred at rt until completion, typically in 6 to 12 h. The reaction mixture
is worked up and can
be purified by chromatography to provide 9c.
[011] The product 9c is then hydrogenated to provide the product 9d. The
hydrogenation is
typically performed in a polar organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, and
the like, using
10~/~ palladium on carbon in a Purr bottle. The bottle is purged, and charged
with Ha to
approximately 40 to 70 psi and shaken until completion, typically
approximately 4 to 24 h. The
reaction mixture is filtered, e.g., through a celite pad and washed several
times with a polar
organic solvent, such as methanol. Evaporation of the combined washings and
filtrate affords
the product 9d.
43
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0116] Scheme 10 below illustrates a general synthesis, as described in
Shuman, Journal of
Organic Chemistry.1990, 55, 741-750, of substituted pyridine carboxylic acid
intermediates
10b, wherein R9 is as defined for formula (I).
~Rs
W
a.
b. ~
N N CN N COaH
10a 106
Scheme 10. General synthesis of substituted pyridin-2-yl carboxylic acids 10b.
[0117] As shown in Scheme 10, an appropriately substituted pyridine, is
contacted with a
suitable oxidizing agent in an inert organic solvent. The appropriately
substituted pyridine
starting materials are commercially available from vendors such as Aldrich and
Sigma.
Alternatively, these pyridines can be prepared by methods well known in the
art. Suitable
oxidizing agents which can be used include hydrogen peroxide, MCPBA, and the
like. The
reaction is typically conducted at reflux for 6 to 12 h. The reaction mixture
is then contacted
with a suitable cyanide reagent to provide the cyano-substituted pyridine,10a:
Suitable cyanide
reagents which can be used include trimethylsilyl cyanide, HCN, and the like.
Suitable inert
organic solvents iilclude dichloromethane, dioxane, THF, and the like. The
reaction
conveniently can be conducted at rt in approximately 6 to 12 h. The reaction
mixture is worked
up to provide the cyano-substituted pyridine, 10a.
[0118] The cyano-substituted pyridine,10a, is then hydrolyzed to provide the
pyridin-2-yl
carboxylic acid lOb by contact with a suitable acid. Suitable acids for
hydrolyzing the cyano
group to the carboxylic acid include hydrochloric acid, aqueous sulfuric acid,
and the like. The
reaction is typically conducted at reflux in 6 to 12 h.
[01119] Scheme 11 below illustrates tile coupling reaction of a lincosamine
intermediate,
prepared as described above in Schemes 1-S, and a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl
carboxylic acid,
prepared as described above in Schemes 6-10, wherein Rl, RZ, R3, R6, and R9
are as defined for
formula (I) and P1 is a suitable ~-protecting group and P~ is a suitable N-
protecting group.
44
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
R9 Rs
R~ ~~p ~ O
Rs Rs
HZNu,. R2 Re ~ ~N HNn,. R2 ~ ~ n.. R2
O ~ a. pa b. Rg O
p10 .,nSR~ +~ ~~--CpzH pip .,uSR~ ---~ lip .~nSR~
mN
PLO ~~P~ Boc PLO ~OP~ HO ~OH
11a
Rs R \~O Rs
~ ~ R3
H2Nn,. Rz ~ ~ R3 ~ O
O R9 '=N HN~~~. R2 CN HNu.. ORz
\ w c. ~. H
PLO .,uSR~ + p~p~..ugR~ ----~ Hp .~n.SR~
N COZH
P~0 OP' P10 OPT HO ~OH
11b~- 1
Scheme 11. General coupling and deprotection methods.
[0120] As shown in Scheme 11, an appropriately 7-substititued lincosamine
intermediate
(prepared, for example, according to any one of Schemes 1-5) and an
appropriately substituted
pyrrolidinyl or piperidyl carboxylic acid (prepared, for example, according to
any one of
Schemes 6-10) are condensed under reactive conditions, preferably in an inert
organic solvent,
in the presence of a coupling reagent and an organic base. This reaction can
be performed with
any number of lcnown coupling reagents, such as O-(7-azaben~otriazol-1-yl)-
N,N,N',N'tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
hydrate
(HOBT) with carbodiimides, diphenylphosphoryl azide (DFPA), isobutyl
chloroformate, and the
like. Suitable organic bases include diisopropylethylamine (DIEA),
triethylamine (TEA),
pyridine, N-methyl morpholine, and the like. Suitable inert organic solvents
which can be used
include, for example, N,N-dimethylfornlamide, acetonitrile, dichloromethane,
and the like. This
reaction is typically conducted using an excess of carboxylic acid to
lincosamine at temperatures
in the range of about 0°C to about 50°C. The reaction is
continued until completion, which
typically occurs in from about 2 to 12 h.
[0121] Removal of the protecting groups can be carried out with acids, such as
trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), hydrochloric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and the
like, in an inert
organic solvent such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, dioxane, THF, and the
like. The
removal is typically conducted at low temperatures, e.g., 0°C, and then
gradually allowed to
warm to room temperature to provide the product.
[0122] Also as shown in Scheme 1 l, an appropriately 7-substititued
lincosamine
intermediate (prepared, for example, according to any one of Schemes 1-5) and
an appropriately
substituted pyridin-2-yl carboxylic acid (prepaxed, for example, according to
Scheme 10) are
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
condensed under reactive conditions, preferably in an inert organic solvent,
in the presence of a
coupling reagent and an organic base, as described above.
[0123] The pyridine Ilb is hydrogenated to provide the piperidyl product. The
hydrogenation is typically performed in a polar organic solvent such as
methanol, ethanol, and
the like, using platinum(IV)oxide in the presence of an acid such as HCI,
acetic acid, and the
like, in a Parr bottle. The bottle- is purged, and charged with H2 to
approximately 40 to 70 psi
and shaken until completion, typically approximately 24 h. The reaction
mixture is filtered, e.g.,
through a celite pad, and washed several times with a polar organic solvent
such as methanol.
Evaporation of the combined washings and filtrate affords the piperidyl
product.
[0124] The coupling of pyridine carboxylic acids and lincosamines to pyridine
llb followed
by reduction to the piperidyl product may also be conducted as described in
Birkenmeyer, et al.,
Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 1984, 27, 216-223.
[0125] Scheme 12 below illustrates the alkylation of the nitrogen of the
pyrrolidinyl or
piperidinyl ring, wherein R6 is alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylene-substituted
heterocycle, or
alkylene-heterocycle, and Rl, R~, R3, and R9 are as defined for formula (I).
Rs
Rs
'~\..,. R
H ~ ' ' a.
HO "~~SR~ sR1
M~ ~~H
12a 1~~
Scbeme I2. General synthesis of 1'-N-substituted lincosamines. a. alkylating
agents
[0126] As shown in Scheme 12, the lincosamine 12~ can be N-substituted by
contact with an
alkylating agent in the presence of a suitable base to provide a product I2b.
Suitable alkylating
agents which can be used include epoxides, alkyl bromides, and the like.
Suitable bases which
can be used include potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate tricthylamine, and
the like. The
alkylation reaction is typically conducted in a polar organic solvent such as
methanol or I~MF.
The alkylation reaction is typically conducted at low temperatures in the
range of 0°C to -10°C
for 10 to 20 h.
[0I27] Scheme 13 below illustrates the acylation of the nitrogen of the
pyrrolidinyl or
piperidinyl ring, wherein R6 is -C(O)~-alkylene-cycloalkyl, -C(~)O-alkylene-
substituted
cycloalkyl, -C(~)~-alkyl, -C(~)~-substituted alkyl, -C(~)~-aryl, -C(~)~-
substituted aryl,
46
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
-C(O)O-heteroaryl, -C(O)O-substituted heteroaryl, -[C(O)O]-alkylene-
heterocycle,
-[C(O)O]_allcylene-substituted heterocycle, and Rl, R2, R3, and R9 are as
defined for formula (T).
~6-X
II$f2~ ~IIII$R~
128
Scheme 13. General synthesis of 1'-N-substituted lincosamines.
[0128] As shown in Scheme 13, the lincosamine 12a can be N-substituted by
contact with an
acyl chloride 101, such as R6-X, wherein X is a suitable leaving group, and is
preferably
halogen, even more preferably chloride in the presence of a suitable base to
provide a product
102. Examples of compound 101, include bromofluorenyl, Cl-C(O)~-alkyl, Cl-
C(O)O-aryl, and
the like. Suitable bases which can be used include DCC, TEA, and the like. The
reaction is
typically conducted in a polar organic solvent such as methanol or DMF. The
reaction is
typically conducted at low temperatures in the,range of -10°C to
20°C.
[0129] Scheme 16 below illustrates the general synthesis of t~ahs-
alkylazetidine carboxylic
acids.
47
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Rs~ Rs
O a. i, ii _ O b or c. i, ii O
~-~OH -' O ---~ O
TBS N OH N O-
TBS TBS
16a 16b 16c
Rs Rs
16c ~ O=
N O- N OH
H H
16d 16e
_Rs Rs
g O
16e f ~ -;
N OH N OH
Boc Boc
16f 16g
Scheme 16. General synthesis of tt~a~s-alkyla~etidine carboxylic acids.
[0130] The following reaction scheme may be used in the synthesis of
t~°ans-alkyl~etidine
carboxylic acids, wherein R9 is as defined herein: (a) (i) LDA, THF, 0
°C, (ii) bromoalkane or
bromoalkene; (b) TMSCHNa, MeOH, 23 °C; (c) (i) TMSCHN2, MeOH, 23
°C, (ii) Ha, Pd/C,
EtOAc, 23 °C; (d) Et3N.3HF, THF, 23 °C; (e) LiAlH4, THF, 68
°C; (f) Boc~O, CHaCl2, 23°C;
(g) RuCl3.xH2O, NaI04, acetone, HaO, 23 °C.
[0131] Scheme 17 below illustrates the general synthesis of traps-
alkylazetidine carboxylic
acids via the aldehyde.
48
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
0
R s"
16f a' -~ <~~~ b.~
N OTBS N OTBS
Boc Boc
17a 17b
Rs' Rs
17b
OTBS OTBS
Boc Boc
17c 17d
Rs Rs
O
17d ~ --->
N OH
OH
Boc Boc
17e 17f
Scheme 17. General synthesis of ty'ans-alkylazetidine carboxylic acids via
aldehyde.
[0132] The following reaction scheme may be used in the synthesis of tr'cz~s-
alkyla~etidine
carboxylic acids: (a) TBSCI, imidazole, DMF, 23 °C; (b) (i) ozone,
CHaCIa, -7~ °C, (ii) PPh3;
(c) olefination: P~'-Ph3 salt, base, solvent; (d) H2, Pd/C, EtOAc, 23
°C or I~02CN NCOaI~,
AcOH, dioxane, 23 °C; (e) TEAF, THF, 23 °C; (f) RuCl3.xH2O,
NaIOg, acetone, HaO, 23 °C.
[0133] Scheme 1 ~ below illustrates a general synthesis of 2-substituted ester
prodrug
compounds.
9 9 9
R3 ~~ R~ ~~~ R~
' H~'~' "' Rz ~~~~4 HPv~'~. ~z ~~~~ HI'J' "' Fez
m R~ O a. m ~~c O b, m ~~c
H~ "'~SR1 1> HO '"~~R1 -~ O. .~~yR1
HO ~OH HO -OH ,~ ~OH
'1~~ ~u~~0' ~ 'I~b
s
\~O Rs
Rz
~~-N HN"'
m Rs
78b C~ > iR1 d. ' HO ~"~SR1
1 HO OR11
g
49
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Scheme 18. General synthesis of 2-substituted esters.
[0134) The following representative reaction scheme may be used in the
synthesis of 2-
substituted prodxug compounds of the invention: a. (Boc)20, aq. KHC03 THF b. p-
anisaldehyde
dimethyl acetal, PPTS, c. Rllacylating agent, base d. TFA, DCE, water.
[0135] Scheme 19 below illustrates a general method for the synthesis of 4,5-
disubstituted-
2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-azepine-2-carboxylic acid derivatives.
R12 R12 ~2 R12
a. °'~~ ~. o'~''°
H2N C02Me I ~ H C02Me > I ~ N CO2Me
b.
/ N02 /
19a 19b 19c R13
R13 12 R13 R12
d. e. - f.
19c > > ~
N CO Me - 'C02Me
H 2 IN
Boc
19e 19f
R13 12
19f g~ >
~N CO2H
19g Boc
Scheme 19.
[0136] The following general reaction scheme may be used in the preparation of
4,5-
disubstituted-2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-azepine-2-carboxylic acid derivatives: a. 2,2-
dimethoxypropane, Catalytic HCI, lVle~H b. 2-nitrober~enesulfonyl chloride,
2,4,6-collidine,
dichloroethane c. CsaC~3, TBA>~r, DI~1F, Homoallylic tosylates or halides d.
Ber~ylidene[1,3-
bis(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)-2-imida~olidinylidene] dichloro-
(tricyelohexylphosphine)ruthenium
e. 7-methyl,1,5,7-tria~abicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene, thiophenol f. (Boc)Z~, TEA g.
Aq. I,iGH,
Dioxane.
[0137] Scheme 21 below illustrates the synthesis of 4,4 di-substituted
pyrrolidine and
piperidine carboxylic acids, wherein R9 is a suitable substituent and the
other substituent is
fluorine.
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
~ '~OH
F
OH2)m.~~C02p a~ > tCH2)m.N~COZp > (CI-12)m~~CO2P
C .r.
21a P 21b P~ 21c P2
9
d. /"'~F
> (CHZ)m.~~CO2H
21d -IP_Z
Scheme 21. Synthesis of intermediate 21d where R9 is defined herein.
[0138] The following representative reaction scheme may be used in Scheme 21:
(a)
Tetraallyltin, BF3~Et20 or RAM (R9 or R9' carbon nucleophile) (b) H2/Pd (c)
DAST (d) aq. LiOH
or appropriate carboxylate ester deprotection conditions.
Pharmaceutical Formulations
[0139] When employed as pharmaceuticals, the compounds of the subject
invention are
usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. These
compounds can be
administered by a variety of routes including oral, parenteral, transdermal,
topical; rectal, and
intranasal. These compounds are effective as both injectable and oral
eomposi'tions. Such
compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and
comprise at ,
least one active compound.
[0140] This invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions that contain,
as the active
ingredient, one or more of the compounds of the subject invention above
associated with
pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In making the compositions of this
invention, the active
ingredient is usually mixed with an excipient, diluted by an excipient or
enclosed within such a
carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other
container. The excipient
employed is typically an excipient suitable for administration to human
subjects or other
mammals. When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-
solid, or liquid
material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active
ingredient. Thus, the
compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets,
cachets, elixirs,
suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid
medium), ointments
containing, for example, up to 10°/~ by weight of the active compound,
soft and hard gelatin
capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged
powders.
[0141] In preparing a formulation, it may be necessary to mill the active
compound to
provide the appropriate particle sire prior to combining with the other
ingredients. If the active
51
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
compound is substantially insoluble, it ordinarily is milled to a particle
size of less than 200
mesh. If the active compound is substantially water soluble, the particle size
is normally
adjusted by milling to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the
formulation, e.g., about
40 mesh.
[0142] Some examples of suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose,
sucrose, sorbitol,
mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth,
gelatin, calcium
silicate, rnicrocrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose,
sterile water, syrup, and
methyl cellulose. The formulations can additionally include: lubricating
agents such as talc,
magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and
suspending agents;
preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening
agents; and
flavoring agents. The compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to
provide quick,
sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to
the patient by
employing procedures known in the art.
[0143] The quantity of active component, that is the compound according to the
subject
invention, in the pharmaceutical composition and unit dosage form thereof may
be varied or
adjusted widely depending upon the particular application, the potency of the
particular
compound and the desired concentration.
[0144] The compositions are preferably formulated in a unitdosage form, each
dosage
containing from about 5 to about 100 mg, more usually about 10 to about 30 mg,
of the active
ingredient. The term "unit dosage forms" refers to physically discrete units
suitable as unitary
dosages for human subj acts and other mammals, each unit containing a
predetermined quantity
of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in
association with a
suitable pharmaceutical excipient. Preferably, the compound of the subject
invention above is
mnployed at no more than about 20 weight percent of the pharmaceutical
composition, more
preferably no more than about 15 weight percent, with the balance being
pharmaceutically inert
carrier(s).
[~14~] The active compound is effective over a wide dosage range and is
generally
administered in a pharmaceutically or therapeutically effective amount. It
will be understood,
however, that the amount of the compound actually administered will be
determined by a
physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition
to be treated, the
severity of the bacterial infection being treated, the chosen route of
administration, the actual
compound administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual
patient, the severity of
the patient's symptoms, and the like.
52
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0146] In therapeutic use for treating, or combating, bacterial infections in
warm-blooded
animals, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof will be
administered orally,
topically, transdermally, and/or parenterally at a dosage to obtain and
maintain a concentration,
that is, an amount, or blood-level of active component in the animal
undergoing treatment which
will be antibacterially effective. Generally, such antibacterially or
therapeutically effective
amount of dosage of active component (i.e., an effective dosage) will be in
the range of about
0.1 to about 100, more preferably about 1.0 to about 50 mgllcg of body
weight/day.
[0147] For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active
ingredient is
mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation
composition containing a
homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention. When referring to
these
preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active
ingredient is dispersed
evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily
subdivided into
equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This
solid preformulation
is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above
containing from, for
example, 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present
invention.
[0148] . The tablets or pills of the present invention may be coated or
otherwise compounded
to provide: a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For
example, the tablet
or pill can comprise an inner dosage,and an outer dosage component, the latter
being in the form
of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an
enteric Layer that
serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component
to pass intact into
the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used
for such enteric
layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and
mixtures of
polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose
acetate.
[0~ 4~] The liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present
invention may be
incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous
solutions, suitably
Ilavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with
edible oils such as
com oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peaamt oil, as well as
elixirs and similar
pharmaceutical vehicles.
[0150] Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and
suspensions in
pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof,
and powders.
The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically
acceptable excipients as
described supra. Preferably the compositions are administered by the oral or
nasal respiratory
route for local or systemic effect. Compositions in preferably
pharmaceutically acceptable
53
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be
inhaled directly
from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a face
mask tent, or
intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or
powder compositions
may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices that deliver
the formulation in an
appropriate manner.
[0151] The following formulation examples illustrate representative
pharmaceutical
compositions of the present invention.
Formulation Example 1
[0152] Hard gelatin capsules containing the following ingredients are
prepared:
uanti
Ingredient (m l~capsule~,
Active Ingredient 30.0
Starch 305.0
Magnesium stearate S.0
[0153] The above ingredients are mixed and filled into hard gelatin capsules
in 340 mg
quantities.
Formulation Example 2
[0l°54] A tablet formula is prepared using the ingredients below:
uanti
Ingredient ~m Jcapsule~
Active Ingredient
25.0
Cellulose, microcrystalline200.0
Colloidal silicon dioxide10.0
Stearic acid S.0
[0155] The components are blended and compressed to form tablets each weighing
240 mg.
~'orare~lation E~~a~raple 3
[015] A dry powder inhaler formulation is prepared containing the following
components:
In_reg diem Weight
Active Ingredient S
Lactose 9S
[0157] The active ingredient is mixed with the lactose and the mixture is
added to a dry
powder inhaling appliance.
S4
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Formulation Example 4
[0158] Tablets, each containing 30 mg of active ingredient, are prepared as
follows
uanti
Ingredient Lm~psule~
Active Ingredient 30.0 mg
Starch 45.0 mg
Microcrystalline cellulose 35.0 mg
Polyvinylpyrrolidone
(as 10% solution in sterile water) 4.0 mg
Sodium carboxymethyl starch 4.5 mg
Magnesium stearate 0.5 mg
Talc 1.0 mg
Total 120 mg
[0159] The active ingredient, starch and cellulose are passed through a No. 20
mesh U.S.
sieve and mixed thoroughly. The solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone is mixed with
the resultant
powders, which are then passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve. The granules so
produced are
dried at 50°C to 60°C and passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve.
The sodium carboxymethyl
starch, magnesium stearate, and talc, previously passed through a No. 30 mesh
U.S. sieve, are
then added to the granules which, after mixing, are compressed on a tablet
machine to yield
tablets each weighing I20 mg. .
Formulation Example 5
[0160] Capsules, each containing 40 mg of medicament are made as follows:
uanti
Ingredient (~psule~
Active Ingredient 40.0 mg
Starch 109.0 mg
Magnesium stearate 1.0 mg
'Total 150.0 mg
[0161] The active ingredient, starch and magnesiuan stearate are blended,
passed through a
No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 150 mg
quantities.
Formulati~an Example 6
[0162] Suppositories, each containing 25 mg of active ingredient are made as
follows:
Ingredient Amount
Active Ingredient 25
Saturated fatty acid glycerides to 2,000 mg
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0163] The active ingredient is passed through a No. 60 mesh U.S. sieve and
suspended in
the saturated fatty acid glycerides previously melted using the minimum heat
necessary. The
mixture is then poured into a suppository mold of nominal 2.0 g capacity and
allowed to cool.
Formulation Example 7
[0164] Suspensions, each containing 50 mg of medicament per 5.0 mL dose are
made as
follows:
Ingredient Amount
Active Ingredient 50 mg
Xanthan gum 4.0 mg
Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose
(11%)
Microcrystalline cellulose (~9%)50.0 mg
Sucrose 1.75 g
Sodium benzoate 10.0 mg
Flavor and Color q.v.
Purified water to 5.0 mL
[0165] The active ingredient, sucrose and xanthan gum are blended, passed
through a No. 10
mesh U.S. sieve, and then mixed with a previously made solution of the
microcrystalline
cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose in water. The sodium benzoate,
flavor, and color
are diluted with some of the water and added with stirring. Sufficient water
is then added to
produce the required volume.
Formulation Example ~
uanti
In r~; edient (mg/capsule)
Active Ingredient 15.0 mg
Starch 407.0 mg
Magnesium stearate 3.0 mg
Total 425.0 mg
[016] The active ingredient, starch, and magnesium stearate are blended,
passed through a
No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 425.0 mg
quantities.
Formulation Example 9
[0167] A subcutaneous formulation may be prepared as follows:
In.~;redient uanti
Active Ingredient 5.0 mg
Corn ~i1 1.0 mL
56
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Formulation Example 10
[0168] A topical formulation may be prepared as follows:
In. ergd'~ent uanti
Active Ingredient 1-10 g
Emulsifying Wax 30 g
Liquid Paraffin 20 g
White Soft Paraffin to 100 g
[0169] The white soft paraffin is heated until molten. The liquid paraffin and
emulsifying
wax are incorporated and stirred until dissolved. The active ingredient is
added and stirring is
continued until dispersed. The mixture is then cooled until solid.
Formulation Example 11
[0170] An intravenous formulation may be prepared as follows:
Ingredient uanti
Active Ingredient 250 mg
Isotonic saline 1000 mg
[0171] Another preferred formulation employed in the methods of the present
invention
employs transdermal delivery devices ("patches"). Such transdermal patches may
be used to
provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds of the present
invention in
controlled amounts. The construction and use of transdermal patches for the
delivery of
pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent
5,023,252, issued June 1 l,
1991, herein incorporated by reference. Such patches may be constructed for
continuous,
pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
[0172] Frequently, it will be desirable or necessary to introduce the
pharmaceutical
composition to the brain, either directly or indirectly. Direct techniques
usually involve
placement of a drug delivery catheter into the host's ventricular system to
bypass the blood-
brain barrier. ~ne such implantable delivery system used for the transport of
biological factors
to specific anatomical regions of the body is described in IJ.S. Patent
5,011,472 which is herein
incorporated by reference.
[0173] Indirect techniques, which are generally preferred, usually involve
formulating the
compositions to provide for drug latentiation by the conversion of hydrophilic
drugs into lipid-
soluble drugs. Latentiation is generally achieved through blocking of the
hydroxy, carbonyl,
sulfate, and primaxy amine groups present on the drug to render the drug more
lipid soluble and
amenable to transportation across the blood-brain barrier. Alternatively, the
delivery of
57
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
hydrophilic drugs may be enhanced by infra-arterial infusion of hypertonic
solutions which can
transiently open the blood-brain barrier.
[0174] Other suitable formulations for use in the present invention can be
found in
Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Company, Philadelphia,
PA, 17th ed.
(1985).
[0175] As noted above, the compounds described herein are suitable for use in
a variety of
drug delivery systems described above. Additionally, in order to enhance the
in vivo serum
half life of the administered compound, the compounds may be encapsulated,
introduced into
the lumen of liposomes, prepared as a colloid, or other conventional
techniques may be
employed which provide an extended serum half life of the compounds. A variety
of methods
are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka, et al.,
U.S. Patent Nos.
4,235,871, 4,501,728 and 4,837,028 each of which is incorporated herein by
reference.
[0176] As noted above, the compounds administered to a patient are in the form
of
pharmaceutical compositions described above. These compositions may be
sterilized by
conventional sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. The
resulting aqueous solutions
may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation
being combined with a
sterile aqueous carrier prior to administration. , The pII of the compound
preparations typically
will be between 3 and 11, more preferably from 5 to 9 and most preferably from
7 and 8. It will
be understood that use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or
stabilizers will result in
the formation of pharmaceutical salts.
[0177] In general, the compounds of the subject invention will be administered
in a
therapeutically effective amount by any of the accepted modes of
administration for agents that
serve similar utilities. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds
can be determined
by standard ph~xmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental
animals, e.g., for
determining the LDSO (the dose lethal to 50~/0 of the population) and the EDso
(the dose
therapeutically effective in 50~/~ of the population). The dose ratio between
toxic and
therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the
ratio LDso~ EDso.
Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
[0178] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can
be used in
fornlulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds
lies preferably
within a range of circulating concentrations that include the EDSO with little
or no toxicity. The
dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and
the route of
administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention,
the
58
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell cultuxe
assays. A dose may be
formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration
range which includes
the ICSO (the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half maximal
inhibition of
symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more
accurately
determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for
example, by high
performance liquid chromatography.
Utili
[0179] The compounds, prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
as defined
herein, may have activity against a variety of bacteria, protozoa, fungi, and
parasites. By way of
example, the compounds, prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof
may be active
against gram positive and gram negative bacteria. The compounds, prodrugs and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be active against a variety of
fungi, including
fungi from the genus Mucor and Candida, e.g., Mucor racemosus or Candida
albicans. The
compounds, prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be
active against a
variety of parasites, including malaria and cyptosporidium parasite.
[010] The compounds of the subject invention exhibit activity against a
variety of bacterial
infections, including, for example, gram positive infections, gram negative
infections,
mycobacteria infections, mycoplasma infections, and chlamydia infections.
[Ol~l] Since the compounds of the subject invention exhibit potent activities
a variety of
bacteria, such as gram positive bacteria, the compounds of the present
invention are useful
antimicrobial agents and may be effective against a number of human and
veterinary pathogens,
including gram positive bacteria. The Caram positive organisms against which
the compounds of
the present invention are effective include Streptococcus pneumoniae,
Staphylococcus aureus,
Staphylococcus epidennidis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium,
~Iaemophilus
influenzae, lVloraxella catarrhalis, Escherichia coli, Bacteroides fragilis,
Bacteroides
thetaiotaomicron, and Clostridium difficile, and the life.
[012] The compounds of the subject invention may be combined with one or more
additional antibacterial agents. One or more of the additional antibacterial
agents may be active
against gram negative bacteria. Additionally, one or more of the additional
antibacterial agents
may be active against gram positive bacteria. The combination of the compounds
of the subject
invention and the one or may additional antibacterial agents may be used to
treat a gram
negative infection. Additionally, the combination of the compouaids of the
subject invention and
59
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
the one or more additional antibacterial agents may be used to treat a gram
positive infection.
The combination of compounds of the subject invention and the one or more
additional
antibacterial agents may also be used to treat a mycobacteria infection,
mycoplasma infection, or
chlamydia infection.
[0183] The in vitro activity of compounds of the subject invention may be
assessed by
standard testing procedures such as the determination of minimum inhibitory
concentration
(MIC) by agar dilution as described in "Approved Standard. Methods for
Dilution
Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria that Grow Aerobically," 3rd
ed., published 1993
by the National Conunittee for Clinical Laboratory standards, Villanova,
Pennsylvania, USA.
(0184] The amount administered to the mammalian patient will vary depending
upon what is
being administered, the purpose of the administration, such as prophylaxis or
therapy, the state
of the patient, the manner of administration, and the like. In therapeutic
applications,
compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease in
an amount
sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease
and its complications.
An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as "therapeutically effective
dose." Amounts
effective for this use will depend on the disease condition being treated as
well as by the
judgment of the attending clinician depending upon faetors such as the
severity of the
inflammation, the age, weight and general condition of the patient, and the
like.
[0185] The compositions administered to a patient are in the form of
pharmaceutical
compositions described above. These compositions may be sterilized by
conventional
sterilization tecluuques, or may be sterile filtered. The resulting aqueous
solutions may be
packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being
combined with a sterile
aqueous carrier prior to administration. The pH of the compound preparations
typically will be
between 3 and 11, more preferably from 5 to 9 and most preferably from 7 to ~.
It will be
understood that use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or
stabilizers will result in the
formation of pharmaceutical salts.
[~186] The therapeutic dosage of the compounds of the present invention will
vary
according to, for example, the particular use for which the treatment is made,
the manner of
administration of the compound, the health and condition of the patient, and
the judgment of the
prescribing physician. For example, for intravenous administration, the dose
will typically be in
the range of about 20 mg to about 500 mg per kilogram body weight, preferably
about 100 mg
to about 300 mg per l~ilogram body weight. Suitable dosage ranges for
intranasal
administration are generally about 0.1 mg to 1 mg per kilogram body weight.
Effective doses
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
can be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal
model test
systems.
[0187] The following synthetic and biological examples are offered to
illustrate this
invention and are not to be construed in any way as limiting the scope of this
invention.
EXAMPLES
[0188] In the discussion above and in the examples below, the following
abbreviations have
the following meanings. If an abbreviation is not defined, it has its
generally accepted meaning.
61
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
7-methyl/MTL - 1-methylthio-7-deoxy-7-
methyllincosamine
apt - apparent triplet
atm - atmospheres
Bn - benzyl
Boc - tert-butoxycarbonyl protecting
group
br s - broad singlet
BSTFA - N,O-
bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide
Cbz - carbonyloxybenzyloxy protecting
group
CDC13 - deuterated chloroform
CD30D - deuterated methanol
cfu - colony forming units
D - doublet
DAST - dimethylaminosulflzrtrifluoride
dd - doublet of doublets
dddd - doublet of doublets of doublet
of
doublets
dt - doublet of triplets
DCC - dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
DCE - dicholoroethane
DCM - dichloromethane
DIEA - diisopropyethylamine
I?MAP - dimethylaminopyridine
DMF - . dimethylformamide
~
DMSO - dimethyl sulfoxide
DPPA ~ - diphenylphosphoryl azide
EDSO - dose therapeutically effective
in 50% of
the population
EDC - 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-
ethylcarbodiamide HCl
Equiv - equivalents
ESMS - electrospray mass spectrometry
Et - ethyl
Et~Ac - ethyl acetate
Et2(a - diethyl ether
g - grams
h - hours
HATLT - ~-(7-azabex~otriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-
tetramethyluroiuum
hexafluorophosphate
HBTU - ~-(Benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-
tetramethyluronium
hexafluorophosphate
HOBT - 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate
1H NMR - Hydrogen Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
spectroscopy
HPLC - high pressure liquid chromatography
Hz - hertz
62
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
ICSO - concentration of the test compound
which achieves a half maximal
inhibition of symptoms
J - coupling constant in hertz
L - liters
LDSO - dose lethal to 50% of the population
LDA - lithium diisopropylamide
LiHMDS - lithium hexamethyldisilazide
LiN(iPr)2 - lithium diisopropylnitride
m - multiplet
M - molar
MCPBA - 2-(4.-chloro-o-tolyloxy) acetic
acid
Me - methyl
MeCN - acetonitrile
MeOH - methanol
mg - milligrams
MHz - megahertz
Min - minutes
mL - milliliters
Mm - millimeter
mmol - millimol
MS(ESPOS) - mass spectrometry by positive
mode
electrospray ionization
MS(ESNEG) - Mass Spectrometry by negative
mode
electrospray ionization
MTL - 1-methylthiolincosamine (methyl
6-
amino-6,8-dideoxy-1-thio-erythro-(3-D-
galacto-octopyranoside)
N - normal
NMR - nuclear magnetic resonance
OBz - benzyloxy protecting group
OtBu - tart-butoxy
Pd/C - palladium/carbon
pg - picograms
Ph - phenyl
PPTS - pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate
Pro - L-proline
psi - pounds per square inch
PTFE - polytetrafluor oethylene
q - quartet
q.v. - quantitative
Rf - Retention factor
rt - room temperature
s - singlet
sat. - saturated
t - triplet
TBAF - tetrabutylammonium fluoride
TBS - tart-butyldimethylsilyl
TEA - tTiethylamine
63
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
TFA - trifluoroacetic acid
THF - tetrahydrofuran
TLC - thin layer chromatography
TMS - trimethylsilyl
~,g - micrograms
~,L - microliters
~,m - micromolar
vlv - volume by volume
w/w - weight by weight
[0189] Additionally, the term "Aldrich" indicates that the compound or reagent
used in the
following procedures is commercially available from Aldrich Chemical Company,
Inc., 1001
West Saint Paul Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53233 USA; the term "Fluka" indicates
that the
compound or reagent is commercially available from Fluka Chemical Corp., 980
South 2nd
Street, Ronkonkoma NY 11779 USA; the term "Lancaster" indicates that the
compound or
reagent is commercially available from Lancaster Synthesis, Inc., P.~. Box 100
Windham, NH
03087 USA; the term "Sigma" indicates that the compound or reagent is
commercially available
from Sigma, P.O. Box 14508, St. Louis M~ 63178 USA; the term "Chemservice"
indicates
that the compound or reagent is commercially available from Chemservice Inc.,
Westchester,
PA, USA; the term "Bachem" indicates that the compound or reagent is
commercially available
from Bachem Bioscience Inc., 3700 Horizon Drive, Renaissance at Gulph Mills,
King of
Prussia, PA 19406 USA; the term "Maybridge" indicates that the compound or
reagent is
connnercially available from Maybridge Chemical Co.
[0I90] Trevillett, Tintagel, Cornwall PL34 ~HW United Kingdom; the term "RSP"
indicates that the compound or reagent is commercially available from RSP
Amino Acid
Analogs, Inc., 106 South St., Hopkinton, MA 01748, USA, and the term "TCI"
indicates that the
compound or reagent is commercially available from TCI America, 9211 North
Harborgate St.,
Portland, ~regon, 97203, ~R, USA; the term "Toronto" indicates that the
compound or reagent
is commercially available from Toronto Reasearch Chemicals, Inc., 2 Brisbane
Rd., New York,
~N, Caazada M3J2J8; the term "Alfa" indicates that the compound or reagent is
commercially
available from Johnson Matthey Catalog Company, Inc. 30 Bond Street, Ward
HiII, MA
018350747; and the term "Nova Biochem" indicates that the compound or reagent
is
commercially available from NovaBiochem USA, 10933 North Torrey Pines Road,
P.O. Box
12087, La Jolla CA 92039-2087.
[0191] In the examples below, all temperatures are in degrees Celsius (unless
otherwise
indicated) and the following general procedures are used to prepared the
compounds as
64
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
indicated. It will be appreciated by one of skill in the art that the
following general procedures
are meant to be illustrative only and that the methods may be broadened to
synthesize other
compounds of the subject invention.
General Procedures
Method A
[0192] Methyl 6-amino-6,8-dideoxy-1-thio-erythro-(3-D-galacto-octopyranoside
la
(R1 = Me) (MTL) was prepared as described by Hoeksema, H. et al., J. Am. Chem.
Soc.,1967,
89, 2448-2452. N-(Benzyloxycarbonyloxy)succinimide (5.8 g 23.1 mmol) and la
(5.0 g, 19.7
mmol) were suspended in pyridine (40mL) and stirred under N2 atmosphere 36 h.
The reaction
mixture was cooled to 0°C and then bis-N,O-trifluoroacetamide (15.7 mL,
59.0 mmol) was
added by syringe over 2 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt
and stirred for 42
h. Toluene (100 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was evaporated to
dryness. The
residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (400 mL). The organic solution was
washed quickly with
10% citric acid (200 mL), H2~ (3 x 100 mL), saturated NaHC03 (100 mL), and
brine (2 x 100
mL), and dried over NaaS~4 and evaporated to cliyness. Chromatography of the
crude product ~ ''
on silica 10~/o EtOAc/Hexanes containing 0.2% TEA after co-evaporation from
toluene (100
mL) and cyclohexane (2 x 100 mL) provided the protected product 1b (P=Cbz,
Rl=Me) (7.2 g,
54~/~) as a colorless oil.
(0193] IH NMR (300 MHz, CD3S~CD3) 8 7.34-7.31 (m, 5), 7.05 (d, J= 8.2, 1),
5.19 (d, J=
5.8, 1), 5.01 (d, J=1.6, 2), 3.99 (apt dt, J= 5.5, 9.3, 9.3, 2), 3.93-3.86 (m,
3), 3.49 (dd, J= 2.5,
9.6, 1), 2.01 (s, 3), 1.03 (d, J= 6.3, 3), 0.10 (s, 9), 0.09 (s, 9), 0.04 (m,
18).
[0194.] To di~nethylsulfoxide (413 g,L, 5.82 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) cooled to -
72°C was
added oxalyl chloride 2 M in DCM (1.49 mL, 2.98 mmol) over 1 min. After 25 min
the
protected product 1b (1.92 g, 2.84 mmol) in DCM (4.0 mL) was added by cannula.
The
resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 25 min and then allowed to warm to -
50°C (dry ice
acetoiutrile) and maintained at this temperature for 2 h. To the reaction
mixture was added TEA
(1.29 mL, 3.30 mmol). After 25 min the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc
(300 mL).
The resulting organic solution was washed quickly with 5% citric acid (300
mL), HBO (2 x
300 mL), saturated NaHC~3 (100 mL), brine (100 mL) dried over Na2S04 and
evaporated to
dryness with the aid of toluene (100 mL) to provide the product lc. The
product lc (P=Cbz, .
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Rl=Me) was obtained as a colorless crystalline solid (1.60 g, 94%) after co-
evaporation with
n-pentane and removal of residual solvent under high vacuum.
[0195] 1H NMR (300 MHz CDC13) ~ 7.37-7.33 (m, 5), 5.60 (m, 1), 5.21 (d, J =
5.2, 1), 5.17
(d, J=12.4, 1 ), 5.08 (d, J=12.4, 1 ), 4.74 (m, 1 ), 4.16-4.12 (m, 2), 3 . 87
(d, J = 2.2, 1 ), 3.69 (dd,
J= 2.5, 9.3, 1), 2.01 (br s, 3), 1.90 (s, 3), 0.19 (s, 9), 0.16 (s, 9), 0.15
(s, 9).
Method B
[0196] The Boc-protected product 1c (P=Boc, Rl =Me) may be prepared in general
as
outlined above. la (R1 = Me) (MTL) (Dried at 50°C high vacuum) (21.8 g,
86 mmol) was
suspended in methanol (200 mL) and TEA (26 mL) and was cooled to 0°C on
ice. To this
mixture di-t-butyldicarbonate (57.0 g, 0.26 mol) was added. The reaction
mixture was then
stirred overnight at rt. To the reaction mixture was added toluene (100 mL).
The solvents were
removed to a total volume of 100 mL, leaving a thick suspension to which
cyclohexane (300
mL) was added. The resulting solid precipitate was triturated, then filtered
and washed with
cyclohexane, ether, and pentane and dried to constant weight. The crude Boc-
protected product
was used without further purification (87%).
[0197] TLC Rf= 0.75 (10% MeOH/DCM); MS(ESPOS): 354 [M+HJ+; 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CD30D) ~ 0.14 (d, J = 6.3, 3),1.43 (s;'9), 2.07 (s; 3), 3.55 (dd, J = 3.3,
10.43, 1), 3.84 -4.08 (m,
3), 4.10-4.15 (m, 2), 5.25 (d, J = 5.5, 1).
[0198] To N-Boc-1-methylthiolincosamide (240 mg, 0.68 mmol) in DMF (5 mL,
BSTFA
(0.52 mL, 2.0 mmol) and triethylamine (0.14 mL, 1.42 mmol) were added at
0°C and then ,
stirred at rt overnight. DMF was removed and the crude product was quickly
passed through a
silica gel column (pretreated with 2% TEA in ethyl acetate) eluting with 10%
ethyl acetate in
hexanes 1b (P=Boc, Rl=hoe) (350 mg, 95°/~). To oxalyl chloride (0.16
mL, 0.78 mmol) in
dichloromethane (5 mL) at -60°C, dimethylsulfoxide (0.22 mL, 0.78 mmol)
was added slowly
and then stirred for 15 min. After which, 1b (370 mg, 0.65 mmol) in DCM (5 mL)
was added
slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4~5 min, during which the
reaction temperature was
raised to -40°C. Triethylamine (0.70 mL, 3.25 nunol) was then added and
the stirring continued
for an additional 15 min at -40°C. It was then extracted with DCM (100
mL) and washed with
10% citric acid (50 mL). The residue obtained on removal of solvent was then
purified on silica
gel column using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent lc (P=Boc, RI=Me) as a
colorless oil
(289 mg, 78%).
66
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0199] TLC: Rf= 0.60 (10% EtOAc/Hexanes); MS(ESPOS): 590 [M+Na]+; 1H NMR (300
MHz, CDC13) & 0.11 (s, 18), 0.17 (s, 18), 1.40 (s, 9), 1.84 (s, 3), 2.26 (s,
3), 3.63 (dd, J = 2.7,
9.3 4, 1 ), 3 . 82 (d, J = 1. 9, 1 ), 4.01-4.12 (m, 2), 5.15 (d, J = 5. 5, 1
).
Method C
[0200] Triphenylphosphonium bromide (3.29 g, 9.2 mmol) and potassium tert-
butoxide (715
mg, 6.4 mmol) under N2 atmosphere were suspended in toluene (31 mL) with
vigorous stirring.
After 4 h protected product lc (P=Cbz, Rl=Me) (1.4 g, 2.36 mmol) in toluene
(20 mL) was
added by cannula. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred 2 h and then
diluted with EtOAc
(250 mL). The resulting organic solution was washed quickly with H20 (2 x 100
mL), brine (1
x 100 mL) dried over Na2S04 and evaporated to dryness. Chromatography of the
crude product
on silica 6% EtOAc/Hexanes containing 0.2% TEA gave the alkene product 2a
(P=Cbz, Rl=Me,
R2=CHa) as a colorless oil that crystallized after co-evaporation from toluene
and cyclohexane
(0.65 g, 46%).
(0201] 1H NMR (300 MHz CDCl3) & 7.35-7.27 (m, 5), 6.36 (d, J = 7.1, 1); 5.24
(d, J = 5.5,
1), 5.08 (m, 4)', 4.34 (m, 1), 4.16 (m, 2), 3.88 (d, J = 2.2,' 1), 3.61 (dd, J
= 2.2, 9.3, 1), 2.20 (s, 3),
1.79 (s, 3), 0.17-0.13 (m, 27).
[0202] The product 2a (P=Cbz, Rl=Me, Ra=CH2) (490 mg, 0.82 mmol)'in ethanol
(50 mL)
was added to 10% palladium on carbon (Degussa wet form 50% w/w water) (700 mg)
in a par
bottle. The bottle was purged, and charged with H2 to 65 psi and shaken 24 h.
The reaction
mixture was filtered through celite, rinsed with methanol. The organic
solution was transferred
to a resin funnel containing dry, washed Dowex SOw-400x H+ form (0.8 g) and
shaken for 10
min. After washing the resin with methanol three times and water two times,
the saturated
product 21a (Ri =Me, RZ=1'~e) was eluted from the resin by washing with 5% TEA
in I~eOH (35
mL, x 10 min x 5). The combined filtrate was evaporated to dryness, co-
evaporated from EtOH
twice and lyophilized from 1:1 MeCN/HaO to give the product as a colorless
powder (198.4 mg
96%).
[0203] 'H NMR (300 MHz, DaO) 8 5.17 (d, J = 5.8, 1), 3.97-3.84 (m, 3), 3.52
(dd, J = 3.0,
10.0, 1 ), 2. 82 (dd, J = 4.4, 8.5, 1 ), 1.94 (s, 3 ), l . 89-1. 81 (m, 1 ),
0.82 (d, J = 6.9, 3 ), 0.72 (d, J =
6.9, 3). MS(ESPOS): 252.2 [M+H]+, (ESNEG): 250.4 [M-H]-.
67
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Method D
[0204] In the alternative when a Boc-protecting group is used,
methyltriphenylphosphonium
bromide (12 g, 33.6 mmol) and potassium t-butoxide (3g, 26.7 mmol) were taken
in THF (70
mL) at 0°C, and stirred at rt for 4 h. Then Boc-protected product lc
(P=Boc, Rl=Me) (4.7 g, 8.2
mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added and stirred at rt for 2 h. After which it was
extracted with
EtOAc (300 mL), washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. The
crude alkene
product 2a (P=Boc, Rl=Me, R2=CH2) was purified on silica gel column
chromatography using
10% EtOAc in Hexane as eluent (4.1 g, 87.6%).
[0205] TLC: Rf= 0.5 (10% of EtOAc in Hexane): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) ~ 7.24
(m,
2), 5.22 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 4.21 (m, 1), 4.09 (m, 2), 3.87 (d, J = 2.4, 1), 3.60
(dd, J = 2.7, 9.3, 1),
1.99 (s, 3), 1.76 (s, 3); 1.43 (s, 9); MS(ESPOS): 444 (M-2TMS+Na).
[0206] To the product 2a (P=Boc, Rl=Me, R2=CH2) in methanol (30 mL), Dowex H+
resin
(1 g) was added and stirred at rt for 1 h. The resin was filtered and the
product obtained on
removal of solvent (2.4 g, 6.8 mmol,) was taken in MeOH (30 rnL). PdIC (2.5 g)
was added and
hydrogenated at 55 psi overnight. The crude product obtained on f ltering and
removal of
solvent was purified on silica gel column chromatography using 10% MeOH in DCM
to provide
Boc-protected 7-Methyl MTL as a white solid (2.06 g, 86%). TLC Rte- 0.5 (10%
of MeOH'in
DCM). .
[0207] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) ~ 5.23 (d, J = 5.4, 1), 4.11 (m, 1), 3.97 (d, J
=10.2, 1),
3.84 (m, 1), 3.52 (m, 1), 2.08 (s, 3), 1.44 (s, 9), 1.14 (m, 1), 0.93 (d, J =
6.9, 3), 0.85 (d, J = 6.9,
3); MS(ESPOS): 351 [M+H]+.
[020x] To the Boe-protected 7-Methyl MTL (150 mg, 0.43 mmol) in dichloroethane
(6 mL),
dimethylsulfide (0.16 mL, 2.5 mmol) was added, followed by TFA (2 mL), water
(0.16 mL) and
stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed to obtain the crude product 2h
(Rl=Me, Ra=Me).
After purification on silica gel column chromatography using 30°/~ MeOH
in DCM as eluent, the
product 2b (RI=Me, R2=Me) was obtained identical in all respects to the
material obtained from
method C.
Method E
[0209] Sodium hydride (80 mg, 3.3 mmol) under N2 atmosphere was suspended in
THF (4
mL) with vigorous stirring. The suspension was cooled to -30°C and
diethyl(cyanomethyl)phosphonate (805 ~,L, 5.0 mmol) was added. After 30 rein
protected
68
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
product lc (P=Cbz, Rl=Me) (1.0 g, 1.7 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added by
cannula. The
resulting reaction mixture was stirred 4 h and then diluted with EtOAc (250
mL). The resulting
organic solution was washed quickly saturated aqueous NaHC03 (1 x 100 mL),
brine (1 x 50
mL) dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. Chromatography of the crude
product on
silica 6% EtOAclHexanes to I O% EtOAc/Hexanes containing 0.2% TEA gave the
protected
alkene product 2a (P=Cbz, Rl=Me, R2=CHCN) as a colorless oil (0.38 g, 37%).
MS(ESPOS):
625.5.2 [M+H]+, ES(NEG): 659.5 [M+Cl].
[0210] The product 2a (P=Cbz, Rl=Me, R2=CHCN) (180 mg, 0.29 mmol) in ethanol
(15
mL) was added to 10% palladium on carbon (Degussa wet form 50% w/w water) (300
mg) in a
Parr bottle and concentrated HCl (29 ~.L) was added. The bottle was purged,
and charged wifih
Ha to 65 psi and shaken for 24 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through
celite, rinsed with
methanol. The organic solution was transferred to a resin funnel containing
dry, washed Dowex
SOw-400x H+ form (1 g) and shaken 10 min. After washing the resin with
methanol twice and
water, the saturated product 2b (Rl=Me, R2=CHaCN) was eluted from the resin by
washing with
5% TEA in MeOH (20 mL x 20 min x 3) and MeCN (20 mL x 20 min). The combined
organic
filtrate was evaporated to dryness lyophilized from 1:1 MeCN/H2O to give the
product 2b
(Rl=Me, R2=CH2CN) as a colorless solid (70 mg, 91°/~). ES(NEG): 275.3
[M-H]-,
Method F
[0211] To the protected product lc (P=Cbz, Rl=Me) (0.75g, 1.3 mmol) in THF
(7.3 mL)
was added MeMgCI (3M) in THF (7.0 mL 2.1 mmol) at 0°C. Over 30 min the
reaction mixture
was warmed to 4°C and after 4 h the reaction mixture was quenched with
1:3 saturated aqueous
NH4C1/H2O (lOmL). The quenched mixture was diluted to 100 mL with water and
extracted
with DC1~~ (4 x 50 mL). The combined organic phase was dried and evaporated.
The residue
was dissolved in 1:2:4 HaO/HOAc/THF (100 mL) and stirred for 20 h, and then
evaporated with
the aid of toluene (2 x 100 mL). Chromatography 10:1 to 10:2 DCM / MeOH gave
product 3a
(P=Cbz, Rl=Me, R~=Me) (153 mg, 31°/~).
[0212] (ESNEG): 399.5 [M-H]-.
[0213] 3a (P=Cbz, Rl=Me, RZ=Me) (79 mg, 0.2 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added
to
10% palladium on carbon (Degussa wet form 50% w/w water) (400 mg) in a Parr
bottle. The
bottle was purged, and charged with Ha to 65 psi and shaken 6 h. The reaction
mixture was
filtered through celite, rinsed with methanol. The combined fiprate was
evaporated to dryness
69
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
and lyophilized from 1:1 MeCN/HZO to give the product 3b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) as a
colorless
powder (42 mg, 80%).
[0214] 1H NMR (300 MHz, D20) 8 5.33 (d, J = 5.8,-1), 4.83-4.06 (m, 3), 3.65-
3.60 (m, 1),
3.06-3.03 (m, 1), 2.18 (s, 3), 1.30 (s, 3), 1.23 (s, 3). MS(ESPOS): 268.4
[M+H]+, MS(ESNEG):
266.2 [M-H]-.
Method G
[0215] To the Boc-protected product lc (P=Boc, Rl=Me) (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) in
methanol
(3 mL), O-trimethylsilylhydroxylamine (0.10 mL, 0.88 mmol) was added and
stirred at rt
overnight. The solvent was removed to obtain the crude Boc-protected product
4a (P=Boc,
Rl=Me, R7=H). To the crude product 4a (95 mg, 0.15 mmol), 30% trifluoroacetic
acid in
dichloroethane (10 mL) and dimethyl sulfide (0.5 mL) were added and stirred
for 1 h. The
solvent was removed and the product 4b (Rl=Me, R7=H) was taken as such for the
next step.
[0216] TLC: R~- 0.35 (10% MeOH/DCM); MS(ESPOS): 267 [M+H]+; 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CD30D) ~ 1.96 (s, 3), 2.09 (s, 3), 3.58 (dd, J = 3.3, 10.2, 1), 3.90 (s, 1),
4.11 (dd, J = 5.7, 10.20,
1), 4.19 (d, J = 5:4, 1)', 4.50 (d, J = 5.1, 1), 5.36 (d, J = 5.7, 1).
Method H
[0217] To the Boc-protected product lc (P=Boc, Rl=Me) (100 mg, 0.176 mmol) in
methanol
(4 mL) and water (1 mL), O-alkylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (for example, O-
methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride) (60 mg, 0.70 mmol) and sodium acetate (57
mg, 0.70
mmol) were added and heated at 80°C for 3 h and then stirred at rt
overnight. The solvent was
removed under high vacuum to obtain the crude Boc-protected product 4a (P=Boc,
Rl=H,
R7=I~/Ie). The crude product ~'~a was taken in 30% trifluoroacetic acid in
dichl~roethane (10 n~Le),
dimethylsulfide (0.5 mL) and stirred for 1 h at rt. The solvent was removed
and the residue was
kept under high vacuum for 1 h and the product 4b (Rl=Me, R7=Me) was taken as
such for the
next step.
[0218] TLC: Rf= 0.63 (10% MeOH/DCM); MS(ESPOS): 281 [M+H]+. ~H NMR (300 MHz,
CD3OD) 8 1.95 (s, 3), 2.08 (s, 3), 3.60 (dd, J = 3.3, 10.20, 1), 3.92 (s, 3),
4.13 (dd, J = 4.8, 10.20,
1), 4.49 (d, J = 1.2, 1), 5.38 (d, J = 5.4, 1).
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Method I
[0219] To the Boc-protected product lc (P=Boc, Rl=Me) (500 mg, 0.88 mmol) in
THF (10
mL), tetrabutylammonium fluoride (2.5 mmol, 1 M in THF) was added and the
reaction mixture
was stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed and the residue was
purified on silica gel
column using 5% methanol in dichloromethane as eluent. The product (111 mg,
0.31 mmol)
obtained from the column was then taken in a mixture of dichloromethane (3
mI,) and pyridine
(3 mL) to which acetic anhydride (0.5 mL, 10.6 mmol) and dimethylaminopyridine
(80 mg, 1.7
mmol) were added and stirred at rt overnight. The solvent was removed and the
crude product
was purified on silica gel column using 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent
to provide Sa
(P=Boc, Rl=Me) (58 mg, 38%).
[0220] TLC: Rf= 0.73 (50% EtOAclHexanes); MS(ESPOS): 500 [M+Na]+. 1H NMR (300
MHz, CDC13) 8 1.38 (s, 9), 1.91 (s, 3), 1.98 (s, 3), 2.07 (s, 3), 2.18 (s, 3),
4.33 (m, 1), 4.72 (m,
1), 4.94 (m, 1), 5.21 (m, 2), 5.45 (s, 1), 5.57 (m, 1).
[0221] To product Sa (P=Boc, Rl=Me) (158 mg, 0.331 mmol) in DCM (5 mL),
dimethylaminosulfurtrifluoride (732 ~,L, 3.31 mmol) was added and stirred
overnight. More
DCM was added and the organic portion vvas washed with sodium bicarbonate. The
residue
obtained on removal of solvent was purified on silica gel column
chromatography using 20%
ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent (100 mg, 60%) to provide the protected
product (P=Boc,
Rl=Me). The Boc-protected product was taken up in 30°/~ trifluoroacetic
acid in dichloroethane
and dimethylsulfide and stirred for 1 h at rt. The solvent was removed to
provide the product Sb
(Rl=Me).
[0222] TLC: Rf= 0.63 (40% MeOHlHexanes); MS(ESPOS): 522 [M+Na]'~. 1H NMR (300
MHz, CDCl3) ~ 1.40 (s, 9), 1.69 (t, J =18.9, 3), 1.98 (s, 3), 2.08 (s, 6),
2.13 (s, 3), 4.22-4.30 (m,
1), 4.53 (dd, J = 10.9, 25.3, 1), 5.16-5.28 (m, 2), 5.52 (s, 1), 5.~3 (d, J =
~.2, 1).
Method ~
[022] En~lization (LiHMDS) and alkylation of ~'a with 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-
butenyl
afforded a mixture of diastereomers of the lactam 7h (R9'=2-methyl-2-butenyl)
(61 %) according
to the literature procedure by Zhang, R.; et al., Journal of the American
Chemical Society. 1998,
120, 3894-3902. Compound 7a is commercially available from vendors such as
Bachem.
Alternatively, 7a can be prepared by methods well known in the axt for an
example see Baldwin,
et al.; Tetrahedron,19~9, 4~5, 7449-7468.
71
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0224] The lactam 7b was reduced to the pyrrolidine 7c (R9'=2-methyl-2-
butenyl) (70%) by
the two-step sequence involving superhydride reduction of the lactam to the
hemiaminal and the
subsequent reduction of the hemiaminal with Et3SiHBF3~OEt2. The pyrrolidine 7c
(R9'=2-
methyl-2-butenyl) (778 mg, 2.08 mmol), 10% palladium on carbon (230 mg), in
anhydrous
methanol (25 mL) was subjected to Parr hydrogenolysis at 50 psi for 5 h. The
reaction mixture
was filtered through a celite pad and washed several times with methanol. The
combined
washings and filtrate were evaporated to dryness, affording, without further
purification, a
colorless oil 7d (R9=2-methylbutyl).
[0225] TLC: Rf= 0.3 [Solvent system: DCM:hexanes:MeOH(6:5:1)]. MS(NEGATIVE):
284.5 [M-H]-.
Method K
[0226] Enolization (LiHMDS, 33 mmol, 33 mL, 1.1 equiv) and alkylation of 7a
(9.47 g,
29.7 mmol, 1 equiv) with cis-1-bromo-2-pentene (4.21 mL, 35.6 mmol, 1.2
equiv), in anhydrous
THF at -78°C under nitrogen, afforded a mixture of diastereomers of the
lactam 7b (R~'=2-
pentenyl) (43.2%) after silica gel purification. The lactam 7b (3.96g,
10.22mmol) was reduced
to the pyrrolidine 7c (R9~=2-pentenyl) by the two-step sequence involving
superhydride
reduction of the lactam to the hemiaminal, at -78°C in anhydrous THF,
and the subsequent
reduction of the hemiaminal with Et3SiHBF3OEt2 in anhydrous DCM at -
78°C affording 7c
(R9'=2-pentenyl) (71 %) after silica gel purification. The pyrrolidine 7c
(2.71 g, 7.26 mmol),
10°/~ palladium on carbon (560mg), in anhydrous methanol (30 mL) was
subjected to Purr
hydrogenolysis at 50 psi for 5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a
celite pad and
washed several times with methanol. The combined washings and filtrate were
evaporated to
dryness, affording, without further purification, a colorless oil 7d1
(R9=pentyl) (1.68g, 80°/~).
[~227] TLC: Rf= 0.3 [Solvent system:DCM:hexanes:MeOH(6:5:1)]. MS(EShTEG):
284.5
[M-H]-.
Method L
[0228] Ozonolysis of 7d (R~=2-methylbutyl) in anhydrous dichloromethane
followed by
treatment with DMS at -78°C afforded aldehyde 8a (77%). 4-Fluorobenzyl
phosphonium
chloride (0.87 g, 2.13 mmol) and potassium t-butoxide (0.17 g, 1.48 mmol) were
suspended in
toluene under nitrogen with vigorous stirring. After 4~ h, a solution of
aldehyde 8a (204 mg, 0.59
72
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
mmol) in toluene (4.6 mL) was added drop-wise. The reaction mixture was
stirred at rt for 2 h
and diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with
water (2 x 20 mL),
brine, dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography to
give a clear syrup
8b (R9'=3-(4-fluorophenyl)prop-2-enyl) (171 mg).
[0229) To a solution of 8b (R9~=3-(4-fluorophenyl)prop-2-enyl) (171 mg, 0.39
mmol) in
MeOH (25 mL) in a Pair bottle was added 10% palladium on carbon (Degussa wet
form 50%
w/w water) (200 mg). The bottle was purged and charged with H2 to 40 psi, and
shaken for 4 h.
The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and rinsed with MeOH. The
filtrate was
concentrated to give a yellow oil 8c (R9=3-(4-fluorophenyl)propyl) (120 mg).
[0230] MS(ESPOS): 374.5 [M +Na]+, MS(ESNEG): 350.3 [M-H] .
Method M
[0231] 4-Chlorobenzyl phosphonium chloride (0.95g, 2.24 mmol, 3.9 equiv) and
potassium
t-butoxide (0.17 g, 1.55 mmol, 2.7 equiv) were suspended in toluene (7.5 mL)
under nitrogen
with vigorous stirring. After 4 h, a solution of aldehyde 8a (200 mg, 0.58
mmol, 1 equiv) in
toluene (4.9 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt
for 2 h and diluted
with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 20
mL), brine, dried
and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography to give a clear
syrup 8b (R9'=3-
(4-chlorophenyl)prop-2-enyl) (216 mg, ~~2%).
[0232] MS(ESPOS): 478.5 [M +I~Ia]+, MS(ESNEG): 454.4 [M-H] .
[0233] To a solution of 8b (R9'=3-(4-chlorophenyl)prop-2-enyl) (147 mg, 0.32
mmol) in
cyclohexane (50 mL) was added 10°/~ palladium on carbon (Degussa wet
form 50% w/w water)
(80 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt under 1 atm H2 overnight. The
reaction mixture
was filtered through celite and rinsed with MeOH. The filtrate was
concentrated to give the
alkana product ~~ (R9=3-(4-chlorophenyl)propyl) as a clear oil (131 mg,
89°/~). To a, solution of
the alkane (131 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (3 mL) and water (1 mL) was
added lithium
hydroxide mon~hydrate (60 mg, 1.43 mmol, 5 equiv). The reaction mixture was
stirred at rt
overnight. The THF was removed under vacuum. The residue was diluted with
water (5 mL)
and washed with ether (10 mL). The aqueous layer was taken up in ethyl acetate
(60 mL) and
partitioned with 10% citric acid (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with
water and brine,
dried and concentrated to give a clear syrup 8c (R9=3-(4-chlorophenyl)propyl)
(105 mg, 100%).
[0234] MS(ESPOS): 390.4 [M + Na]+, 268.4 [M - Boc + H]+.
73
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Method N
[0235] To a solution of aldehyde 8a (406.5 mg, 1.17 mmol, 1 equiv) in dimethyl
acetamide
(0.25 mL) at 0 °C was added dibromodifluoromethane (0.21 mL, 2.34 mmol,
2 equiv). To the
stirred mixture was added a solution of triphenylphosphine (0.61 g, 2.34 mmol,
2 equiv) in
dimethyl acetamide (0.5 mL) over a period of 20 minutes under nitrogen. The
reaction mixture
was warmed to rt and stirred for 30 minutes, and then was added to an
activated zinc (0.258,
3.82 mmol, 3.3 equiv) with the aid of dimethyl acetamide (0.3 mL). The
resulting reaction
mixture was stirred at 110°C for 1 h and cooled to rt and filtered with
the aid of
dimethylacetamide (7 mL). The filtrate was poured into ice water (100 mL) and
extracted with
ether (150 mL). The ether layer was washed with brine, dried and concentrated.
The residue
was purified by chromatography to give a clear oil 8b (R9'=3,3-difluoroprop-2-
enyl) (182 mg,
41 %).
[0236] MS(ESPOS): 282.4 [M - Boc + H]+.
[0237] To a solution of 8a (R9'=3,3-difluoroprop-2-enyl) (126 mg, 0.33 mmol)
in MeOH (35
mL) was added 10% palladium on carbon (Degussa wet form 50% w/w water) (120
mg). The
reaction mixture was stirred at rt under hydrogen (1 atm) overnight and was
filtered through
celite with the aid of MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated to give a clear
syrup 8c (R9=3,3-
difluoropropyl) (97 mg, 100%).
[0238] MS(ESPOS): 194.4 [M - Boc + H]+, MS(ESNEG): 292.4 [M-H] .
Method
[0239] To a solution of aldehyde 8b (258 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (3 mL)
at 0°C
was added tetraallyltin (178 ~L, 0.74 mmol, 1 equiv), followed by the drop-
wise addition of
boron trifluoride etherate (94.3 ~,L, 0.74 mmol, 1 equiv) over a period of 15
min. The reaction
mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1.5 h. Then a solution of potassium
fluoride (125 mg) in water
(1.25 mL) was added. The resulting mi~~taare was warmed to rt and stirred at
rt for 20 min. This
was followed by the addition of methanol (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was
stirred at rL for
another 20 min. The reaction mixture was filtered over celite. The filtrate
was evaporated to
dryness. The residue was diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL), washed with
water (50 mL),
dried, concentrated and purified by chromatography to give a clear oil 9a
(R9=2-hydroxypent-4-
enyl) (261 mg, 90°/~): MS(ESPOS): 412.5 [M + Na]+, 290.4 [M - Boc +
H]+.
74
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0240] To a solution of dimethylsulfoxide (0.17 mL, 2.42 mmol, 3 equiv) in
dichloromethane (0.5 mL) at -72°C was added a 2 M solution of oxalyl
chloride in
dichloromethane (0.61 mL, 1.21 mmol, 1.5 equiv) over a period of 1 min. The
mixture was
stirred at -72°C for 25 min, followed by the drop-wise addition of a
solution of the alcohol 9a
(314 mg, 0.81 mmol, 1 equiv) in dichloromethane (1.4 mL) over a period of 2
min. The reaction
mixture was stirred at -72°C for 25 min, then warmed to -50°C
and stirred for an additional 2 h.
Triethylamine (0.56 mL, 4.04 mmol, 5 equiv) was added and stirred at -
50°C for 25 min. The
mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with 5% citric acid
(100 mL), water,
saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and brine, dried, evaporated and coevaporated with
anhydrous
toluene to give a clear syrup 9b (R9=2-propenylcarboxymethyl) (287 mg, 92%).
MS(ESPOS):
288.5 [M - Boc + H]+; MS(ESNEG): 386.2 [M-H] .
[0241] To a solution of ketone 9b (225.1 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1 equiv) in
dichloromethane (2
mL) at -78°C was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (0.46 mL, 3.49
mL, 6 equiv). The
reaction mixture was warmed to rt and stirred at rt for 3 h, followed by an
addition of additional
(diethylamino)sulfitr trifluoride (0.46 mL, 3.49 mL, 6 equiv) at -78°C.
The mixture was warmed
to rt and stirred overnight. Then the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane
(60 mL), washed
with sat. aqueous NaHCO3 (1 x), brine (1.x), dried, and evaporated. The
residue was purified by
chromatography to give a yellow oil 9c (X, ~=fluoro, flouro) (75 mg, 32%).
[0242] MS(ESPOS): 310.5 [M - Boc + H]+.
[0243] To a solution of 9c (R9=2,2-difluoropent-4-enyl) (85 mg, 0.21 mmol) in
MeOH (20
mL) was added 10% palladium on carbon (Degussa wet form 50% w/w water) (100
mg). The
reaction mixture was stirred at rt under hydrogen (1 atm) overnight, was
filtered through celite
with the aid of MeOH (10 mL). To the filtrate was added 10% palladium on
carbon (l~egussa
wet forn~ 50°/~ w/w water) (I30 mg)o The reaction mixture was stirred
at rt under hydrogen (I
atm) overnight, was filtered through celite with the aid of MeOH (10 mL). The
filtrate was
concentrated to give haloalkyl N-Boc-amino acid 9d (X,~=fluoro, fluoro) (67.7
mg, 100°/~) as a
clear syrup.
[0244] MS(ESPOS): 344.4 [M + Na]+, 222.4 [M - Boc + H]+ MS(ESNEG): 320.2 [M-H]
.
Method P
[0245] To 4-propylpyridine (2.5 g, 20 mmol), 30% hydrogen peroxide (2.4 g) was
added and
refluxed overnight. The solvent was removed and the resulting residue was
taken in IaCM (30
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
mL). Trimethylsilyl cyanide (2.6 g, 26 mmol) was added to the above solution
followed by
dimethylcarbamyl chloride (2.8 g, 26 mrnol), and the reaction mixture was
stirred at rt
overnight. Potassium carbonate (10%, 100 mL) was added. The organic layer was
separated,
dried over sodium sulfate and then concentrated to obtain 4-propyl-2-
cyanopyridine (2.5 g,
93%). It was then refluxed in hydrochloric acid (6N, 60 mL) for overnight. The
4-propyl-2-
carboxylic acid pyridine lOb (R9~ropyl) was obtained after crystallization
from acetonitrile
(2g, 71 %).
[0246] MS(ESPOS): 166 [M+H]+; 1H NMR (300 MH2, CD30D) ~ 8.75 (dd, J= 9.0, 3.0,
1),
8.42 (s, 1), 8.08 (dd, J = 9.0, 3.0, 1), 3.00 (t, J = 7.5, 2), 1.82 (m, 2),
1.05 (t, J = 7.2, 3).
i
0
RZ
R3
O ~ N HI~!
/ \ a- / \ c.
OH b. > -N OH HO '"'SRa
13a '
HO OH
13b
R~
d. ~ e.
13b > -N fY", 'R2
O
H~ ,"'SR7 '~S1~1
HO~~OH i
13c 1
I~~t~1~d
[0247] A mixture of picolinic acid (l~.ldrich) (20 g, 162 mmol, 1 equiv) and
sodium bromide
(33.43 g, 325 mmol, 2 equiv) in thionyl chloride (81 mL) was refluxed for S h.
'The solvent was
removed under vacuum. l~bsolute methanol (160 mL) was added and the mi~~ture
was stirred at
rt for 30 minutes. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue was taken up in
5°/~ sodium
bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x). The organic layers were
combined and dried
over MgS04 and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography to give
4-
chloropicolinic acid methyl ester as a white solid (19.9 g, 72%): 1H NMR (300
MHz, CDC13) ~
8.63 (d, J = 5.4, 1), 8.13 (d, J = 2.1, 1), 7.48 (dd, J = 2.0, 5.3, 1), 4.00
(s, 3).
76
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0248) A mixture of 4-chloropicolinic acid methyl ester (2.4 g, 14.1 mmol),
57% hydroiodic
acid (13.3 mL) and 50% aqueous hypophosphorous acid (0.66 mL) was stirred at
85 °C for 2 h
and then was stirred at 107 °C overnight. The mixture was cooled to 95
°C. At this temperature
over 30 minutes 10 M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (4.2 mL) was added,
followed by the
addition of water (15.2 mL). The mixture was cooled to rt and stirred at rt
for 1h. The
precipitate was filtered, washed with cold water and dried under high vacuum
overnight to give
4-iodopipecolinic acid 13a (3.5 g, 66%): IH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO d6) ~ 8.39 (d,
J = 5.1, 1),
8.35 (d, J =1.8, 1), 8.07 (dd, J = 1.7, 5.2, 1); MS (ESPOS): 250.2 [M+H]+.
[0249] To a mixture of 7-Me MTL HCl salt 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me) (200 mg, 0.69 mmol,
1
equiv) in dry DMF (1.8 mL) at 0 °C was added triethylamine (0.50 mL,
3.61 mmol, 5.2 equiv),
followed by the addition of BSTFA (0.28 mL, 1.04 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The
reaction mixture was
stirred at 0 °C for 10 minutes, and then was stirred at rt for 50
minutes. To the reaction mixture
was added the acid 13a (341 mg, 0.90 mmol, 1.3 equiv) and HATU (423 mg, 1.11
mmol, 1.6
equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction mixture
was evaporated to
dryness, taken up in ethyl acetate,; washed with water (1 x), sat. NaHC03 (1
x) and brine. The
organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to give a yellow residue
which was
dissolved in methanol (20 mL) to which was added dry Dowex resin (250 mg). The
reaction
mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The resin was removed by filtration and the
crude product
eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol. The methanolic eluent was evaporated, and
the resulting
residue was purified by chromatography to provide a white solid 13b (Rl=Me,
Ra= Me, R3=H)
(250 mg, 75%): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) 8 8.46 (d, J =1.8, 1), 8.30 (d, J =
5.4, 1), 7.98
(dd, J = 1.8, 5.1, 1), 5.25 (d, J = 6.0, 1), 4.32-4.23(m, 2), 4.09 (dd, J =
5.7, 10.2, 1), 3.87 (d, J =
3.0, 1), 3.54 (dd, J = 3.3, 10.2, 1), 2.24-2.15 (m, 1), 2.11 (s, 3), 0.99-0.96
(m, 6); MS (ESPOS):
4.~3.s [~~i+H]+; MS (ESr~~): 4.1.4 [M-H]-.
[020] To a dry flask was added 13b (Rl=Me, R2= Me, R3=H) (133.9 mg, 0.28 mmol,
1
equiv), triphenylphosphine (46.7 mg, 0.18 mmol, 0.64 equiv), copper (l~ iodide
(33.9 mg, 0.18
mmol, 0.64 equiv), palladium acetate (20 mg, 0.09 mmol, 0.32 equiv) and
triethylamine (1.6
mL). The mixture was deaerated with nitrogen, followed by addition of 3-prop-2-
ynyl-
cyclopentane (120 mg, 1.11 nnnol, 4 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 50 oC
overnight. The
solvent was removed under vacuum to give a dark residue. The residue was
purified by
chromatography to give 13c (Rl=Me, R9'= 3-cyclopentyl-prop-1-ynyl, R2= Me,
R3=H) as a
yellow solid (106 mg, 83%): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) S 8.55 (d, J = 4.8, 1),
7.98 (s, 1),
7.47 (dd, J =1.7, 5.0, 1), 5.26 (d, J = 5.4, 1), 4.33-4.22 (m, 2), 4.10 (dd, J
= 5.5, 10.4, 1), 3.86 (d,
77
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
J = 3.3, 1), 3.55 (dd, J = 3.3, 10.5, 1), 2.49 (d, J = 6.9, 2), 2.26-2.12 (m,
2), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.93-1.82
(m, 2), 1.73-1.55 (m, 4), 1.43-1.31 (m, 2), 1.00-0.96 (m, 6); MS (ESPOS):
463.6 [M+H]+; MS
(ESNEG): 461.5 [M-H]-.
9' 9
a. ~ / ~ O b. ~ ~ ~ O c.
13a
-N OMe OMe ~ OMe
14a 14b 14c
Method R
[0251] To a solution of 13a prepared in method Q (5 g, 13.26 mmol) in methanol
(500 mL)
was added a few drops of cons. sulfuric acid. The reaction mixture was
refluxed overnight. The
solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography to give
4-
iodopipecolinic acid methyl ester 14a as a yellow solid (3.0 g, 86%): 1H NMR
(300 MHz,
CDC13) ~ 8.49 (d, J =1.5, 1), 8.37 (d, J = 5.4, 1), 7.85 (dd, J = 1.6, 5.2,
1), 4.00 (s, 3); MS
(ESPOS): 264.3 [M+H]+. ;
[0252] . To a dry flask were added 14a (1 g, 3.8 mmol, 1 equiv),
triphenylph~osphine (79.7
mg, 0.3 mmol, 0.08 equiv), copper (I) iodide (57.9 mg, 0.3 mmol, 0.08 equiv),
palladium acetate
(34.1 mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.04 equiv) and triethylarnine (14 mL). The mixture was
deaerated with
nitrogen, followed by addition of 3-butyn-1-of (0.53 g, 7.6 namol, 2 equiv).
The mixture was
stirred at rt for 3 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a dark
residue. The residue
was purified by chromatography to give 14b (R9~= 3-hydoxy-but-1-ynyl) as a
yellow oil (0.78 g,
100°/~): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) b 8.66-8.63 (m, 1), 8.09-8.08 (m, 1),
7.43-7.40 (m, 1), 3.99
(s, 3), 3.88-3.82 (m, 2), 2.72 (t, J = 6.3, 2). MS (ESPOS): 206.4 [M+H]+.
[~253] To a solution of the above 14b (R~'-- 3-hydoxy-but-1-ynyl) (0.78 g, 3.8
m~nol) in
methanol (40 mL) was added 10 % palladium on carbon (0.4~ g). The flask
containing the
reaction mixture was purged and charged with hydrogen (1 atm) and stirred at
rt overnight. The
palladium was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated to give
14c (R9=3-
hydroxybutyl) as an oil (0.77 g, 97%): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) S 8.60 (d, J =
4.5, 1), 7.97
(d, J = 1.2, 1), 7.29 (dd, J = 1.6, 5.0, 1), 3.99 (s, 3), 3.67 (t, J = 6.3,
2), 2.72 (t, J = 7.7, 2), 1.81-
1.69 (m, 2), 1.62-1.54 (m, 2); MS (ESPOS): 210.4 [M+H]+.
78
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
OR9
3
OH OR9~ N R
R2
\ a_ \ ~, HNlii~,.
N COaH~ ~ N COaH
HO O
15a ri/SRi
HO~
OH
R9
15b
3
N R
Ra
d. H l i
HO O
_ ~~~/SR~
HO pH
Method S
[0254] To 4-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid lOb (R9 = hydroxy) (200 mg, 1.4
mmol) in
DMF (2 mL), potassium carbonate (397 mg, 2.8 mmol) was added followed by tz-
bromobutane
(197 mg, 1.4 mmol), warmed at 60°C for overnight. The solvent was
removed to obtain the
crude ester product. The crude ester (360 mg, 1.4 mmol) was dissolved in THF
(4 mL), lithium
hydroxide (72 mg, 1.7 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture stirred at
room temperature
for 2 hr. The residue obtained on removal of solvent was purified by silica
gel chromatography
using 10% MeOH in DCM to provide 4-butoxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid 15a (R9'=
butyl) (100
mg, 43%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) ~ 8.37 (d, J 6.0, 1), 7.63 (d, .I--2.7, 1),
7.07 (dd, .l--2.7,
6.0, 1), 4~.I5 (t, ~ 6.6, 2), I.82 (m, 2), 1.54 (m, 2), 1.01 (t, J 7.5, 3). MS
(ESNE(J):194 [M-H]'.
[0255] To 4-butoxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid 15a (R~~=Butyl) (100 mg, 0.5
mmol) in DMF
(2 mL), 7-methyl ~,-thiolincosaminide 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) (147 mg, 0.5 mmol) was
added,
followed by HBTLJ (214 mg, 0.55 mmol) and DIEA (132 mg, 1 mmol). The reaction
mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The solvent was removed, and
purification of the crude
material was carried out by silica gel column chromatography to obtain
compound 15b (Rl=Me,
RZ=Me, R9'= butyl) (201 mg, 91%): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) & 8.42 (m, 1), 7.96
(s, 1),
7.09 (m, 1), 5.27 (d, J--5.4, 1), 4.10-4.87 (m, 3), 3.85 (d, J--3.3, 1), 3.76
(m, 1), 2.11 (m, 4), 1.81
(m, 2), 1.49 (m, 4), 0.99 (m, 9). MS (METHOD ES+): 428 [M+H]+.
79
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0256] To a solution of the pyridine 15b (Ri=Me, Ra=Me, R9'= butyl) (200 mg,
0.46 mmol)
in water (10 mL), AcOH (3 mL) and MeOH (2 mL), was added PtOa (200 mg) and the
resulting
reaction mixture shaken under 55 psi hydrogen overnight. Residual catalyst was
removed by
filtration through celite, and the solvent was removed to obtain the crude
product. Purification
was carried out by silica gel column chromatography using 20% MeOH in DCM to
obtain
lincosamide analog 1 (Rl=Me, R2=Me, R3=H, R9 = butoxy) (12 mg, 6%). 1H NMR
(300 MHz,
CD3OD) 8 5.25 (d, ,I--5.4, 1), 4.22 (dd, J--10.2; 3.3, 1), 4.08 (m, 2), 3.81
(d, J--3.0, 1), 3.70 (m,
1 ), 3.54 (m, 4), 3.43 (m, 2), 2.90 (m, 1 ), 2.41 (m, 1 ), 2.19 (m, 1 ), 2.10
(s, 3) 1.45 (m, 6), 0.92 (m,
9); MS (ESPOS): 435 [M+H]+.
Method T
[0257] Following the,general method found in scheme 16, to a solution of (3-
lactam 16a
(2.92 g, 12.8 mmol) 1 equiv; prepared from benzyl (S~-(-)-4-oxo-2-azetidine-
carboxylate
(Aldrich) as described by Baldwin et al, Tetrahedron,1990, 46, 4733 in THF (30
mL) at 0 °C
was added a solution of LDA (2.0 M, 14.0 mL, 28.1 mmol, 2.2 equiv) via syringe
pump over 20
min. The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min., crotyl bromide
(85°/~, 2.89 mL, 28.1 mmol,
2.2 equiv) was added dropwise over ca. 1.5 min, and the mixture was stirred
for~2 h at 0 °C, and
then partitioned between 1.0 M aqueous I~HS04 (100 mL) and EtOAc (100 mL). The
organic
layer was separated and washed with 1.0 M aqueous I~HHS04 (100 mL), brine (100
mL), dried
(MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give 16b (R9'=2-butenyl) 3.65 g (100%)
of greenish
yellow solid. This material was used without further purification.
[0258] MS (ESNEG): 282.2 [M - H]-.
[0259] (Trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2.0 M in EtaO, 25.0 mL, 50 nunol, 3.9
equiv) was
slowly added to a solution of acid 16b (R9'=2-butenyl) (3.65 g, 12.9 mmol, 1
equiv) in methanol
(70 mL) at 0 °C. Solvent was removed under vacuum to give 3.53 g (11.9
nmaol, 92°/~) of the
desired ester product as a yellow oil. This material was used in the
subsequent reaction without
further purification.
[0260] To a solution of alkene 16c (R9'=2-butenyl) (3.53 g, 11.9 mmol, 1
equiv) in EtOAc
(40 mL) at 23 °C was added Pd/C (10 wt. %, 482 mg). The reaction vessel
was charged with
hydrogen (balloon), and the mixture stirred vigorously. After 2.5 h, the
reaction mixture was
filtered through a pad of Celite. Celite was washed, with EtOAc (200 rnL) and
the filtrate was
concentrated to provide 3.51 g (11.7 mmol, 99%) of 16c (R9=butyl) as a yellow
oil. This
material was used without further purification.
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0261] MS (ESPOS): 300.4 [M+H]~.
[0262] To a solution of N TBS (3-lactam 16c (R9=butyl) (3.51 g, 11.7 mmol, 1
equiv) in
THF (50 mL) at 23 °C was added Et3N~3HF (0.95 mL, 5.85 mmol, 0.5
equiv). After stirring for
60 min at 23 °C, the reaction mixture was partitioned between 90%
saturated brine (150 mL) and
EtOAc (200 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (150
mL), dried
(MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The product was purified via flash column
chromatography
on silica gel using 50% EtOAc in hexane as eluent to give 1.48 g (8.0 mmol,
68%) of 16d
(R9=butyl) as a clear oil.
[0263] MS (ESPOS): 578.3 [3M+H]+.
[0264] To a solution of (3-lactam 16d (R9=butyl) (2.06 g, 11.1 mmol, 1 equiv)
in THF (150
mL) at 23 °C was added a solution of LiAlH4 (1.0 M in THF, 22.9 mL,
22.9 mmol, 2.06 equiv)
via syringe over the course of 2 min. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °
C, the reaction was warmed
to 23 °C, stirred for 15 min, and then refluxed for 3 h. The mixture
was then cooled to 0 °C and
quenched via careful addition of H20 (1.0 mL), followed by 15% aqueous NaOH
(1.0 mL), and
then H20 (2.5 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred at 23 °C for
1.5 h, diluted with Et20
(250 mL), and filtered through Celite, washing with Et20 (250 mL). The
filtrate was
concentrated to furnish 1.42 g of the desired product I6e (R9=butyl) (9.93
mrnol, 89°/~) as a clear
oil. The product was used without further purification. .
[0265] MS (ESPOS): 287.4 [2M+H]+.
[0266] To a solution of amino alcohol 16e (R9=butyl) (1.41 g, 9.86 mmol, 1
equiv) in
dichloromethane (50 mL) at 23 °C was added Boc20 (2.59 g, 11.9 mmol,
1.2 equiv). After
stirring for 2 h at 23 °C, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The
product was purified via
flash column chromatography on silica gel using 33% EtOAc in hexane as eluent
to give 1.53 g
(6.3I mmol, 64°/~) I6f (R9=butyl) as a clear oil.
[0267] MS (ESPOS): 266.0 [M + Na]+.
[026] To a solution of NaTO4 (8.81 g, 41.2 mmol, 10 equiv) in HZO (60 mL) at
23 °C was
added RuCl3~xHa0 (350 mg, catalytic amount) followed by a solution of alcohol
16f (R9=butyl)
(1.00 g, 4.12 mmol, 1 equiv) in acetone (60 mL). The biphasic mixture was
stirred for 30 min at
23 °C, then extracted with EtOAc (250 mL), decanting the organic layer.
The aqueous residue
was extracted with two further portions of EtOAc (2 x 150 mL). The combined
organic extracts
were treated with 2-propanol (75 mL) and stirred at 23 °C. After
stirring for 2 h the mixture was
filtered through Celite, washing with EtOAc (300 mL). The filtrate was
concentrated to furnish
81
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
0.78 g of the desired product 16g (R9=butyl) (3.04 mmol, 74%) as a dark oil.
The product was
used without further purification. MS (ESPOS): 280.0 [M + Na]+.
Method U
[0269] Following the method shown in general scheme 17, to a solution of
alcohol I6f
(R9'=2-methyl-2-butenyl) (3.31 g, 13.0 mmol, 1 equiv) in DMF (100 mL) at 23
°C was added
imidazole (2.21 g, 32.5 mmol, 2.5 equiv) followed by TBSCI (2.93 g, 19.5 mmol,
1.5 equiv).
The reaction was stirred for 35 min and then quenched with MeOH (2.0 mL).
After stirring for
min, the resulting mixture was partitioned between Et2O (500 mL) and H2O (400
mL). The
organic layer was separated and washed with H20 (400 mL), brine (200 mL),
dried (MgSO4),
filtered and concentrated to give 17a (R9"=2-methyl-2-butenyl) 4.13 g (11.2
mmol, 86%) of the
desired product as a clear oil.
[0270] MS (ESPOS): 392.4 [M + Na]+.
[0271] A solution of intermediate 17a (R9'=2-methyl-2-butenyl) prepared as
described in
general method T (2.03 g, 5.50 mmol, 1 equiv) in dichloromethane (80 mL) at-78
°,C was
treated with ozone (1.2 L/min) introduced via a gas dispersion tube until a
blue color was
observed (20 min). A stream of oxygen (1.2 L/min) was then passed through the
reaction
mixture to discharge excess ozone. After 15 min, oxygen flow was ceased and
PPh3 (2.16 g, ,
8.25 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78
°C for 30 min, then at
0 °C for 15 min, and then warmed to 23 °C. After stirring for 10
min at 23 °C, silica gel v3as
added, and the resulting mixture concentrated to dryness under vacuum to
afford a free-flowing
powder that was loaded directly onto a silica gel column. Flash column
chromatography using
30-33°/~ EtOAc in hexane as eluent gave 1.52 g (4.42 mmol, 80%) of 17b
as a clear oil.
[0272] MS (ESPOS): 398.0 [M + Me~I-I + I~Ta]+.
[027] To a suspension of ~ittig salt (cyclopropylmethyl triphenyl phosphine)
(1.216 g,
3.06 mmol, 1.5 equiv) in THF (10 mL) at 0 °C was added a solution
ofNaHMDS (1.0 M in
THF, 3.06 mL, 3.06 mmol, 1.5 equiv) dropwise via syringe over the course of 1
min. The
resulting solution was stirred for 20 min at 0 °C then treated with a
solution of aldehyde 17b
(700 mg, 2.04 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (3.0 mL; 2 ae 1.0 mL flush) transferred
via canula. After
min at 0 °C the reaction was warmed to 23 °C, stirred for a
further 10 min then quenched with
saturated NH4Cl (30 mL). The resulting mixture was partitioned between Et20
(120 mL) and
H20 (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (50 mL),
dried (MgSO4)
82
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
filtered and concentrated. Flash column chromatography using 10% EtOAc in
hexane as eluent
gave 588 mg (1.54 mmol, 76%) of 17c (R9'=2-(3-cyclopropyl)-propen-1-yl) as a
clear oil.
[0274] MS (ESPOS): 404.3 [M + Nab+.
[0275] To a solution of TBS ether 17c (R9'=2-(3-cyclopropyl)-propen-1-yl) (190
mg, 0.50
mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (10 mL) at 23 °C was added a solution of TBAF
(1.0 M in THF, 0.55
mL, 0.55 mmol, 1.1 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 40 min at 23
°C then
partitioned between Et20 (50 mL) and H20 (50 mL). The organic layer was
separated and
washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated to give
133 mg (0.50
mmol, 100%) of 17c (R9'=2-(3-cyclopropyl)-propen-1-yl) as a clear oil.
[0276] MS (ESPOS): 290.2 [M + Na]+.
[0277] To a solution of alkene 17c (Rg'=2-(3-cyclopropyl)-propen-1-yl) (191
mg, 0.50
mmol, 1 equiv) in dioxane (5.0 mL) at 23 °C was added dipotassium
a~odicarboxylate (973 mg,
5.01 mmol, 10 equiv) followed by slow addition of a solution of AcOH (573 ~L,
10.0 mmol, 20
equiv) in dioxane (5.0 mL) over the course of 16 h via syringe pump. Following
the completion
of the addition the reaction was stirred a further 6 h then filtered through a
glass frit with the aid
of EtaO (150 mL) to remove precipitate. The resulting solution was washed with
saturated
aqueous NaHC03 (2 x 100 mL), brine (80 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and
concentrated. The
above procedure was repeated three times on the crude material obtained to
give complete
conversion of the alkene, providing 183 mg (0.48 mmol, 96%) of the saturated
product 17d
(R9=3-cyclopropyl-propyl) as a clear oil.
[027] MS (ESPOS): 406.0 [M + Na]+.
Meth~d V
[0279] Following the general method in Scheme 18, to a solution of the
compound 1
hydrochloride (wherein Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R6=H, R9=4-cas-n-Pr, and rra=2) (4.00
g, 9.90 mmol,
1 equiv) in THF (70 mL) at 23 °C was added HaO (70 mL) followed by
I~HHC03 (1.29 g, 12.9
mmol, 1.3 equiv) followed by (Boc)ZO (2.81 g, 12.9 mmol, 1.3 equiv). After
stirring for 5 h, the
reaction mixture was partitioned between brine (200 mL) and EtOAc (300 mL).
The organic
layer was separated and washed with brine (150 mL), and dried (MgSO4). Solvent
was removed
under vacuum and the crude product purified using Biotage" column
chromatography system
(40+M cartridge, 40 mm ID x 150 mm) using a linear gradient (75% EtOAc/hexanes-
100%
EtOAc) over 1.2 L total eluent at 50 mL/min to give 4.49 g of the pure
caxbamate 18a (wherein
Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9=4-cas-n-Pr, and m=2) (8.91 mmol, 90%).
83
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
(0280] To a solution of carbamate 18a (wherein Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9=4-cis-n-Pr,
and
m=2) (7.99 g, 15.9 mmol, 1 equiv) in benzene (300 mL) at 23 °C was
addedp-anisaldehyde
dimethyl acetal (4.06 mL, 23.8 mmol, 1.5 equiv), followed by PPTS (199 mg,
0.79 mmol, 0.05
equiv). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux. After 4 h a second portion
ofp-anisaldehyde
dimethyl acetal (2.0 mL, 11.7 mmol, 0.74 equiv) was added. After a further 17
h a third portion
ofp-anisaldehyde dimethyl acetal (2.0 mL, 11.7 mmol, 0.74 equiv) was added.
Following the
final addition the reaction was refluxed a further 3 h then cooled to 23
°C and partitioned
between EtOAc (300 mL) and H20 (300 mL). The organic layer was washed with 50%
saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (300 mL), brine (150 mL), dried (MgS04), filtered and
concentrated. The crude product was purified via silica gel flash column
chromatography using
40% EtOAc in hexane as eluent to give acetal 18b (wherein Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H,
R9=4-cis-n-Pr,
and m=2) 7.00 g (11.3 mmol, 71%) of the desired product as a white foam (1:1
ratio of
diastereomers). A small portion of the product was purified on Biotage~ column
chromatography system (40+S cartridge, 40 mm ID x 75 mm) using a linear
gradient (5°/~
EtOAc/hexanes-90% EtOAc/hexanes) over 1.2 L total eluent at 50 mL/min to
separate the two
diastereomers f~r characterization.
[0281] Diastereorizer with high Rf: MS (ESPOS): 623:0 [M+H]+.
[0282] Diastereomer with low Rf: MS (ESPOS): 623.0 [M+H]+.
[0283] To a solution of alcohol 18b (wherein Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9=4-cis-n-Pr,
and m=2)
(3.00 g, 4.82 mmol, 1 equiv) in trimethyl phosphate (60 mL) at 0 °C was
added pyridine (3.90
mL, 48.2 mmol, 10 equiv), followed by POCl3 (0.88 mL, 9.65 mmol, 2 equiv)
added over the
course of 60 sec. Following the addition, the reaction was maintained at 0
°C for 2 h, then
triethylammonium bicarbonate buffer (1.0 M, pH 8.5, 40 mL) was added carefully
to quench the
reaction. HaO (60 mL) was then added, and the resulting mixture was stirred at
0 °C for 30 min
then warmed to 23 °C. After stirring the quenched reaction mixture for
2 h at 23 °C, volatiles
were removed in vacuo with aid of gentle heating in water bath (4~0-45
°C). The resulting crude
product was azeotropically dried by co-evaporation with DMF (3 ac 100 mL),
then toluene (150
mL, bath temperature=40-4~5 °C) to provide 9.4 g of white solid. The
crude product 18c
(wherein Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl, Rl l=PO(OH)2 and m=2) was
substantially
contaminated with triethylammonium salts, but was carried forward without
purification.
[0284] MS (ESNEG): 701.2 [M - H]-.
[028] To a solution of the protected phosphate 18c (wherein Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H,
R9=4-cis-
n-propyl, Rll=PO(OH)2 and m=2) prepared as described above (9.4~ g, crude
firom previous step,
84
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
approximately 4.8 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (600 mL) at 0 °C was
added Ha0 (25 mL)
followed by TFA (200 mL). Following the additions, the reaction was maintained
at 0 °C for 5
min then warmed to 23 °C. After stirring for 25 min at 23 °C,
volatiles were removed in vacuo
to give 16.2 g of oil. The crude product was dissolved in 1:l H2O/MeOH (70
mL), filtered and
the resulting solution was purified by preparative HPLC (Waters Nova-
Pak° HR C18, 6 ~,m
particle size, 60 ~ pore size, 40 mm ID x 200 mm, 5-60% acetonitrile in H20 w/
0.1 % AcOH
over 30 min, 75 mL/min flow rate) to give 1.497 g of the desired phosphate 5
(wherein Ri=R2
=Me, R3=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl, Rll=PO(OH)2) (3.10 mmol, 64% from free alcohol)
as a white
solid.
Method W
[0286] Following the general method outlined in Scheme 19, to amino acid 19a
(R12=H)
(Aldrich) (1.0 g, 8.7 mmol) suspended in MeOH (S mL) and 2,2-dimethoxypropane
(15 mL)
was added concentrated HCl (1.0 mL), and the mixture was stirred 12 h at r.t..
Solvents were
removed under vacuum, and the residue was triturated with EtaO and co-
evaporated from dry
toluene to furnish the crude methyl ester as. an off white solid which was
used without further
Purification.
[0287] . To a suspension of crude L-allylglycine methylester in dichloroethane
(32 mL) at 0
°C was added 2,4,6-collidine (2.3 mL, 19.1 mmol, 2.2 equiv) and solid 2-
nitrobenzenesulfonyl
chloride. The reaction was stirred for 3 h at r.t. The solvent was removed
under vacuum and the
residue was distributed between EtOAe (200mL) and sat. aqueous NH4C1. The
organic layer
was washed with 1.0 M aq. I~HHS04, sat. aq. NaHCO3, brine, and dried (MgSO4),
and
concentrated to give a residue that was purified by column chromatography on
silica (gradient
to 20% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the desired product 19b (R12=H) 0.70 g (26
°/~) as a yellow
oil.
[0288] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CI~Cl3) 8 8.10-8.06 (m, 1), 7.95-7.92 (m, 1), 7.76-
7.73 (m, 2),
6.08 (d, J=8.2, 1), 5.74-5.60 (m, 1), 5.17-5.12 (m, 2), 4..33-4.26 (m, 1),
3.52 (s, 3), 2.58 (dd,
J=6.0, 6.0, 1), 3.44-3.30 (m, 2), 2.25-2.10 (m, 2), 2.11 (s, 3), 2.00-1.88 (m,
1), 1.86-1.70 (m,
1), 1.44-1.25 (m, 6), 0.98-0.88 (m, 9 H). MS (ESNEG): 313.0 [M - H]-.
[0289] To a stirred suspension of sulfonamide 19b (R12=H) (685 mg, 2.18 mmol),
CsaCO3
(710 mg, 2.18 mmol), and tetrabutylammonium bromide (702 mg, 2.18 mrnol), in
DMF (5.0
mL) was added a solution of 3-methylenehex-1-yl-toluenesulfonate (702 mg, 2.61
mmol;
prepared as described by ~ehrin H. Ipong et al. .I~ur~~c~l off''~y~gai~i~
Claeyfaist~y, 2~~1, 6~, 8248)
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
in DMF (1.0 mL), the reaction mixture was heated to 60 °C overnight.
The reaction solvent was
removed by evaporation, the resulting residue taken up in EtOAc and washed
with 10% aqueous
citric acid and brine, the organic phase was dried over MgS04 concentrated to
give a residue that
was purified by column chromatography on silica (17%-20% EtOAc/hexanes) to
give the
desired product 19c (R12=H, R13=propyl), (0.38g, 42 %) as an oil.
[0290] MS (ESPOS): 433 [M + Na]+.
[0291] To a solution of 19c (R12=H, Ri3=propyl) (0.38 g, 0.92 mmol) in
anhydrous DCM
(40 mL) was added ben.zylidene[1,3-bis(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)-2-
imidazolidinylidene] dichloro-
(tricyclohexylphosphine)ruthenium (23.3 mg, 0.0276 mmol). The resulting
reaction mixture
was refluxed under N2 for 2.5 hrs, cooled to room temperature and
concentrated. The product
was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (35% ethyl
acetate/hexanes) to give
the desired compound 19d (R12=H, Rl3~ropyl) (0.29 g, 81 %).
[0292] MS (ESPOS): 383 [M + Na]+.
[0293] To a stirred solution of thiophenol (183 ~,L, 1.79 mmol) and 7-methyl-
1,5,7-
triazabicyclo-[4,4,0] dec-5-ene (214 ~,L, 1.49 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3 mL)
was added a
solution of alkene 19d (R12=H; R13=propyl) (228 mg, 0.596 mmol) in anhydrous
DMF (3.0 mL)
via a canula. A color change to yellow was observed upon the mixing of the
solutions, the
' ''resulting reaction mixture was stirred under N2 for one hour then
concentrated to a residue. The
residue was taken up in ether, stirred with 1N aqueous HCl (15.0 mL) for 5
min. The aqueous
phase was washed with ether then made basic with solid potassium carbonate.
The resulting
basic aqueous phase was extracted with ether three times. The combined organic
layer was
washed with brine, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated, cooled
to 0 °C, treated
with 2M HCl in ether (0.8 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred for 5 min
and then
evaporated to dryness to give the desired product 19d (R12=H, R13=propyl) as
the hydrochloride
salt (144 mg, 103%).
[029.] MS (ESPOS): 198 [M+H]+.
[~29~] To a solution of amine 19d (Ri2=H, R13=propyl) (143 mg, 0.61 mmol) in
anhydrous
dichrolomethane (2.0 mL) was added triethylamine (170 ~.L, 1.22 nunol) and di-
t-
butyldicarbonate (350 mg, 1.6 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was
stirred over night at
room temperature under Na then evaporated to dryness and purified by flash
column
chromatography on silica gel using 20% ethylacetate in hexanes as an eluent to
give the desired
compound 19c (Rla=H, R13=propyl) (176 mg, 86%).
[0296] MS (ESPOS): 320 [M + Nab+.
86
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0297] To a solution of ester 19e (R12=H, Rl3~ropyl) (175 mg, 0.59 mmol) in
dioxane/water (6:1) (4 mL) was added 1 M aqueous lithium hydroxide (0.65 mL,
0.648 mmol).
The resulting reaction mixture was stirred over night at room temperature
under N2 and the
solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in water
washed with
ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with 10% citric acid and extracted with
ether. The
organic layer was washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, and evaporated
to dryness to
give the desired protected cyclic amino acid 19f (R12=H, Rl3~ropyl) (175 mg,
105 %).
[0298] MS (ESNEG): 292 [M-H]-.
Method X
[0299] As shown in Scheme 20 below, suitable anuno esters 20g n=1,2 may be
appended
with psuedoephedrine which serves as a chiral auxiliary, allowing
stereospecific alkylation of
the a, carbon with a suitable allylic bromide 20e. Protection of the secondary
amine followed by
olefin metathesis and cleavage of the chiral auxiliary leads to 4,5
unsaturated N-protected cyclic
amino acids 201. Reduction of the 2-carboxylic acid to a hydroxymethyl allows
stereospecific
traps-reduction of the 4,5 unsaturation in which leads to 20n. Re-oxidation of
the
hydroxymethyl to a carboxylic acid in which R12 or R13 may be R9 as defined in
formula I.
87
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
12 R12
a ~
~O~O~ > HO~O~ > ~O~
( n p ' ~b
O O O O O
20a 20b 20c
d 12 a 12
20c ~ ~OH ---> ~Br
20d 20e
R13 f n h OH
I NH2 ~ ~N~ -~ ~n ~N
~/~,~~ln g R13 H O ~Ph
HGI ~ R13 ~ O
20f 20g 20h
12 12
i ~ OH j ~' I OH
20e + 20h > n > n
Ph ~N~N Ph
R13 BOC
201 201
12 R12
k R13 , I OH I . R13
20j > n~ N~~Ph ' n~ ~OH
Boc '0I ~B'oc 'I0
20k 201
R12 R12 R12
R13 R1~._ R1~..
m. i ii ~ n o
11 => n( N OH ~ n~~~OH > nt N OH
Boc Boc Boc O
20m 20n 200
~cla~~e 20. General stereospecific synthesis of trays-alkylpiperidine-2-
carboxylic acids (n=1)
and ~czizs-alkyla~apine-2-carboxylic acids (n=2).
[000] The folloWin~ general reaction scheme may be used in the preparation of
t~czras-
alkylpiperidine-2-carboxylic acids and t~~ecv~s-alkyla~apine-2-carboxylic
acids: (a) NaH, DMF;
1~ Br, 65 °C; (b) 1 M aqueous I~OH, EtOH, 80 °C; (c) CHZO,
piperidine, EtOH, 80 °C; (d)
DIBALH, CH2C12, -50 °C; (e) PBr3, pyridine, Et20, 0 °C; (f)
Ethyl bromoacetate, EtZO, 23 °C;
(~) 4.0 M HCl in dioxane, Et20, hexane, 23 °C; (h), (1R,2R)-(-)-
Pseudoephedrine, t-BuOLi,
THF, 23 °C; (i) LiHMDS, LiCI, THF, 0 °C; (j) (Boc)a0, Et3N,
CH2C12, 23 °C; (k)
B enzylidene [ 1,3-bis(2,4, 6-trimethylphenyl)-2-imidazolidinylidene] dichloro-
(tricyclohexylphosphine)ratheuuan, CHaCl2, 23 °C; (1) 1 M Aq. NaOH,
l~/te~I-I, 70 °C; (m) (i)
88
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Isobutyl chloroformate, 4-methylmorpholine, DME, -15 °C, (ii) NaBH4,
H20, 0 °C; (n) H2,
IrCODPyPCy3.PF6, CH2C12, 23 °C; (o) RuCl3.xH2O, NaIO4, acetone, H20,
23 °C.
[0301] As shown in Scheme 20, suitable amino esters 20g n=1,2 may be appended
with
psudoephedrine which serves as a chiral auxiliary, allowing stereospecific
alkylation of the a
carbon with a suitable allylic bromide 20e. Protection of the secondary amine
followed by olefin
metathesis and cleavage of the chiral auxiliary leads to 4,5 unsaturated N-
protected cyclic amino
acids 201. Reduction of the 2-carboxylic acid to a hydroxymethyl allows
stereospecific t~ans-
reduction of the 4,5 unsaturation in which leads to 20n. Re-oxidation of the
hydroxymethyl to a
carboxylic acid in which Rla or R13 may be R9 as defined in general structure.
Method Y
[0302] Following the general reaction scheme 2I, a rapidly stirred solution of
4-oxo-
piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-test-butyl ester 21a (m=2, P=H, Pa=Boc)
(16.0 g, 0.066 mol)
(prepared by the method described by Bousquet et al. Tet~ahed~~~c,1997, 53,
15671) in DMF
(200 mL) was treated with solid cesium carbonate (10.7 g,~ 0.033 mol) and
methyl iodide (4.5
mL, 0.072 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred Sh, diluted with EtOAc and
extracted with
sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate, 10% aq. citric acid and brine,. the organic layer
was separated and
dried over sodium sulfate, frittered and evaporated to dryness. The product
obtained on removal
of solvent was azeotropically dried by evaporation from dry benzene to afford
I4.8 g (98%) of
the desired product 4-Oxo-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tart-butyl ester
2-methyl ester 21~
(m=2, P=Me, P2= Boc) as an oil: TLC Rf 0.53 (Hexanes/EtOAc, 1:1); 1H NMR (300
MHz,
CDC13) S 5.33 (broad m, 0.5) rotamer, 5.06 (broad m, 0.5) rotamer, 4.31-4.19
(m, I), 3.95 (s, 3),
3.95-3.70 (m, 1), 3.16-2.97 (m, 2), 2.71 (m, 2), 1.68 (broad s, 9).
[0303] A 0 oC stirred solution of 4-oxo-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-
test-butyl ester 2-
methyl ester 21~a (m=2, P=Me, P2=Boc) (5.17 g, 0.02 mot) in DCM (60 mL) was
treated with
tetraallyltin (Aldrich) (5.3 mL, 0.022 mot) followed by dropwise addition of
BF3o0Et~ (2.5 mL,
0.02 mot). The reaction mixture was stirred 1h, then aq. 1M potassium fluoride
(38.0 mL) and
celite (5 g) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred 3h. The reaction
mixture was filtered
and concentrated to dryness, the residue was dissolved in DCM and washed with
water and
brine, dried over MgS04 and evaporated to dryness. The residue obtained was
purified by silica
gel column chromatography (DCM 100% to DCM: acetone 9:I) to afford 3.85 g
(64%) of the
desired product 4-allyl-4-hydroxy-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylicacid 1-tart-butyl
ester 2-methyl
ester 21b (m=2, P=Me, P~,=Boc, R9'=allyl) as an oil.
89
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0304] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) 8 6.11-5.97 (m, 1), 5.42-5.32 (m, 2), 5.06
(broad d, J =
6.0, 0.5) rotamer, 4.87 (broad d, J = 6.0, 0.5) rotamer, 4.18-4.03 (m, 1),
3.93 (s, 3), 2.48-2.37 (m,
2), 1.98-1.43 (m, 11); MS (ESPOS): 322.0 [M+Na]+.
(0305] A stirred suspension of 21b (m=2, P=Me, P2= Boc, R9'=allyl) (3.80 mL,
1.27 mmol)
and 10% Pd/C (degusa wet form 50% w/w) (1.35 g, 1.3 mmol) in MeOH (80 mL) was
stirred 6h
under 1 atm hydrogen. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and
evaporated to
dryness and dried azeotropically by evaporation from toluene the residue
obtained (3.1 S g) was
used in the next step without fiu-ther purification.
[0306] To a stirred -78~C solution of DAST (1.7 mL, 1.3 mmol) in DCM (50 mL)
was added
4-Hydroxy-4-propyl-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-test-butyl ester 2-
methyl ester in DCM
(30 mL). The reaction mixture was then stirred for 1h, then allowed to warm to
-40 C for Sh.
Additional DAST (0.4 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred an
additional 2h, sat.
aq. I~2C03 (20 mL), and water (60 mL) were added followed by diethyl ether
(SOOmL). The
organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and
evaporated to
dryness. The resulting crude fluorinated product was purified by silica gel
column
chromatography (hexanes-EtOAc 9:1). The residue obtained by chromatographic
purification
was dissolved in dioxane (65 mL) and water (26 mL), cooled to O~C, and treated
with OsO4 ~;
(0.65 mL, 4°/~ aq. solution) and 30% HaO2 (10 mL). The reaction mixture
was stirred overnight
and concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in DCM and the organic
layer washed
with water (100 mL), 25% aq. Na2SO3 (2x100 mL), and brine (100 mL), dried over
Na2SO4 and
evaporated to dryness. The residue obtained was purified by silica gel column
chromatography
(hexanes-EtOAc 9:1) to afford (1.08 g, 34 °/~) of the desired product 4-
fluoro-4-propyl-
piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tart-butyl ester 2-methyl ester 21c (m=2,
P=Me, PZ= Boc, R9=
~-propyl) as an oil.
[0307] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) b 4.59 (dd, ~=6.0, 6.0, 1), 3.82-3.69 (m, 1),
3.74 (s, 3),
3.28 (m, 1), 3.29-2.04 (m, 2), 1.91-1.71 (m, 3), 1.60-1.31 (m, 6), 1.45 (s,
9), 0.92 (t, J 7.1, 3);
MS (ESPOS): 204.1 (M+H-Boc), 326.3 [M+Na]+.
[0308] A stirred solution of 21c (m=2, Pa= Boc, R9=~-propyl) (1.06 g, 3.47
mmol) in
dioxane-water 6:1 (42 mL) was treated with 1.0 M aq. lithium hydroxide (5.3
mL, 5.3 mmol).
The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then treated
with additional 1.0
M aq. lithium hydroxide (1.5 mL) and the resulting reaction mixture was
stirred Sh. The
reaction solvent was removed, the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (500
mL), washed with
10°/~ Citric acid and brine and dried over MgSO4. Concentration of
organs solution to afford
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
the desired product 4-fluoro-4-propyl-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-
butyl ester 21d
(m=2, P2=Boc, R9=v~-propyl) (0.88 g, 87 %) as a white solid.
[0309) 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) S 4.59 (dd, J--6.0, 6.0, 1), 3.82-3.69 (m, I),
3.74 (s, 3),
3.28 (m, 1), 3.29-2.04 (m, 2), 1.91-1.71 (m, 3), 1.60-1.31 (m, 6), 1.45 (s,
9), 0.92 (t, J=7.1, 3);
MS (ESNEG): 288.4 [M-H]-.
[o3loj
Example 1
Preparation of 4-Ethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propylj-amide
~O
H HNi..
H ~~~SMe
HOY~~H
[0311] 4-Ethyl pyridine-2-carboxylic acid HCl salt (Toronto) (117 mg, 0.64
mmol) was,
suspended in dry acetonitrile (4 mL). Triethylamine,(180 ~,L, 1.28 mmol) was
added and the
reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C. Isobutyl chloroformate (129 ~L,
0.62 mmol) was added
and the reaction mixture was warmed to 4°C. After 1.5 h the activated
ester solution was
transferred to a solution of 2b (RI=Me, RZ=Me), prepared as in Method C, in
1:1 acetone/water
(2 mL) and warmed to 30°C to dissolve. Triethylamine (80 ~,L, 0.057
mmol) was then added to
the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 h at rt, then
evaporated to dryness
and chromatographed on silica 94:5 dichloromethane:0.25°1°
ammoniain methanol to provide
llb (RI=Me, RZ=Me R3=H, R9=ethyl) (167 mg 69.7°/~).
MS (ESP~S): 385.2 [M+H]+.
[03'12) A solution of pyridine llb (m=2, Rl=Me, RZ=Me R3=H, R9=ethyl) (167 mg,
0.435
nunol) in 3:2 methanol/water (20 mL) was added to platinum(IV)oxide (339 mg,
0.521 mmol) in
a Parr bottle. Concentrated HCl (52 ~,L, 0.52 mmol) was then added. The bottle
was purged,
and charged with Ha to 65 psi and shaken for 24 h. The reaction mixture was
filtered through
celite and rinsed with methanol. The combined filtrate was evaporated to
dryness and
chromatographed on silica 88:12 to 80:20 dichloromethane: 0.25% ammoniain
methanol to give
4~3 mg of a high Rf product and 4~9 mg of a mixed Exaction. Chromatography of
the low Rf
91
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
fraction on fluorosil 84:16 to 80:20 dichloromethane: 0.25% ammonia in
methanol provided 4-
ethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide (21.9 mg, 12.9%), which was taken up in 1:1
acetonitrile:water (50
mL), 0.2~, millipore filtered, and cooled to 0°C. 1N HCl (67 wL) in
water (20 mL) was added
and re-lyophilized to provide the HCl salt (24.0 mg) as a colorless powder.
[0313] 1H NMR (300 MHz, D20) 8 5.32 (d, J = 5.~8, I), 4.14-4.06 (m, 1), 4.12
(s, 2), 3.85 (d,
J = 3.30, 1), 3.60 (dd, J = 3.3, 10.4, 1), 3.30 (dd, J = 2.5, 11.8, 1), 3.09
(m, 1), 2.56 (ddd, J = 2.8,
12.9, 15.7, 1), 2.14 (s, 3), 2.14-2.05 (m, 1), 1.96-1.90 (m, 1), 1.74-1.69 (m,
1), 1.45-1.35 (m, 1),
1.33-1.23 (m, 2), 1.08-0.98 (m, 2), 0.86 (m, 9); MS(ESPOS): 391.4 [M+H]+,
803.5.4 [2M+Na],
(ESNEG): 389.5 [M-H]~.
Example 2
Preparation of 1-Methyl-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
VAo
,.
~e
H
H~ ~H
[0314] 4-n-Propylhygric acid prepared by the method of Hoeksema, H. et. al.
Journal of the
American Chemical Society,1967, 89 2448-2452 (157 mg, 0.76 mmol) was suspended
in dry
acetonitrile (5 mL). Triethylamine (421 ~,L, 3.02 mmol) was added and the
reaction mixture
was cooled to 0°C. Isobutyl chlorofonx~ate (98 ~L, 0.76 mmol) was added
and after 10 min the
reaction was allowed to warm to 4~°C. t~fter I .5 h a solution of ~b
(Rl=Me, R~=Me), from
Method C (190 mg, 0.76 ixmmol) in 1:1 acetone:water (S mL) was added and the
reaction mixture
was stirred for l Oh at rt. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and
chromatographed
on silica 94:6 dichloromethane:0.25% ammonia in methanol. Fractions 14-18
contained the
product as a colorless oil (50.2 mg, 16.5%).
[0315] 1H NMR (300 MHz, Da0) 8 5.33 (d, J = 6.0, 1), 4.27-4.22 (m, 1), 4.18
(s, I), 4.09
(dd, J = 5.8, 10.2, 1), 3.92-3.81 (m, 1), 3.92-3.81 (m, 1), 3.64-3.59 (m, 1),
2.92 (s, 3), 2.92-2.85
92
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
(m, 1), 2.35-2.28 (m, 3), 2.13 (s, 3), 1.46-1.41 (m, 2), 1.40-1.28 (m, 2),
0.89-0.84 (m, 9);
MS(ESPOS): 405.5 [M+H]+.
Example 3
Preparation of 1-Methyl-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [3-cyano-B-
methyl-1
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~,, CN
H~,.
H ' ~ 4SMe
H~~~H
[0316] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=CH~CN) (54.2 mg, 0.20 mmol) prepared by
Method E
was dissolved in DMF (0.7 mL). The reaction mixture was c~oled to 0°C
and triethylamine
(170 ~.L, 1.2 mmol) and BSTFA (96 ~,L, 0.36 mmol) was added. The reaction
mixture was
allowed to warm to rt, and stirred at rt f~r 1 h. 4-n-Propylhygric acid
prepared by the method of
Hoeksema, et al., J. Win. Chem. Soc.,1967, 89 2448-2452 (66.4 mg, 0.32 mmol)
and HATLJ
(149 mg, 0.39 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h.
DDMF was removed
and the residue was dissolved in I)CM (100 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO3
(30 mL) and
brine (30 mL), and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue obtained by removing
the solvent
was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) and treated with Dowex resin I~ (300 mg) for
15 min. The
~rudo pr~du~t was elutod from tho r~si~a by washing with S~/~ TEA in ~f~OH (25
mL ~~ 15 min ~~
2) and S~/~ TEA, in MeCN (25 mL x 15 min). The combined eluent was evaporated
to dryness
and purified by silica gel column chr~matography using 7~/~ 0.25M NH3 in
mothanol in
dichloromethane as the oluent (24 mg, 28~/~).
[0317] IH NMR (300 MHz, L)2O) 8 5.61 (d, J = 5.8, 1), 4.59 (d, J =10.2, 1),
4.46 (d, J =
10.2, 1 ), 4.46 (dd, J = 6.0, 10.4, 1 ), 4.05 (d, J = 3.0, 1 ), 3.84 (dd, J =
3.3, 10.4, 1 ), 3.48 (dd, J =
5.8, 8.0, 1), 3.34 (dd, J = 5.2, 10.2, 1) 2.81-2.61 (m, 2), 2.65 (s, 3), 2.43
(s, 3), 2.31-2.10 (m, 2),
1.32 (d, J = 6.0, 1), 1.18 (t, J =7.1, 3); MS(ESPOS): 430.5 [M+H]+ MS(ESPOS):
428.5 [M-H]-.
93
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 4
Preparation of 4-Ethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~H
HH,"
H ~~~SMe
H0~~7H
[0318] Lincosamine 3b (Rl=Me, RZ=Me) prepared by Method F (54.2 mg, 0.20
mrnol) was
dissolved in DMF (1.0 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and
triethylamine (178 ~L,
1.3 mmol) and BSTFA (85 ~,L, 0.32 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was
allowed to
warm to rt, and stirred at for 1 h. 4-Ethyl pyridine-2-carboxylic acid HCl
salt (Toronto) (55.3
mg, 0.29 mmol) and HATU (122 mg, 0.32 mmol) were added, and the mixture was
stirred at rt
for 3 h. DMF was rem~ved and the residue was dissolved in THF (10 mL), and
treated with
(600 mg) Amberlite A-26 F- form resin and catalytic TBAF f~r Sh. The crude
product was
~btained by removal of the resin and evap~ration of the solvent to dryness and
purified by silica
gel column chromatography using 10% 0.25M NH3 in methanol in dichloromethane
as the
eluent to provide the pyridine product llb (m=2, Rl=Me, R2=Me R~=~H, R9=ethyl)
(26 mg,
33°/~).
[0319] MS(ESNEG): 399.5 [M-H]-.
[0320] A solution of pyridine llb (m=2, Rl=Me, R2=Me R3=~H, R9=ethyl) (26 mg,
0.065
mm~1) in 3:2 methan~l:water (10 mL) was added t~ platinum(I~)~xide (51 mg) in
a Purr b~ttle.
C~ncentrated HCl (6.0 ~L, 0.072 mm~1) was then added. The bottle was purged
and charged
with H2 t~ 65 psi and shaken f~r 24 h. The reacti~n mixture was filtered
thr~ugh celite and
rinsed with methan~l. The combined filtrate was evap~rated t~ dryness and
chr~mat~graphed
~n silica 80:20 dichloromethane: 0.25% ammonia in methanol to give a high Rf
product and the
title compound (5.8 mg, 21.8%).
[0321] 1H NMR (300 MHz, D20) 8 5.37 (d, J = 6.0, 1), 4.41 (d, J = 9.6, 1),
4.32 (d, J = 9.3,
1), 4.08 (dd, J = 6.6, 11.0, 1), 3.93-3.90 (m, 2), 3.59 (dd, J = 3.0, 10.7,
1), 3.93-3.90 (m, 2), 3.04
(apt dt, J = 7.1, 14.6, 14.6, 1), 2.24-2.18 (m, 1), 2.20 (s, 3), 1.70-1.60 (m,
1), 1.42-1.13 (m, 1),
0.88 (dd, J =6.0, 7.4, 1); MS(ESP~S): 407.4 [M+H]+.
94
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 5
Preparation of 1-Methyl-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-hydroxyimino-
1-(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~~s
Hf~
6Me
H
[0322] Triethylamine (0.041 mL, 0.28 mmol) and BSTFA (0.24 mL, 0.94 mmol) were
added to the crude oxime 4b (Rl=Me, R7=H) prepared by Method G (50 mg, 0.19
mmol) in
DMF (3 mL) at 0°C and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. Next, 4-
n-propylhygric acid (63
mg, 0.37 mmol) and HATLT (142 mg, 0.37 mmol) were added and the mixture was
stirred at rt
for 4 h. DMF was removed and the residue vas extracted with dichloromethane
(100 mL) and
washed with saturated bicarbonate (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The residue
obtained on removal
of dichl~romethane was then treated with 10% TFA in dichloroethane (10 mL) and
dimethyl
sulfide (0.5 mL) for 1 h. The solvent was then removed to obtain the crude
product, which was
purified by silica gel column chromatography using 20°/~ methanol in
dichloromethane as the
eluent to provide the title compound (20 mg, 2S%).
[0323] TLC: Rf= 0.67 (20% methanol in dichloromethane); 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CD3~I~) S
0.93 (t, J = 6.8, 3), 1.31-1.44 (m, 4), 1.88 (s, 3), 1.99 (s, 3), 2.09 (m, 2),
2.11 (m, 1), 2.62-2.98
(m, 3), 2.76 (s, 3), 3.60 (m, 2), 4.10 (dd, J = 5.7, 10.20, 1), 4.27 (d, J =
9.6, 1), 5.23 (d, J = 5.5,
1), l~~(E~P~~): 420 [Ia~l+H]+.
l~~ample 6
preparation of 1-I~~Jlethyl-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carbo~~lic aced [2-
metho~~yimino-~-(3,4,x_
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
O
~NOMe
HN
H ~~~SMe
HO~~O H
[0324] From crude oxime product 4b prepared by Method H (Ri=Me, R7=Me), the
title
compound was prepared as in Example 5 (10 mg, 47°/~).
[0325] TLC: Rf= 0.55 (10% methanol in dichloromethane); 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CD30D) &
0.91 (m, 3), 1.32 (m, 4), 1.88 (s, 3), 1.98 (s, 3), 1.78-2.04 (m, 2), 2.34 (s,
3), 2.90 (dd, J = 5.1,
6.30, 8.10 1), 3.21 (dd, J = 6.3, 10.2, 1), 3.57 (dd, J = 3.3, 10.2, 1), 4.23
(dd, J = 5.4, 10.2, 1),
5.25 (d, J = 5.7, 1); MS(ESPOS): 434 [M+H]+.
Example 7
Preparation of 5-Butyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
[0326] Lincosamine intermediate 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me), prepared by Method C, was
dissolved in DMF (2 mL). Triethylamine (80 mg, 1 mmol) and BSTFA (307 mg, 1.1
mmol)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 1.5 h. Next, fusaric acid
(143 mg, 0.7 n~nol)
and HATIJ (184 mg, 0.5 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at rt for
3 h. DMF was
removed and the residue was dissolved in Et~!~c (50 mL), washed with sodium
bicarbonate
(10%, 30 mL) and brine (30 mL), and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue
obtained by
removing the solvent was dissolved in methanol and treated with Dowex resin H+
for 1 h. The
crude product obtained by filtering the resin and removing the solvent was
purified on silica gel
column chromatography using 10% methanol in dichloromethane as the eluent to
give the title
compound (100 mg, 61°/~).
96
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0327] TLC Rf= 0.6 (10% methanol in dichloromethane); ~H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D)
~
8.47 (s, 1 ), 8.02 (d, J = 8.1, 1 ), 7. 80 (d, J = 8.1, 1 ), 5 .27 (d, J =
5.4, 1 ), 4.31 (m, 2), 4.12 (dd, J =
5.7, 4.2, 1), 3.85 (d, J = 3.0, 1), 3.56 (dd, J = 3.3, 6.9, 1), 2.80 (m, 2),
2.24 (m, 1), 2.11 (s, 3),
1.67 (m, 2), 1.41 (m, 2), 1.00 (m, 9); MS(ESPOS): 413 [M+H]+.
[0328] Pt02 (50 mg, 0.22 mmol) was added to compound llb (m=2, Rl=Me, R2=Me,
R3=H,
R9=butyl), (70 mg, 0.16 mmol) in methanol (2 mL), water (lOmL), and acetic
acid (3 mL), and
the mixture was hydrogenated at 50 psi overnight. The product obtained after
filtering the
catalyst and removing the solvent was purified on silica gel column
chromatography using 30%
methanol in dichloromethane as the eluent (16 mg, 46%).
[0329j TLC Rf= 0.7 (30% methanol in dichloromethane); ~H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD)
8
5.24 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 4.16 (m, 3), 3.82 (d, J = 3.3, 1), 3.53 (m, 2), 2.93 (m,
2), 2.09 (s, 3), 1.93 (m,
1), 1.76 (m, 2), 1.50 (m, 1), 1.30 (m, 7), 0.92 (m, 9); MS(ESPOS): 419 [M+H]+.
Example 8
Preparation of 4-PentyI-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic 'acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-y1)-propyl]-amide
[033~] Triethylamine (0.2 mL, 1.44 ix~mmol, 3.6 equiv), followed by BSTFA (0.2
mL, 0.76
nunol, 1.9 equiv), were added to a stirred suspension of 2b (Rl=Me, R~=Me)
prepared by
Method G (100.4 mg, 0.4~ mmol, 1 equiv) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) at 0°C
and under nitrogen.
The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 min, and then at rt for
50 min. The resulting
solution was cooled to 0°C and a solution of 6c (R9=pentyl) (Scheme 6)
prepared as described in
Birkenmeyer, R. D; et al; Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 1972, 15, 1255-1259.
(144 mg, 0.51
mmol, 1.2 equiv) in anhydrous DMF (1.5 mL) was added, followed by solid HATLT.
The
reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt, and after 2 h, the reaction
solution was evaporated
to dryness under vacuum. The residual oil obtained was diluted with EtOAc (150
mL), washed
97
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
sequentially with 10% citric acid (2 x 30 mL), 1:1 saturated aqueous NaHC03,
water (2 x 30
mL), and brine (30 mL), dried over Na2S04, and evaporated to dryness.
[0331] 1,2-Dichloroethane (8 mL), followed by dimethyl sulfide (180.3 ~l), TFA
(2.7 mL),
and water (180.3 ~,1) were added to the crude product (267.5 mg) obtained
above. The resulting
mixture was stirred at rt for 1h and evaporated to a minimal volume, diluted
with DCE (3 x 30
mL), and evaporated to dryness. The residue obtained was purified by
chromatography over
silica gel, with a gradient eluent of 8-10% methanol ammonia in
dichloromethane. The desired
fractions were pooled together, evaporated to dryness, and lyophilized to
fizrnish the title
compound as a white fluffy powder (35.6 mg, 21.2%).
[0332] TLC, Rf= 0.15 (16% 0.25M methanolic ammonia in dichloromethane ). 1H
NMR
(300MHz, DaO) & 5.4 (d, J = 5.8, 1), 3.91(s, 1), 3.69-3.66 (m, 3), 2.1 (s, 3),
1.32-1.15 (m, 3.37),
0.93-0.87 (m, 9.8); MS(ESPOS): 419.5 [M+H]+, (ESNEG): 417.45 [M-H]-.
Example 9
Preparation of 4-(3-Methyl-butyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydr~-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
[~333] Triethylamin a (0.13 mL, 0.96 rrnnol, 3.2 equiv), followed by 13STFA
(0.12 mL, 0.45
mmol, 1.5 equiv), were added to a solution of 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) prepared by
Method C (75
mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 equiv) in dry DMF (0.8 mL) at 0°C. The reaction
mixture was stirred at 0°C
for 10 min, and then at rt for 50 min. To the reaction mixture was added acid
7d (R9=2-
methylbutyl), prepared by method J (160 mg, 0.56 mmol, 1.9 equiv), in a 25 mL
round-bottom
flask. Then HATU was added (227 mg, 0.60 mmol, 2 equiv). The reaction mixture
was stirred
at rt for 3 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, taken up in
ethyl acetate (100
mL), washed with 10°/~ citric acid (2 x 60 mL), water (60 mL), half
sat. NaHC03 (60 mL), and
brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to give a yellow
syrup.
98
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0334] Trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and water (0.33 mL) were added to a
solution of the
above syrup in dichloromethane (15 mL) with methyl sulfide (0.33 mL). The
reaction mixture
was stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-
evaporated with
toluene twice. The residue was purified by chromatography to provide the title
compound (75
mg, 60%) as a white solid.
[0335] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) S 5.24 (d, J = 5.4, 1), 4.18-3.99 (m, 4), 3.75
(d, J = 2.4,
1), 3.51 (dd, J = 3.3, 10.5, 1), 3.38-3.31 (m, 1), 2.68 (dd, J = 8.2, 10.6,
1), 2.23-2.05 (m, 3), 2.10
(s, 3), 1.97-1.87 (m, 1), 1.59-1.47 (m, 1), 1.46-1.34 (m, 2), 1.25-1.16 (m,
2), 0.92-0.88 (m, 12).
MS(ESPOS): 419.5 [M+H]+, MS(ESNEG): 417.5 [M-H]-.
Example 10
Preparation of 4-Pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
,,
,.
H H f~
H ~~i6Me
a
H
[0336] Triethylamine (0.6 mL, 4.33 mmol, 3.6 equiv), followed by BSTFA (0.6
mL, 2.27
nunol, 1.9 equiv), were added to a stirred suspension of 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me)
prepared by
Method C (298.8 mg, 1.19 mmol, 1 equiv) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) at 0°C
and under nitrogen.
The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 min, and then at rt for
50 min. The resulting
solution was cooled to 0°C and a solution of 7d (R~=n-pentyl) was
prepared by I~lethod I~ (400.1
mg, 1.40 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) was added, followed by solid
HATII
(678.7 mg, 1.79 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to
rt and after 2h
the reaction solution was evaporated to dryness under vacuum. The residual oil
obtained was
diluted with EtOAc (400 mL), washed sequentially with 10% citric acid (2 x 100
mL), 1:1
saturated aqueous NaHCO3, water (2 x 100 mL), and brine (100 mL), dried over
Na2SO4, and
evaporated to dryness.
[0337] 1,2-Dichloroethane (35 mL), followed by dimethylsulfide (768 ~,L), TFA
(11.5 mL),
and water (768 ~,L) were added to the crude product (1.14 g) obtained above.
The resulting
99
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
mixture was stirred at rt for 1h, evaporated to a minimal volume, diluted with
DCE (3 x 90 mL),
and evaporated to dryness. One-third of the residue obtained was purified by
chromatography
over silica gel, with a gradient eluent of 8-12% methanol ammonia in
dichloromethane. The
desired fractions were pooled together, evaporated to dryness, treated with
deuterium
oxide/anhydrous acetonitrile, and lyophilized to furnish a white fluffy powder
(68.2mg, 41.1%);
TLC, Rf= 0.15 { 16% 0.25M methanolic ammonia in dichloromethane}. 1H NMR (300
MHz,
D20) 8 5.41 (d, J = 5.8, 1H), 4.55 (m, 1), 4.24 (s, 2), 4.14 (m, 1), 3.91(d,
J=3.3, 1), 3.70-3.66 (m,
2), 3.15 (m,1), 2.36-2.27 (m, 2), 2.19 (s, 5), 1.59-1.13 (m, 9), 0.93-0.88 (m,
9);13C NMR (D~~,):
8 170.4, 119.4, 88.4, 70.9, 69.3, 68.8, 68.2, 60.0, 53.4, 51.4, 37.3, 36.7,
31.3, 27.9, 27.2, 22.3,
20.I, 14.8, 13.7, 13.3; MS(ESP~S):419.6[M+H]+;(ESNEG):417.5[M-H]'.
Example 11
Preparation of 1-Methyl-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2,2-difluoro-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~~~ ~ .
~ Ht~
~ ~SMe
[0338] 30% Trifluoroacetic acid in dichloroethane (10 mL) and dimethylsulfide
(0.5 mL)
were added to lincosamine intermediate Sb (Rl=Me), prepared by Method H (100
mg, 0.20
mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed and the
residue was kept
under high vacuum for 1 h. N-Methyl-4-traps-propylproline (53 mg, 0.4 mmol)
and I~TLT (114
mg, 0.30 mmol) were added to the dried compound in DMF (3 mL), and the mixture
was stirred
at rt overnight. I?MF was re1210ved and the residue obtained was then
extracted with ethyl
acetate (100 mL) and washed with saturated bicarbonate (50 mL). The organic
portion was then
dried using magnesium sulfate and the solvent was removed to obtain the crude
product. The
crude product was purified on silica gel column using ethyl acetate as the
eluent (50 mg, 46%).
The product (50 mg, 0.09 mmol) was then taken in methanol (2 mL) and water (1
mL), to which
solid potassium carbonate (124 mg, 0.90 mmol) was added and the mixture was
stirred at rt for
100
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
24 h. Solvents were then removed and the crude product was purified on silica
gel column using
20% methanol in dichloromethane as the eluent (20 mg, 52%).
[0339] TLC: Rf= 0.57 (20% methanol in dichloromethane); MS(ESPOS): 427 [M+H]+.
1H
NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) ~ 0.91 (m, 3), 1.34 (m, 4), 1.69 (t, J =19.8, 3), 1.98
(s, 3), 2.20 (m,
2), 2.46 (s, 3), 3.18 (dd, J = 5.1, 10.20, 1), 3.93 (d, J = 3.0, 1), 4.08 (dd,
J = 3.3, 10.20, 1), 4.40-
4.70 (m, 2), 5.28 (d, J = 5.4, 1).
Example 12
Preparation of 4-Pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2,2-difluoro-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~, ~ F
F
,.
H H Ni
H .~~Me
H~~~H
[0340] Boc 4-trans-Pentylproline 7d (R~=n-pentyl) (179 mg, 0.631 mmol); ~HATU
(299 mg,
0.789 mmol), and diethylisopropylamine (182 mg, 1.2 mmol) were added to
lincosamine
intermediate Sb (Rl=Me) prepared by Method H (210 mg, 0.526 mmol) in DMF (3
mL) at 0°C.
The mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After removing DMF, the residue was
taken in ethyl
acetate and washed with saturated bicarbonate (30 mL). The organic portion was
then dried
over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed to obtain the crude product.
The crude
product was purified by column chromatography using 30% ethyl acetate in
hexanes as the
eluent (200 mg, 57%). PotaSSlum Carbonate (450 mg, 3.0 mmol) was added to the
product (200
mg, 0.30 mmol) of the above reaction in methanol (3 mL) and water (1 mL), and
the mixture
was stirred at rt for 2 h. The solvent was removed and the residue obtained
was taken in 30%
trifluoroaeetic acid in dichloroethane (10 mL) and dimethyl sulfide (0.5 mL)
and stirred for 1 h.
After removing the solvent, the crude product obtained was purified by column
using 10%
methanol in dichloromethane as the eluent (10 mg, 90%).
[0341] TLC: Rf= 0.56 (20% methanol in dichloromethane);1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD)
&
0.90 (m, 3), 1.31 (m, 7), 1.44 (m, 20), 1.73 (t, J = 19.5, 3), 2.02 (m, 1),
2.08 (s, 3), 2.24 (m, 2),
101
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
2.89 (t, J = 9.9, 1), 3.56 (m, 2), 3.86 (s, 1), 4.07 (dd, J = 6.0, 9.6, 1),
4.37 (m, 2), 4.63 (m, 1),
5.28 (d, J = 5.4, 1); MS(ESFOS): 441 [M+H]+.
Example 13
Preparation of 4-(3-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-propyl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
H~,.
H ~ ~ 6Me
HO ~H
[0342] Triethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.96 mmol, 3.2 equiv), followed by BSTFA (0.12
mL, 0.45
mmol, 1.5 equiv), were added to a solution of 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) prepared by
Method C (75
mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 equiv) in dry DMF. (0.8 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction
mixture was stirred at 0 °C
for 10 min, and then at rt~for 50 min. The reaction mixture was added to acid
8c (R9=3-(4-
fluorophenyl)propyl) prepared by Method L (I20 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.I equiv) in~a
25 mL round
bottom flask, followed by HATIJ (160 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.4 equiv). The reaction
mixture was
stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, taken
up in ethyl acetate
(100 mL), and washed with 10~/~ citric acid (2 x 60 mL), water (60 mL), half
sat. NaHCO3 (60
mL), and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to give
a yellow
syrup.
[0343] Trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and water (0.33 mL) were added to a
solution of the
above syrup in dichloromethane (15 mL) with methyl sulfide (0.33 mL). The
reaction mixture
was stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-
evaporated with
toluene twice. The residue was purified by chromatography to provide 4-[3-(4-
fluoro-phenyl)-
propyl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide (90 mg, 62°/~) as a white solid.
[0344] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CI~C13) 8 7.94 (brs, 1), 7.11-7.06 (m, 2), 6.97-6.90
(m, 2), 5.31
(d, J = 5.4, 1), 4.10 (dd, J = 5.7, 9.9, 1), 3.96-3.82 (m, 3), 3.68-3.52 (m,
2), 3.10-3.20 (m, 1),
2.70-2.60 (m, 1), 2.56 (dd, J = 7.4, 7.4, 2), 2.36-2.24 (m, 1), 2.13 (s, 3),
2.10-1.93 (m, 2), 1.85-
1.73 (m, 1), 1.64-1.50 (m, 2), 1.40-1.30 (m, 2), 0.92-0.85 (m, 6). MS(ESPOS):
485.5 [M+H]+,
MS(ESNEC~): 483.5 [M-H]-.
102
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 14
Preparation of 4-(3,3-Difluoro-propyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F s
Hf~ ~.
H ~ ~ 6Me
HO~Z7 H
[0345] Triethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.96 mmol, 3.2 equiv), followed by BSTFA (0.12
mL, 0.45
mmol, 1.5 equiv), were added to a solution of 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) prepared by
Method C (75
mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 equiv) in dry DMF (0.8 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction
mixture was stirred at 0°C
for 10 min, and then at rt for 50 min. The reaction mixture was added to acid
8c (R9=3,3-
difluoropropyl) prepared by Method IV (97 mg,, 0.33 mmol, 1.1 equiv) in a 25
mL round bottom
flask, followed by HATLJ (170 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The reaction mixture
was stirred at
rt for 3 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, taken up in ethyl
acetate (100 mL),
and washed with 10°/~ citric acid (2 x 60 mL), water (60 mL), half sat.
hIaHCO3 (60 mL), and
brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to give a yellow
syrup.
[0346] Trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and water (0.33 mL) were added to a
solution of the
above syrup in dichloromethane (15 mL) with methyl sulfide (0.33 mL). The
reaction mixture
was stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-
evaporated with
toluene twice. The residue was purified by chromatography to provide 4-(3,3-
diiluoro-propyl)-
pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-
2-yl)-propyl]-amide (81 mg, 64'~~/~) as a white solid.
[0347] 1H 1~MR (300 MHz, CD013) S 7.92 (d, J = 8.1, 1), 5.80 (dddd, J = 4.2,
4.2, 57, 57, 1),
5.31 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 4.11 (dd, J = 5.4, 9.9, 1), 3.96-3.82 (m, 3), 3.64-3.52
(m, 2), 3.23-3.10 (m, 1),
2.73-2.60 (m, 1), 2.36-2.23 (m, 1), 2.13 (s, 3), 2.18-1.95 (m, 2), 1.90-1.73
(m, 3), 1.56-1.43 (m,
2), 0.93-0.85 (m, 6). MS(ESPOS): 427.5 [M+H]+, MS(ESNEG): 425.5 [M-H]'.
103
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 15
Preparation of 4-[3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
CI /
H~,.
O
H w~Me
HO 'OH
[0348] Triethylamine (88.3 pL, 0.64 mmol, 3.2 equiv), followed by BSTFA (79.2
mL, 0.30
mmol, 1.5 equiv), were added t~ a solution of 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) prepared by
Method C (50
mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 equiv) in dry DMF (0.5 mL) at 0°C. The reaction
mixture was stirred at 0°C
for 10 min, and then at rt for SO,min. The reaction mixture was added to 8c
(R9=3-(4-
chlorophenyl)propyl) prepared by Meth~d M (97.3 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.3 equiv) in a
25 mL round
b~ttom flask, f~llowed by HATU (123 mg, 0.32 nunol, 1.6 equiv). 'The reaction
mixture was
stirred at rt f~r 3 h. The reaction mixture was evap~rated to dryness, taken
up in ethyl acetate
(60 mL), and washed with 10% citric acid (2 x 40 mI,), water (40 mL), half
sat. NaHCO3 (40
mL), and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated t~ give
a yell~w
syrup.
[0349] Trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) and water (0.2 mL) were added t~ a soluti~n
~f the ab~ve
syrup in dichloromethane (9 mL) with methyl sulfide (0.2 mL). The reach~n
mixture was
stirred at rt for 1 h. The s~lvent was rem~ved under vacuum and co-evaporated
with toluene
twice. The residue was purified by cbromat~graphy t~ pr~vide 4~-[3-(4-chl~r~-
phen yl)-pr~pyl]-
pyrr~lidine-2-Barb~xylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4~,5-trihydr~xy-6-methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydr~-pyran-
2-yl)-pr~pyl]-amide (41.6 mg, 4~2%) as a white s~lid.
[030] aH NMR (300 MHO, CDC13) S 7.26-7.21 (m, 2), 7.17-7.12 (m, 2), 5.23 (d, J
= 5.7, 1),
4.10-4.00 (m, 3), 3.83-3.75 (m, 1), 3.74-3.70 (m, 1), 3.54-3.48 (m, 1), 3.25-
3.18 (m, 1), 2.63-
2.50 (m, 3), 2.20-2.00 (m, 3), 2.09 (s, 3), 1.85-1.74 (m, 1), 1.68-1.55 (m,
2), 1.42-1.33 (m, 2),
0.95-0.85 (m, 6). MS(ESPOS): 501.5 [M+H]+ MS(ESNEG): 499.4 [M-H]-.
104
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 16
Preparation 4-(2,2-Difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
s~~ O
F F
H ~~~SMe
HO~~H
[0351] Triethylamine (~8.3 mL, 0.64 mmol, 3.2 equiv), followed by BSTFA (79.2
mL, 0.30
mmol, 1.5 equiv), were added to a solution of 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) prepared by
Method C (50
mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 equiv) in dry DMF (0.5 mL) at 0°C. The reaction
mixture was stirred at 0°C
for 10 min, and then at rt for 50 min. The reaction mixture was added to the
acid 9d (R9=2,2-
difluoropentyl) prepared by Method O (67.7 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.1 equiv) in a 25
mL round
bottom flask, followed by HATU (101 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.3 equiv). The reaction
mixture was
stirred at rt for 3h. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, taken
up~in ethyl acetate (60
mL), and washed with 10~!o citric acid (2 x 40 mL), water (40 mL), half sat.
NaHC~3 (40 mL)~,
and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S~4 and evaporated to give a
yellow syrup.
Trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) and water (0.20 mL) were added to a solution of
the above syrup in
dichloromethane (9 mL) with methyl sulfide (0.20 mL). The reaction mixture was
stirred at rt
for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-evaporated with toluene
twice. The
residue was purified by chromatography to provide 4-(2,2-Difluoro-pentyl)-
pyrrolidine-2-
carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
a~mide (56 mg, 62°/~) as a white solid.
[~352] 1H 1~TMR (300 MHO, CD3~D) ~ 5.24 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 4.17-4.04 (m, 3),
3.9~ (dd, J =
3.3, 9.3, 1), 3.77 (d, J = 3, 1), 3.51 (dd, J = 3.4, 10.3, 1), 3.40 (dd, J =
6.9, 10.5, 1), 2.71 (dd, J =
10.2, 10.2, 1), 2.42-2.33 (m, 1), 2.23-2.11 (m, 2), 2.10 (s, 3), 2.0~-1.73 (m,
5), 1.56-1.42 (m, 2),
0.99-0.~9 (m, 9). MS(ESI'~S): 455.5 [M+H]+; MS(ESNECr): 453.5 [M-H]-.
Example 17
Preparation of 4-Propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
105
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
SMe
[0353] Triethylamine (0.18 mL, 1.26 mmol) and BSTFA (0.549 mL, 2.1 mmol) were
added
to the lincosamine intermediate 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) prepared by Method D (102
mg, 0.42
mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0°C, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h.
Acid lOb (R9~ropyl)
prepared by Method P (200 mg, 0.84 mmol) and HATU (319 mg, 0.84 mmol) were
added and
the mixture was stirred for 4 h at rt. DMF was removed and the residue was
extracted with ethyl
acetate (100 mL) and washed with saturated bicarbonate~(40 mL). The product
obtained by
removal of solvent was taken up in methanol and treated with Dowex H+ resin
for 1 h. After
filtering the resin, methanol was removed to obtain the crude product. The
crude product was
then purified on silica gel column using 10°/~ methanol in
dichloroinethane as the eluent to
provide pyridine llb (Rl=Me, Ra=Me, R~=H, R9=propyl) (117 mg, 58°/~).
[0354] TLC: Rf= 0.81 (10°/~ methanol in dichloromethane); 1H NMR (300
MHz, CDCl3) S
1.20 (t, J = 6.3, 6H), 2.I9 (m, 2), 2.32 (s, 3), 2.43 (m, 1), 2.84-2.97 (m,
4), 3.74 (m, 1), 4.06 (m,
1), 4.31 (m, 1), 4.52 (m, 2), 5.42 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 7.33-7.61 (m, 5), 7.80 (m,
1), 8.15 (s, I), 8.69 (d,
J = 4.8, 1 ); MS (ESPOS): 475 [M+H]+.
[0355] PtOa (100 mg, 0.44 mmol) was added to pyridine llb (Rl=Me, R2=Me, R3=H,
R~=propyl), (150 mg, 0.37 mmol) in methanol (2 mL), v~ater (IOmL), and acetic
acid (3 mL),
and the mixture was hydrogenated at 50 psi overnight. The product obtained
after filtering the
catalyst and removing the solvent was purified by silica gel column
chromatography using 30°/~
methanol in dichloromethane as the eluent to provide the title compound (20
mg, 14~%).
[0356] TLC: Rf= 0.7 (50% methanol in dichloromethane); 1H I~TMR (300 MHz,
CD3OD) b
5.24 (d, J = 6.9, 1 ), 4.86 (m, 1 ), 4. I 3 (m, 2), 3.79 (d, J = 3.3, 1 ),
3.52 (dd, J = 3.3, 9.9, I ), 3.32
(m, 1 ), 3 .17 (m, 1 ), 2 . 67 (m, 1 ), 2.17 (m, 1 ), 2.10 (s, 3 ), 1.97 (m, 1
), 1.74 (m, 1 ), 1. 54 (m, 1 ),
1.38 (m, 2), 1.31 (m, 2), 1.14 (m, 2), 1.02 (m, 9) MS(ESPOS): 405 [M+H]+.
106
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 18
Preparation of 1-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-4-pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
O
Hf~
H ~~~6Me
OH
HO~~H
[0357] DIEA (0.1 mL, 0.57 rnmol) and liquid ethylene oxide (3 mL) were added
to a stirred
solution of crude 4-pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl)-amide, prepared as in Example 10
(237.4 mg), in
anhydrous methanol (10 mL), at 0°C and under nitrogen. The resulting
solution was stirred at -
4°C for I8 h and evaporated to dryness: °The residue obtained
was purified by chromatography
over silica gel with an eluent of 5°/~ methanol ammonia in
dichloromethane. The desired
fractions were evaporated and lyophilized (deuterium oxide/anhydrous
acetonitrile, 1:1, v/v,
lOmL) to furnish the title compound as a fluffy white powder (SO.lmg, 30.2%);
TLC, Rf= 0.68
(14% methanolic ammonia in dichloromethane); 1H NMR (300 MHz) cS 5.40 (d,
J=5.8, 1), 4.55
(m, 1 ), 4.24 (s, 1 ), 4.17-4.11 (m, 1 ), 3.99-3.89 (m, 4), 3.69-3.65 (m, 1 ),
3.47 (d, J=4.4, 2), 3 .01
(m, 1), 2.33 (br s,4), 2.18 (s,4), 1.57-1.32 (m,9), 0.94-0.87 (m, 9).
Ms(ESP~S):464[M+H]+;(ESNEG):497.5[M-H+HCl].
lE~~~mple 19
Preparation of 1-(2-Hydroxy-prop~l)-4-pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxg~lic acid [2-
methyl-1
(3,4,~-trihg~dro~~y-6-raaetlag~lsenlfaang~l-tetrahg~dro-pg~ran-2-yl)-prop~yl]-
amide
107
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
O
H~..
i..,~ H .~gMe
OH
HO ~H
[0358] DIEA (O.lmL, 0.58 mmol, 1 equiv) and R(+)-propylene oxide (3 mL) were
added to
a stirred cool solution of crude 4-pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide (307.6 mg,
0.58 mmol, 1
equiv), prepared as in Example 10, in anhydrous methanol (1 OmL), at
0°C and under nitrogen.
The resulting solution was stirred at -4°C for 18 h and evaporated to
dryness. The residue
obtained was purified by chromatography over silica gel, with an eluent of 6%
methanol
ammonia in dichloromethane. The desired fractions were evaporated, and
lyophilized
(deuterium oxide/anhydrous acetonitrile, 1:1, v/v, 20mL) to furnish the title
compound as a
fluffy white powder (91 mg, 48%). . .
[0359] TLC, Rf= 0.7 (14% methanolic ammonia in dichloromethane); 1H NMR(300
MHz,
CD3~I~) & 5.44 (d, J = 5.5, 1), 4.31 (s, 2), 4.26-4.11 (m, 1), 3.97 (d, J =
3.3,1.1,1), 3.75 (dd, J =
3.3,3.3, 1), 3.39 (dd, J = 3.8,3.8, 1), 2.31 (s, 3), 1.5-0.95, (m, 12), 1.34
(d, J = 6.0, 4), 1.17-1.10
(m, 13); MS(ESPOS): 477.6 [M+H]f, (ESNEG): 475.6 [M-H]-. ,
Example 20
Preparati~n ~f 1-(2-Hydr~xy-pr~pyl)-4-pentg~l-pyrr~lidine-2-Garb~xylic acid [2-
methyl-1
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylslfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-pr~pyl]-amide
H~~:n~°
H °~Me
OH ,
HO ~H
[0360] Dimethyl sulfide (62 ~,L), TFA (1 mL), and water (62 ~,L) were added to
a stirred
solution of the Boc-protected 4-pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyraxi-2-yl)-propyl]-amide (92mg, 0.18
mmol), prepared
108
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
as in Example 10, in anhydrous dichloroethane (3 mL). The resulting solution
was stirred at rt
for 1 h and evaporated to dryness. Anhydrous methanol (8 mL) and DIEA (31 ~.L,
0.18 mmol)
were added to the residue obtained. The mixture was cooled to -4°C and
S-(-)-propylene oxide
(2 mL) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at -4°C for 18 h,
evaporated to dryness,
and purified by chromatography over silica gel, with an eluent of 6% methanol
ammonia in
dichloromethane. The desired fractions were evaporated and lyophilized
(deuterium/anhydrous
acetonitrile, 1:1, v/v, 8 mL) to furnish the title compound as a fluffy white
powder (29.8 mg,
31.2%).
[0361] TLC, Rf= 0.7 (12% methanolic ammonia in dichloromethane); 1H NMR (300
MHz,
CD30D) ~ 5.44 (d, J = 5.5,1), 4.35-4.19 (m, 4), 4.02 (d, J = 3.3, 2), 2.75 (d,
J = 6.3,2.2, 3), 2.3
(s, 3), 1.50 (m, 11), 1.4 (d, J = 6.0, 3.5, 3), 1.16-1.10 (m, 12). MS(ESPOS):
477.6 [M+H]+;
(ESNEG) 475.4 [M-H]-.
Example 21
Preparation of 1-(3-Hydroxy-propyl)-4-pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
[~362] Triethylamine (0.2 mL, 1.38 mmol, 3 equiv), followed by 3-bromo-1-
propanol (60
~,L, 0.69 mrnol, 1.5 equiv), were added to a stirred solution of crude 4-
pentyl-pyrrolidine-2-
carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide (192.5 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1 equiv), prepared as in Example 10, in anhydrous
acetonitrile (2
mL), under utrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h and
evaporated to dryness.
The residue obtained was purified by chromatography over silica gel with an
eluent of 5%
methanol ammonia in dichloromethane. The desired fractions were pooled
together, evaporated
to dryness, and lyophilized to furnish the title compound as a white fluffy
powder (13.5 mg,
6%).
109
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0363] TLC, Rf= 0.75 (14% methanolic ammonia in dichloromethane); 1H NMR (300
MHz,
CD30D) 8 5.44 (d, J = 5.8, 1), 4.33-4.26 (m, 4), 4.01 (d, J = 2.7, 1), 3.85-
3.74 (m, 6), 2.29 (s, 3),
2.1 (m, 4), 1.54 (m, 8), 1.16-1.08 (m, 12); MS (ESPOS): 477.6 [M+H]+.
Example 22
Preparation of 1-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-4-(3-methyl-butyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic
acid [2
methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide
~\ ~O
Hid
H ~~6Me
OH
HO ~~7H
Ethylene oxide (0.6 mL) was added to a solution of 4-(3-methyl-butyl)-
pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic
acid [2-me,,thyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propyl]-amide (35.1
mg, 0.084 mmol), prepared as in Example 9, in methanol (3 mL), at 0°C.
The reaction mixture
was stirred at 4°C overnight. Additional ethylene oxide (0.6 mL) was
added and stirred at 4°C
overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by
chromatography to give a
white solid, 1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-4-(3-methyl-butyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic
acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide (24.1
mg, 62%).
[0364] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) ~ 7.68 (d, J = 9.0, 1), 5.32 (d, J = 5.4, 1),
5.24 (d, J =
3.0, 1), 4.13-4.07 (m, 1), 4.01 (ddd, J = 2.8, 9.9, 9.9, 1), 3.86 (d, J =10.8,
1), 3.78-3.68 (m, 2),
3.61-3.57 (m, 1), 3.56-3.48 (m, 1), 3.36-3.32 (m, 1), 3.27-3.21 (m, 1), 2.94-
2.85 (m, 1), 2.76-
2.70 (m, 1 ), 2.55 (ddd, J = 3 .6, 3 .6, 12.6, 1 ), 2.41-2.3 7 (m, 1 ), 2.3 6-
2.27 (m, 1 ), 2.15 (s, 3 ), 2.03-
1.95 (m, 2), 1.93-1.81 (m, 1), 1.54-1.42 (m, 1), 1.39-1.26 (m, 2), 1.22-1.10
(m, 2), 0.99-0.92 (m,
6), 0.90-0.84 (m, 6). MS(ESPOS): 463.5 [M+H]+ MS(ESNEG): 461.5 [M-H]-.
110
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 23
Preparation of 4-(3,3-Difluoro-propyl)-1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-
carboxylic acid
[2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide
F
~~~0
N H~,.
H ~~~SMe
OH
HO~'OH
[0365] Ethylene oxide (0.4 mL) was added to a solution of 4-(3,3-difluoro-
propyl)-
pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-
tetrahydro-pyran-
2-yl)-propyl]-amide, prepared as in Example 14 (29.7 mg, 0.07 mmol), in
methanol (2 mL), at
0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 4°C overnight.
Additional ethylene oxide (0.4 mL)
was added and,stirred at 4°C overnight. The reaction mixture was
concentrated and purified by
chromatography to give a white s~lid, 1-[2-(S)-4-(R)-(3-methylbut-1-yl) IV-(2-
hydr~xyeth-1-
yl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-N-{ 1-(R)- [2-(S)-3-(S), 4-(S), 5-(R)-trihydr~xy-6-(R)-
(methylthio)tetrahydropyran-2-yl]-2-methylprop-1-yl}acetamide (19.3 mg, 59%).
.
[0366] 1H 1lTMR (300 MHz, CI~C13) ~ 5.86 (dddd, J = 4.3, 4.3, 57, 57, 1), 5.23
(d, J = 5.7, 1),
4.13-4.04 (m, 3), 3.75 (d, J = 3.3, 1), 3.73-3.57 (m, 2), 3.53 (dd, J = 3.3,
10.2, 1), 3.42-3.36 (m,
1), 3.26-3.18 (m, 1), 2.88-2.78 (m, 1), 2.62-2.55 (m, 1), 2.17-2.00 (m, 4),
2.10 (s, 3), 1.94-1'.73
(m, 3), 1.55-1.45 (m, 2), 0.98-0.91 (m, 6).
MS (ESP~S): 471.5 [l~I+H]+, IvIS (ESNEG): 469.4 [1VT-H]'.
Example 24
Preparation of 1-(2-~lg~dr~~~g~-ethyl)-~.-pentyl-pg~rr~lidlnrae-2-curb~xgrlic
acid [2,2-dit~anoro-~
(394,5-trihg~dro~~y-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
111
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
/e ~ F
F
Hf~
H ~~~SMe
OH
HO ~H
[0367] Ethylene oxide (1 mL, excess) was added to the title compound from
Example 12 (60
mg, 0.136 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) at 0°C, and the mixture was stirred
at 4°C overnight. The
solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by silica gel column
chromatography
using 10% methanol in dichlorornethane as the eluent (25 mg, 38%).
[0368] TLC: Rf= 0.76 (5% methanol in dichloromethane); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D)
~
0.89 (m, 3), 1.30 (m, 8), 1.68 (t, J =19.4, 3), 1.78 (m, 1), 1.99 (m, 2), 2.07
(s, 3), 2.63 (m, 1),
2.73 (m, 1), 3.19 (m, 1), 3.58 (m, 3), 3.95 (m, 1), 4.08 (dd, J = 6.0, 9.90,
1), 4.44-4.60 (m, 2),
5.26 (d, J = 5.4, 1); MS (ESPOS): 485 [M+H]+.
Example 25
preparati~n of 4-Pentyl-pip~eridine-2-Garb~xylic acid [2-methyl-~-(3,4,5-
trihydr0xy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-pr~pyl]-amide
H
[0369] 4-Pentylpyridine-2-carboxylic acid (1~b) (R9=pentyl) was made by
employing
Method P. To 4-pentylpyridine (3 g, 20 mmol) in acetic acid (30 mL), hydrogen
peroxide (0.7 g,
30%, 20 mmol) was added and refluxed overnight. Removal of solvent resulted in
residue which
was dissolved in DCM (100 mL) dried over MgS04 and filtered. Removal of DCM
resulted in a
brown liquid, 4-pentylpyridine-N-oxide, (3.3 g, 100%). To trimethylsilyl
cyanide (2.37 g, 24
mrn~1), 4-pentylpyridine N-oxide (3.3 g, 20 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added
followed by
112
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
dropwise addition of dimethylcarbamoyl chloride (2.56 g, 24 mmol) in DCM (10
mL). After
stirring at room temperature overnight, sodium bicarbonate (100 mL, 10 %) was
added and the
organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with DCM
(50 mL) and the
combined organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. Removal of solvent
resulted in
compound 10a (R9=pentyl) (4.1 g, 100%).
[0370] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 8.52 (m, 1), 7.46 (s, 1), 7.27 (m, 1), 3.00
(m, 2), 2.60
(m, 2), 1.60 (m, 2), 1.27 (m, 2), 0.86 (m, 3). MS (ESPOS): 175 [M+H]+.
[0371] The 4-Pentyl-2-cyanopyridine (10a) (R9=pentyl) (3.4 g, 19.5 mmol) from
the
previous step was dissolved in HCl (6 N, 100 mL) and refluxed overnight. The
residue obtained
on removal of HCl was purified by column chromatography using 20% MeOH in DCM
(3.7 g,
100%) to give product compound 10(b). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) S 8.74 (d,
J=6.3, 1), 8.39
(s, 1), 8.06 (d, J=6.3, 1), 2.98 (t, J=7.2, 2), 1.77(m, 2), 1.39 (m, 4), 0.95
(t, J=7.2, 3H). MS
(ESNEG): 192 [M-H]-.
[0372] Then to 7-methyl oc-thiolincosaminide 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me) (90 mg, 0.35
mmol) in
DMF (2m1), TEA (72 mg, 0.7 mmol), BSTFA (276 mg, 1.05 mmol) were added at 0
°C and
stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hr. Then the acid (10b) (R9~entyl) (138
mg, 0.7 mmol) and
HATLJ (165 mg, 0.53 nunol) was added to the reaction mixture, and stirred at
room temperature
overnight. DMF was completely removed, the residue was taken up in EtOAc (50
mL), washed
with sodium bicarbonate (10°/~, 50 mL), brine (50 mL). The product
obtained after drying over
magnesium sulfate and concentration was taken up in methanol (10 mL) and
treated with NR-50
resin (150 mg) for 3 hr. The resin was filtered and the solvent was removed.
Purification of the
crude product was carried out silica gel column chromatography using 3% MeOH
in DCM as
eluent to obtain compound llb (Rl=Me, RZ=Me R3=H, R9~entyl) (90 mg,
59°/~):
[0373'] 1H NMR (300 I~I~Hz, CD30D) cS 8.50 (d, J=5.1, 1), 7.95 (s, 1), 7.11
(m, 1), 5.25 (d,
J=5.7, 1), 4.20-4.87 (m, 3), 3.85 (d, J=3.3, 1), 3.55 (dd, J=3.3, 7.2, 1),
2.72 (m, 2), 2.16 (m, 4~),
1.67 (m, 2), 1.35 (m, 4), 0.96 (m, 9). MS (ESPOS): 427 [M+H]+.
[0374] To pyridine llb (Rl=Me, Ra=Me R3=H, R9=pentyl) (90 mg, 0.7 mmol) in
water (10
mL), AcOH (3 mL) and MeOH (2 mL), Pt02 (100 mg) was added, hydrogenated at 55
psi
overnight. The solvent was removed to obtain the crude product. Purification
of the crude
product was carried out by silica gel column chromatography using 20% MeOH in
DCM to
obtain the title compound (35 mg, 38%).
113
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0375] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.23 (d, J=5.1, 1), 4.17 (m, 3), 3.79 (d,
J=3.3, 1),
3.52 (m, 1), 3.38 (m, 1), 3.07 (m, 1), 2.68 (m, 1), 2.14 (m, 4), 1.88 (m, 1),
1.71 (m, 1), 1.52 (m,
1), 1.30 (m, 8), 1.07 (m, 3), 0.90 (m, 9); MS (ESPOS): 433 [M+H]+.
Example 26
Preparation of 4-Methoxy-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide 1
O
NH HfV~ ~~
HC~~ ~ ~SMe
HOY~'OH
[0376]., , 4-lVlethoxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid, compound 10(b) (R9 =
methoxy), was made
erilploying' Method P. To trimethylsilyl cyanide (0.95 g, 9.6 mmol), 4-
methoxypyridine N-oxide
(1 g, 8 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added, followed by dimethylcarbamoyl chloride
(1.03 g, 9.6
mmol) in DCM (10 mL), dropwise. After stirring at room temperature ovenught,
sodium
bicarbonate (100 mL, 10%) was added, and the organic layer was separated. The
aqueous layer
was extracted twice by DCM (50 mL each). The combined organic layer was dried
over
magnesium sulfate and the solvent was removed to obtain product, compound 10a
(0.97 g,
90°/~):
[0377] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) S 8.52 (m, 1), 7.22 (m, 1), 7.01 (m, 1), 3.92
(s, 3H);
MS (ESPOS): 135 [M+H]+.
[037] 4-Methoxy-2-cyanopyridine, comp~und 10a (R9 = methoz~y), (0.97 g, 7.2
mmol) was
dissolved in HCl (6N, 50 mL), and refluxed overnight. The HCl was evaporated
and the
resulting product was crystallized from acetonile, to give compound lOb
(R9=methoxy) (0.6 g,
60%).
[03791 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 8.65 (m, 1), 7.99 (m, 1), 7.68 (m, 1), 4.21
(s, 3H).
MS (ESNE~):1 s2 [M-H]-.
114
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0380] To 7-methyl a-thiolincosaminide, compound 2b (Rl=Me, RZ=Me), (90 mg,
0.35
mmol) in DMF (2 mL), TEA (72 mg, 0.7 mmol), BSTFA (276 mg, 1.05 mmol) were
added at
0°C and left stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hr. Then compound lOb
(R9 = methoxy) (109
mg, 0.7 mmol) and HATLT (165 mg, 0.53 mmol) were added to the reaction
mixture, and stirred
at room temperature overnight. The DMF was completely removed and the residue
was taken up
in EtOAc (50 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (10%, 30 mL), brine (30 mL),
and dried
over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed to obtain a brown oil-like
liquid, which was
dissolved in methanol (10 mL) and treated with NR-50 resin for 1 hr. The resin
was filtered, and
the solvent was removed to obtain the crude material. Purification was caxried
out on silica gel
column chromatography using EtOAc as eluent to obtain compound 11b (Rl=Me,
R2=Me R3=H,
R9=methoxy) (100 mg, 72%).
[0381] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) 8 8.42 (m, 1), 7.64 (m, 1), 7.07 (m, 1), 5.25
(d, J=5.4,
1), 4.07-4.87 (m, 3), 3.94 (m, 4), 3.56 (m, 1), 2.99 (m, 2), 2.80 (m, 1), 2.22
(m, 1), 2.11 (s, 3),
0.96 (m, 3). MS (ESPOS): 387 [M+H]+.
[0382] To compound llb (Rl=Me, R2=Me R3=H, R9=methoxy) (100 mg, 0.26 mmol) in
water ( 10 mL), AcOH (3 mL) and MeOH (2 mL), Pt02 ( 100 mg) were added and
hydrogenated
at 55 psi overnight. The solvent was removed to obtain the crude product.
Purification of the
crude product was carried out~by silica 'gel column chromatography using 20
°/~ MeOH in DCM
to obtain the title compound. (9 mg, 9%).
[0383] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) ~ 5.24 (d, J=5.7, 1), 4.17 (dd, J=9.9; 3.3, 1),
4.07 (m,
2), 3.79 (m, 1), 3.52 (dd, J=10.5; 3.3, 1), 3.35 (s, 3), 3.18 (m, 2), 2.72 (m,
1), 2.16 (m, 1), 2.12 (s,
3) 1.99 (m, 2), 1.50 (m, 1), 1.24 (m, 2), 0.90 (d, J=6.9, 6); MS (ESPOS): 393
[M+H]+.
E~s~ru~ple 27
~~-eparati0aa 0f 4-(1-~llayl-pr~pg~l)-pipes neli~ae-2-curb~xylie acid [2-
me~;lgg~l-1-(394~~_
t~-ihydr~mgr-~-metbg~l~~alf~ang~l-tet~aby~~-~-P~"~'an-2-yl)-pr~pyl]-amide
115
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
SMe
[0384] 4-Isopentylpyridine-2-carboxylic acid, compound lOb (R9 =1-ethyl-
propyl), was
made by employing Method P. To 4-(1-ethyl-propyl)-pyridine (8.5 g, 57 mmol) in
acetic acid
(30 mL), hydrogen peroxide (17.8 g, 30 %, 57 mmol) was added. The resulting
reaction mixture
was refluxed overnight. The residue obtained on removal of solvent was
dissolved in DCM (100
mL), dried over MgS04. After filtering, the solvent was removed to obtain a
brown liquid, 4-(1-
ethyl-propyl)-pyridine-N-oxide (9 g, 95%).
[0385] To a solution of trimethylsilyl cyanide (6.5 g, 65 mmol) and 4-(1-ethyl-
propyl)-
pyridine-N-oxide (9 g, 54 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was added a solution of
dimethylcarbamoyl
chloride (7 g, 65 mmol) in DCM (10 mL), dropwise. After stirring at room
temperature
overnight, sodium bicarbonate (100 mL, 10°/~) was added, and the
organic layer Was separated:
The aqueous layer was extracted twice with DCM (50 mL)~. The combined organic
layer was
dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent was removed to obtain the
product, compound 10a
(R9 =1-ethyl-propyl) (9.6 g, 100%).
[0386] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) ~ 8.58 (m, 1), 7.46 (m, 1), 7.26 (m, 1), 2.42
(m, 1),
1.77 (m, 4)), 0.78 (t, J=7.5, 6). MS (ESPOS): 175 [M+H]+.
[0387] Compound 10a (R~ = 1-ethyl-propyl) (9.5 g, 54 mmol) was dissolved in
HCl (6N, 50
mL) and refluxed overnight. HCl was evaporated and the resulting product,
compound lOb (R9
= 1-ethyl-propyl), was crystallized from acetonitrile (10 g, 100°/~).
[0388] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) ~ 8.86 (m, 1), 8.45 (m, 1), 8.20 (m, 1), 2.92
(m, 1),
1.87 (m, 4~), 0.84 (t, J=7.5, 6). MS (ESNE(~): 192 [M-H]-.
[0389] To the acid 10b (77 mg, 0.4 mmol) in DMF (2 mL), 7-methyl ~-
thiolincosaminide,
compound 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me), (100 mg, 0.4 mmol) was added, followed by HBTLT
(166 mg,
0.44 mmol) and DIEA (205 mg, 0.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 2
hr. The product was obtained on removal of DMF and purified by silica gel
column
chromatography using ethyl acetate to provide compound llb (Rl=Me, R2=Me R3=H,
R9=1-
ethyl-propyl) (I50 mg, 89°/~).
116
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0390] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) b 8.42 (d, J=5.1, 1), 7.37 (s, 1), 7.32 (m, 1),
5.27 (d,
J=4.8, 1), 4.21-4.88 (m, 3), 3.85 (d, J=3.6, 1), 3.56 (dd, J=3.3, 10.2, 1),
2.48 (m, 1), 2.11 (m, 4),
1.00 (m, 12). MS (ESPOS): 427 [M+H]+.
[0391] To compound 11b (Rl=Me, R2=Me R3=H, R9= 1-ethyl-propyl) (130 mg, 0.3
mmol)
in water (10 mL), AcOH (2 mL) and MeOH (2 mL), Pt02 (150 mg) was added and
hydrogenated at 55 psi overnight. The solvent was removed to obtain the crude
product.
Purification was carried by silica gel column chromatography using 20% MeOH in
DCM to
obtain the title compound (40 mg, 30%).
[0392] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 6 5.24 (d, J=5.7, 1), 4.17 (dd, J=9.9; 3.3, 1),
4.10 (m,
2), 3.78 (m, 1), 3.51 (m, 2), 2.81 (m, 2), 2.16 (m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3) 1.90 (m,
2), I.76 (m, 3), 1.40 (m,
8), 0.91 (m, 9); MS (ESPOS): 433 [M+H]+.
Example 28
Preparation of 4-Isopropyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
[0393) 4-Isopropylpyridine-2-carboxylic acid, compound (10b) (R9 = isopropyl),
was made
by employing Method P. To 4-isopropylpyridine (5 g, 0.041 mol) in acetic acid
(60 mL),
hydrogen peroxide (30°/~, 4~.7 g, 0.13 mol) was added and refluxed over
night. After removing
the solvent, the residue was dissolved in DCM dried over magnesium sulfate and
taken as such
for the next step. To the resulting compound in dichloromethane (10 mL)
trimethylsilyl cyanide
(7.0 mL, 0.07 mol) and dimethylcarbamyl chloride (5.6 mL, 0.05 mol) were added
and stirred at
room temperature for 24 hours. Aqueous potassium carbonate
(10°1°, 50 mL) was added and
extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL). The crude product obtained on removal
of solvent
was taken up in hydrochloric said (6N, 30 mL) and refluxed for 24 hours.
Removal of acid
117
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
followed by crystallization of the crude product from acetonitrile resulted in
acid lOb (R9 =
isopropyl) (5g, 75%).
[0394] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): ~ 8.78 (d, J = 6, 1), 8.42 (s, 1), 8.16 (d, J
= 6.0, 1),
3.25 (m, 1), 1.33 (d, J = 9.0, 6) MS (ESNEG): 164 [M-H]'.
[0395] To the amine, compound 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me), (140 mg, 0.56 mmol) in DMF (3
mL),
BSTFA (0.59 mL, 2.24 mmol) and triethylamine (0.18 mL, 1.26 mmol) were added
at 0°C and
the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Acid lOb (R9
= isopropyl)
(188 mg, 1.13 mmol) and HATU (319 mg, 0.84 mmol) were combined and left
stirred for
further 4 hours at room temperature. The DMF was removed and the residue was
extracted with
ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with saturated bicarbonate (40 mL). The
product obtained on
removal of solvent was taken up in methanol and treated with Dowex H+ resin
for 1 hour. After
filtering the resin, methanol was removed to obtain the crude product. It was
then purified on
silica gel column using 10% methanol in dichloromethane as eluent to provide
compound llb
(Rl=Me, R2=Me R3=H, R9 = isopropyl) (120 mg, 53 %).
[0396] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 8 8.42 (d, J=5.1, 1), 7.37 (s, 1), 7.32 (m,
1), 5.27 (d,
J=4.8,1), 4.21-4.88 (m, 3), 3.85 (d, J=3.6, 1), 3.56 (dd, J=3.3, 10.2, 1),
2.48 (m, 1), 2.11 (m, 1');
2.10 (s, 3), 1.20 (m, 12). MS (ESPOS): 399 [M+HI+:
[0397] To llb (Rl=Me, R2=Me R3=H, R9 = isopropyl) (100 mg, 0. 257 mmol) in
methanol
(5 mL), water (10 mL) and acetic acid (5 mL), platinum dioxide (100 mg, 0.44
mmol) was
added and hydrogenated at 60 psi for 16 h. After filtering the catalyst, the
solvent was stripped
off to obtain the crude product which was then purified on silica gel column
chromatography
using 10% methanol in dichloromethane as eluent. The lower Rf compound was the
title
compound (10 mg, 9%).
[039] 1H NMR (300 I~/lHz, CD3OD): b 5.24 (c1, J=5.7, 1), 4.17 (dd, J=9.9; 3.3,
1), 4.I0 (m,
2), 3 .80 (m, 1 ), 3 .51 (m, 1 ), 3 .16 (m, 1 ), 2.61 (m, 1 ), 2.16 (m, 1 ),
2.10 (s, 3 ) 1.90 (m, 1 ), 1.76 (m,
1), 1.50- 1.09 (m, 5), 0.91 (m, 12); MS (ESPOS): 405 [M+H]+.
Example 29
Preparation of 4-Butyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
118
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
NH Hf~ ~~
H ~~iSMe
HO~~H
[0399] 4-Butylpyridine was prepared by adding potassium-t-butoxide (0.68 g, 6
mmol) to
propylphosphonium bromide (Aldrich) (2.4 g, 6.0 mmol) in THF (10 mL), at 0
°C and stirring at
room temperature for 1 hour. Pyridine-4-carbaldehyde (428 mg, 4 mmol) was
added and the
reaction mixture stirred for 2h. The reaction mixture was then poured into
water and extracted
with ethyl acetate. The product obtained after removing the solvent was taken
as such in
methanol (30 mL) to which palladium on carbon (10%, 300 mg) was added and
hydrogenated at
1 atm pressure over night. Removal of solvent and purification on column
chromatography
using ethyl acetate resulted in pure product 4-butylpyridine (500 mg, 92%):
[0400] ' 1H NMR (CDC13): S 8.42 (d, J = 6.0, 2), T.05 (d, J = 6.0, 1), 2.60
(t, J-= 6:5, 2), 1.62
(m, 2), 1.37 (m, 2), 0.93 (t, J = 7.0, 3.). MS (ESP~S): 136 [M+H]+.
[0401] 4-Butylpyridine-2-carboxylic acid, compound (10b) (R9 = butyl), was
made
employing Method P. To 4-butylpyridine (2 g, 0.014 mol) in acetic acid (15
mL), hydrogen
peroxide (30%, 5 mL, 0.056 mol) was added and refluxed over night. After
removing the
solvent, the residue was dissolved in DCM dried over magnesium sulfate and
taken as such for
the next step. To the compound from the previous step in dichloromethane ( 10
mL)
trimethylsilyl cyanide (3.92 mL, 0.029 mol) and dimethylcarbamoyl chloride
(2.67 mL, 0.028
xn~1) was added and stirred at r~~m temperature for 24 hours. aqueous
potassium carbonate
(10°/~, 50 mL) was added and extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL).
The crude product
obtained on removal of solvent was taken up in hydr~chl~ric acid (6N, 30 mL)
and refluxed for
24 hours. Rem~val of acid full~wed by crystallisation of the crude product
from acetoutrile
resulted in acid lOb (R9 = butyl) (1.5g, 60%).
[0402] 1H NMR (CDC13): ~ 8.92 (d, J = 6.0, 1), 8.65 (s, 1), 8.27 (m, 1), 3.23
(t, J = 6.5, 2),
1.98 (m, 2), 1.67 (m, 2), 1.20 (t, J = 7.0, 3). MS (ESNEG): 178 [M-H]-.
[0403] T~ the amine, compound 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me), (140 mg, 0.56 mmol) in DMF (3
mL),
BSTFA (0.59 mL, 2.24 mmol) and triethylamine (0.18 mL, 1.26 mmol) were added
at 0 °C and
then stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Acid lOb (R9 = butyl) (203 mg,
1.13 rrrnnol) and
119
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
HATU (319 mg, 0.84 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 4
more hours
at room temperature. The DMF was removed and the residue was extracted with
ethyl acetate
(100 mL) and washed with saturated bicarbonate (40 mL). The product obtained
on removal of
solvent was taken up in methanol and treated with Dowex H+ resin for 1 hour.
After filtering the
resin, methanol was removed to obtain the crude product. The product was then
purified on
silica gel column using ethyl acetate as eluent to provide for compound llb
(Rl=Me, R2=Me
R3=H, R9 = butyl) (200 mg, 86 %).
[0404] 1H NMR (CDC13) 8 8.40 (d, J = 4.2, 1), 8.01 (s, 1), 7.29 (m, 1), 5.40
(d, J = 5.4, 1),
4.02-4.36 (m, 3), 4.80 (s, 1), 3.48-3.60 (m, 1), 3.72 (t, J = 6.0, 2), 2.49
(m, 1), 2.20 9s, 3), 1.67
(m, 4), 1.40 (m, 3), 0.98-1.18 (m, 9). Mass 413 [M+H]~.
[0405] To compound 1 1b (Rl=Me, R2=Me R3=H, R~ = butyl) (200 mg, 0. 49 mmol)
in
methanol (5 mL), water (10 mL) and acetic acid (5 mL), platinum dioxide (100
mg, 0.44 mmol)
was added and hydrogenated at 60 psi for 16 h. After filtering the catalyst,
the solvent was
stripped off to obtain the crude product, which was then purified on silica
gel column
chromatography using 20% methanol in dichloromethane as eluent. The lower Rf
fractions
provided.the title compound (60 mg, 29%).
[0406] iH IVMR (CDCl3): ~ 5.20 (d, J = 3.6, 1), 4.20 (dd, J = 3.0, 4.8, 1)';
4.04 (m, 2), 3.80
(d, J =3.0, 1), 3.61-3.66 (m, 1), 3:52 (dd, J = 3.3, 10:2), 2.88 (m, 1), 2.17
(m, 1), 2.14 (s, 3), 1.87
(m, 2), 1.62 (m, 2), 1.32 (m, 6), 0.89 (m, 9); MS (ESPOS): 419 [M+H]+.
Example 30
Preparati~~ of 4-Cyclohexyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydr~xy-6
aracthylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~SMe
H
120
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0407] 4-phenylpyridine-2-carboxylic acid, compound 10b (R9 phenyl), was made
by
employing Method P. To 4-phenylpyridine-N-oxide (1 g, 5.84 mmol) in
dichloromethane (10
mL) trimethylsilyl cyanide (1.5 mL, 11.6 mrnol) and dimethylcarbamoyl chloride
(1 mL, 11.6
mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for
24 hours. An
aqueous potassium carbonate solution (10%, 10 mL) was added and extracted with
dichloromethane (100 mL). The crude product obtained on removal of solvent was
taken up in
hydrochloric acid (6N, 30 mL) and refluxed for 24 hours. Removal of acid
followed by
crystallization of the crude product from acetonitrile resulted in acid lOb
(R9' = phenyl) (1 g,
86%).
[0408] MS (ESNEG): 198 [M-H]-; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) S 7.64-7.67 (m, 3),
8.02-
8.06 (m, 2), 8.53-8.56 (m, 1), 8.82 (s, 1), 8.82-8.90 (m, 1).
[0409] To the amine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) (102 mg, 0.42 mmol) in DMF (5 mL), BSTFA
(0.549 mL, 2.1 mmol) and triethylamine (0.183 mL, 1.26 mmol) was added at 0
°C and then
stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Acid lOb (R9=phenyl) (158 mg, 0.80
mmol) and HATU
(302 mg, 0.80 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred for an additional
4 hours at room
temperature. The DMF was removed and the residue was extracted with ethyl
acetate (100 mL)
and washed with saturated.bicarbonate,(40 mL). The product obtained on removal
of solvent
was taken up in methanol and treated with Dowex H+ resin for 1 hour. After
filtering the resin,
methanol was removed to obtain the crude product. The resulting residue was
then purified by
silica gel chromatography using 10% methanol in dichloromethane as eluent to
provide
compound 11b(Rl=Me, Ra=Me R3=H, R9' = phenyl) (50 mg, 58 %).
[0410] TLC: Rf = 0.70 (10% Me~H/DCM); MS (ESP~S): 435 [M+H]+;1H NMR (300
MHz, CDC13) ~ 1.01 (t, J = 6.6, 6), 2.12 (s, 3), 2.28 (m, 1), 3.56 (dd, J =
3.3, 10.5, 1), 3.90 (d, J
= 3.3, 1), 4.12 (dd, J = 5.~~, 10.5, 1), 4.27-4.36 (m, 2), 4.52 (m, 2), 5.26
(d, J = 5.7, 1), 7.48-7.55
(m, 3), 7.77-7.80 (m, 2), 7.83-7.85 (m, 1), 8.37 (s, 1), 8.69 (d, J = 5.4, 1).
[0411] To compound l 1b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me R3=H, R9~ =phenyl) (4~0 mg, 0.09 mmol)
in
methanol (5 mL), water (10 mL) and acetic acid (5 mL), platinum dioxide (100
mg, 0.44 mmol)
was added and the reaction mixture shaken at 60 psi hydrogen for 16 h. The
catalyst was
removed by filtration, and the solvent was evaporated to obtain the crude
product, which was
then purified on silica gel column chromatography using 10% methanol in
dichloromethane to
provide the title compound (10 mg, 25%).
[0412] TLC: Rf= 0.22 (20% Me~H/DCM); MS (ESP~S): 447 [M+H]+; 1H NMR (300
MHz, CD3~D) ~ 0.90 (d, J = 6.8, 6), 0.93-1.05 (m, 5), 1.20 (m, 6), 1.33-1.47
(m, 4), 1.75 (m, 6),
121
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
2.10 (s, 3), 2.18-2.22 (m, 1), 2.97 (t, J = 12.3, 1), 3.39-3.52 (m, 2), 3.70-
3.78 (m, 2), 4.05-4.21
(m, 3), 5.23 (d, J = 5.7, 1).
Example 31
Preparation of 4-Ethyl-1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
6Me
H
[0413] To the product of Example 1 (28 mg, 0.07 mmol) in methanol (2 mL),
ethylene oxide
(0.5 mL) was added and stirred at 4 °C overnight. The solvent was
removed and the resulting
product was purified by colunu~,chromatography using 20% MeOH in DCM as eluent
to obtain
the title compound (16 mg~, 51°1~) as a white powder.
[0414] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) ~ 5.24 (d, J = 6, 1), 4.27 (m, 1), 4.10 (m, 2),
3.95 (m,
1 ), 3 .79-3 .5 0 (m, 4), 3.85 (m, 1 ) 3 .74 (m, 1 ), 3 .26 (m, 1 ), 2.91 (m,
2), 2.3 3 (m, 1 ), 2.13 (m, 4),
1.92 (m, 1), 1.71 (m, 1), 1.17 (m, 7), 0.94 (m, 9); MS (ESF~S): 435 [M+H]+.
Example 32
Preparation of 1-(2-~Iydroxy-ethyl)-4-pentyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1
(394,~-trnla~rdro~~r-6-n~etln~rl~~nlfanyl-tetrah~rdro-hy~'an-2-yl)-pa-oP;yl]-
amide
6Me
H
122
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0415] The title compound was prepared using the procedures of Example 32 with
the
product from Example 25 as the starting material.
[0416] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) S 5.24 (d, J=6.0, 1), 4.19 (m, 3), 3.79 (d,
J=3.3, 1),
3.74 (m, 1), 3.65 (m, 1), 3.54 (dd, J=3.0, 10.2, 1), 3.25 (m, 2), 2.82 (m, 2),
2.14 (m, 4), 1.89 (m,
1), 1.72 (m, 1), 1.28 (m, 12), 0.94 (m, 9); MS (ESPOS): 477 [M+H]+.
Example 33
Preparation of 1-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
SMe
[0417] The title compound was made using the procedures of Example 32 with the
product
of Example 17 as the starting material.
[0418] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) 8 5.24 (d, J=6.0, 1), 4.19 (dd, J=9.6; 3.3, 1),
4.11 (m,
2), 3.79 (d, J=3.3, 1), 3.75 (m, 1), 3.65 (m, 1), 3.54 (m, 1), 3.28 (m, 1),
2.82 (m, 2), 2.27 (m, 5)
1.90 (m, 1), 1.71 (m, 1), 1.36 (m, 8), 0.94 (m, 9); MS (ESPOS): 449 [M+H]+.
E~~ample 34
Preparation of 2-[2-Methyl-1-(394,~-trihydroxg~-6-anethylsnnlfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-2-g~l)
propg~lcarbannog~l]-~._propg~l-pnperidi~ne-1-carbo~~ylic acid 9~ ~u~oren-9-
g~lmethyl ester
123
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
6Me
[0419] To the product of Example 17 (50 mg, 0.123 mmol) in water (3 mL) and
dioxane (3
mL), Fmoc-Cl (38mg, 0.197 mmol) and sodium carbonate (25 mg, 0.246 mmol) were
added and
the reaction mixture was stirred over night at room temperature. The solvents
were removed and
the crude material was loaded into a silica gel column and eluted with ethyl
acetate to obtain the
title compound as a white solid (30 mg, 51%).
[0420] TLC: Rf = 0.5 (EtOAc). MS (ESFOS): 627 [M+H]+, 649 [M+Na~+; 1H NMR
(CD30D, 200 MHz): 7.79 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 2), 7.59-7.62 (m, 2), 7.28-7.41 (m, 4),
5.19 (d, J = 3.8
Hz, 1), 4.45 (m, 2), 4.24 (t, J = 4.2, 1), 3.99-4.15 (m, 4), 3.93 (m, 1), 3.47-
3.50 (m, 2), 2.05 (s,
3), 1.87 (m, 1), 1.67 (s, 2), 1.50 (m, 1), 1.30 (m, 4), :0.86-0.91 (m, 9).
Example 35
Preparation ~f 2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydr~xy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydr~-
pyran-2-yl)
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carlaoxylic acid ethyl ester
o ~~~,~~
H
[0421] To the product of Example 17 (50 mg, 0.123 mmol) in water (3 mL) and
dioxane (3
mL), ethyl chloroformate (20 mg, 0.147 mmol) and sodium carbonate (25 mg,
0.246 mmol)
were added and stirred over night at room temperature. The solvents were
removed and the
124
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
crude material was loaded into a silica gel column and eluted with ethyl
acetate to obtain the title
compound as a white solid (40 mg, 52%).
[0422] TLC: Rf = 0.28 (EtOAc). MS (ESPOS): 477 [M+H]+; 499 [M+Na]+; 1H IVMR
(CD30D, 200 MHz): 5.22 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1), 4.27 (m, 1), 4.03-4.14 (m, 5), 3.96
(bs, 1), 3.62 (m,
1), 3.54 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1), 3.52 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1), 2.08 (s, 3), 1.93-2.03
(m, 2), 1.75-1.85 (m, 3),
1.61 (m, 2), 1.33 (m, 4), 1.22-1.28 (m, 3), 0.90-0.94 (m, 9).
Example 36
Preparation of 2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-2-yl)
propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid phenyl ester
~Me
H
[0423] To the product of Example I7 (50 mg, 0.123 mmol) in water (3 mL) and
dioxane (3
mL), phenyl chloroformate (40 mg, 0.246 mmol) and sodium carbonate (25 mg,
0.246 nunol)
were added and the reaction mixture was stirred over night at room
temperature. The solvents
were removed and the crude material was loaded into a silica gel column and
eluted with ethyl
acetate to obtain the title compound as a white solid (30 mg, 47%).
[0424] TLC: Rf = 0.4 (Et~Ac). MS (ESP~S): 526 [M+H]~'', 548 [M+hTa]+; lI-i NMR
(CD3~D, 200 MHz): 7.36 (t, J = 3.8 Hz, 2), 7.17-7.23 (m, 10), 7.10 (d, J = 3.6
Hz, 2), 5.20 (d, J
= 3.6 Hz, 1), 4.09 (m, 3), 3.93 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1), 3.82 (m, 2), 3.46 (m, 2),
2.01 (s, 3), 2.00 (m, 1),
1.71 (m, 1), 1.46-1.36 (m, 4~)' 0.96-0.90 (m, 9).
Example 37
Preparation of 4-(4,4-I~ifluoro-pent~rl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-I-(3,4,~
trilag~dro~~g~-6-ngethg~l~ulfang~l-tetrahydro-pyran-2-girl)-propg~l]-amide
125
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
F F NH HIU ~
H ~~~SMe
HO~~H
[0425] To a solution of aldehyde 8a, prepared by first step in Method L, (510
mg, 1.47
mmol, 1 equiv) in benzene (8 mL) was added-1-triphenylphosphoranylidene-2-
propanone
(Aldrich) (702 mg, 2.2 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The reaction mixture was refluxed
overnight and the
solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by chromatography
to give 4-(4-
oxo-pent-2-enyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tart-butyl ester 2-methyl
ester as an oiI
(237 mg, 42 %).
[0426] MS (ESPQS): 410.2 [M + Na]+, 288.3 [M - Boc + H]+; MS (ESNEG): 386.2 [M-
H]-.
[0427] To a solution of 4-(4-oxo-pent-2-enyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic
acid 1-tart-butyl
ester 2-methyl ester (193 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1 equiv) in benzene (0.9 mL) was added
a solution of
triphenylphosphine-copper (I) hydride hexamer in benzene (3.6 mL). The mixture
was stirred at
rt overnight and hexane (13 mL) was added. The mixture was filtered and the
filtrate was
evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography to give 4-(4-oxo-
pentyl)-pyrrolidine-
1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tent-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (127 mg, 65
°/~).
[0428] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) S 7.35-7.30 (m, 5), 5.25-5.04 (m, 2), 4.42-4.25
(m, 1),
3.77-3.62 (m, 1), 3.00-2.85 (m, 1), 2.39 (t, J = 7, 2), 2.34-1.47 (m, 7), 2.10
(s, 3), 1.43 (s, 3H),
1.31 (s, 6H); MS (ESP~S): 412.3 [M + NaJ+, 290.3 [M - Boc + H]+; MS (ES1~TEG):
38~.4~ [I~II_
H]_.
[0429] To a solution of 4-(4~-oxo-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-
tart-butyl ester
2-methyl ester (155 mg, 0.40 mmol, 1 equiv) in dichloromethane (1.5 mL) at-78
°C was added
DAST (0.21 mL, 1.60 mmol, 4 equiv). The reaction mixture was warmed to rt and
stirred at rt
for 3 h, followed by additional DAST (0.32 mL, 2.4 mmol, 6 equiv) at -78
°C. The mixture was
warmed to rt and stirred overnight. Then the mixture was diluted with
dichloromethane, washed
with sat. aqueous NaHC~3 (lx), dried, and evaporated. The residue was purified
by
126
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
chromatography to give 4-(4,4-difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic
acid 1-tert-butyl
ester 2-methyl ester as a yellow oil (88 mg, 54 %).
[0430) MS (ESPOS): 434.2 [M + Na]+, 312.3 [M - Boc + H]+.
(0431] To a solution of 4-(4,4-difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic
acid 1-tert-butyl
ester 2-methyl ester (88 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (1.2 mL) and water
(0.4 mL) was
added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (45 mg, 1.07 mmol, 5 equiv). The reaction
mixture was
stirred at rt overnight. The THF was removed under vacuum. The residue was
diluted with
water and washed with ether. The aqueous layer was taken up in ethyl acetate,
partitioned with
10% citric acid. The organic layer was washed with water (1 x), brine (1 x),
dried and
concentrated to give 4-(4,4-difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid
1-tert-butyl ester
(66 mg, 96 %).
[0432] IH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) S 4.39-4.34 (m, 1), 3.57-3.48 (m, 1), 2.92-2.83
(m, 1),
2.57-2.50 (m, 1), 2.30-2.I8 (m,1), 1.91-1.73 (m, 3), 1.64-1.36 (m, 7), 1.48
(s, 9); MS (ESPOS):
344.3 [M + Na]+, 222.3 [M - Boc + H]+; MS (ESNEG): 320.2 [M-H]-.
[0433] To a solution of compound 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) (50 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 equiv)
in dry
DMF (0.5 mL) at 0 °C was added triethylamine (88.3 up, 0.64 mmol, 3.2
equiv)followed by the
addition of BSTFA (79.2 ~,L, 0.30 mmol, I.S equiv). The reaction mixture was
stirred at 0 °C
for 10 minutes, and then was stirred at rt for 50 minutes. The reaction
mixture was added to the
acid (66 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1 equiv) in a 25 mL round bottom flask, followed by
the addition of
HATU (96.8 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.25 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt
for 3 h. The
reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, taken up in ethyl acetate, washed
with 10% citric
acid, water, sat. NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4
and evaporated
and used in the next step without additional purification.
[0434) To a solution of the above Boc protected Iincosamide in DCM (9 mL) with
methyl
sulfide (0.20 mL) were added trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) and water (0.20 mL).
The reaction
mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum a,nd
co-evaporated
with toluene twice. The residue was purified by chromatography to provide the
title compound
(68 mg, 75 °/~) as a white solid.
[0435) 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) & 5.24 (d, J = 5.4, 1), 4.16 (dd, J = 3.3, 9.9,
1), 4.11-
4.00 (m, 3), 3.75 (d, J = 3.3, 1), 3.51 (dd, J = 3.3, 10.2, 1), 3.40-3.32 (m,
1), 2.71 (dd, J = 8.2,
10.6, I), 2.23-2.05 (m, 3), 2.10 (s, 3), 1.98-I.76 (m, 3), 1.63-1.39 (m, 7),
0.94-0.87 (m, 6). MS
(ESPOS): 455.3 [M+H]+.
127
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 38
Preparation of 4-(3,3-Difluoro-butyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F F
NH HN
H ~ ~ iSMe
HO~~ H
[0436] Ethyl triphenylphosphonium bromide (Aldrich) (2.92 g, 7.86 mmol, 3.9
equiv)
and potassium-t-butoxide (0.61 g, 5.44 mmol, 2.7 equiv) were suspended in
toluene (26 mL)
under nitrogen with vigorous stirring. After 4 h, a solution of aldehyde 8a
prepared by the first
step in,Method L (700 mg, 2.01 mmol, 1 equiv) in toluene (17 mL) was added
dropwise. The
reaction mixture was starred at rt for 2 h and diluted with ethyl acetate (150
mL). The organic
layer was washed with water (2x), brine,: dried and concentrated. The residue,
was purified by
chromatography to give a clear oil 4-but-2-enyl-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic
acid 1-tart-butyl
ester 2-methyl ester (360 mg, 50 ~/o).
[0437] MS (ESPOS): 260.3 [M+H - Boc]+.
[0438] To a solution of 4-but-2-enyl-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicaxboxylic acid 1-tart-
butyl ester 2-
methyl ester (149 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1 equiv) in DMF (1.4 mL) and water (0.2 mL)
were added
palladium(II)chloride (7.4 mg, 0.042 mrnol, 0.1 equiv) and copper(I) chloride
(41.1 mg, 0.42
mrnoh 1 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 50 ~C overnight with oxygen
bubbling into the
mixture. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under high
vacuum. The
residue was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (lx), brine (lx),
dried and
concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC to give 4-(3-oxo-
butyl)-pyrrolidine-
1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tart-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (110 mg, 71 ~/~).
[0439] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.35-7.28 (m, 5), 5.24-5.03 (m, 2), 4.43-4.25
(m, 1),
3.75-3.61 (m, 1), 3.01-2.87 (m, 1), 2.44-2.35 (m,2), 2.28-2.15 (m, 1), 2.11
(s, 3), 2.09-1.98 (m,
1), 1.91-1.51 (m, 3), 1.43 (s, 3.4H), 1.31 (s, 5.6H). MS (ESPOS): 398.3 [M +
M1a]+, 276.3 [M -
Boc + H]+.
128
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0440] To a solution of the 4-(3-oxo-butyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid
1-tart-butyl
ester 2-methyl ester (110 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1 equiv) in dichloromethane (1.1 mL)
at-78 °C was
added DAST (0.16 mL, 1.17 mmol, 4 equiv). The reaction mixture was warmed to
rt and stirred
at rt for 3 h, followed by additional DAST (0.23 mL, 1.76 mmol, 6 equiv) at -
78 °C. The
mixture was warmed to rt and stirred overnight. Then the mixture was diluted
with
dichloromethane, washed with sat. aqueous NaHCO3 (lx), dried, evaporated. The
residue was
purified by chromatography to give 4-(3,3-Difluoro-butyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-
dicarboxylic acid 1-
tert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (92.7 mg, 80 %).
[0441] MS (ESPOS): 420.3 [M + Na]+.
[0442] To a mixture of 4-(3,3-difluoro-butyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic
acid 1-tart-butyl
ester 2-methyl ester (92.7 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (1.2 mL) and water
(0.4 mL) was
added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (49 mg, 1.17 mmol, 5 equiv). The reaction
mixture was
stirred at rt overnight. the THF was removed under vacuum. The residue was
diluted with
water, washed with ether. The aqueous layer was taken up in ethyl acetate,
partitioned with 10%
citric acid. The organic layer was washed with.water (1 x), brine (1 x), dried
and concentrated
to.give a white solid, 4-(3,3-difluoro-butyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic
acid 1-tart-butyl ester
(59.7 mg; 83 °1°).
[0443] ' 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) ~ 4.40-4.36 (m, 1), 3.59-3.52 (m, 1);,2.94-
2.86 (m, 1);
2.55-2.48 (m, 1), 2.33-2.15 (m, 1), 1.92-1.73 (m, 3), 1.66-1.40 (m, 5), 1.47
(s, 9); MS (ESPOS):
330.2 (M + Na]+, 208.2 [M - Boc + H]+; MS (ESNEC"r): 306.1 [M-H]-.
[0444] To a solution of compound 2b (Rl=Me, RZ=Me) (50 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 equiv)
in dry
DMF (0.5 mL) at 0 °C was added triethylamine (88.3 up, 0.64 mmol, 3.2
equiv), followed by the
addition of BSTFA (79.2 ~,L, 0.30 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The reaction mixture was
stirred at 0 °C
for I O minutes, and then was stirred at rt for 50 minutes. The reaction
mixture was added to the
acid 4-(3,3-difluoro-butyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicaxboxylic acid 1-tart-butyl
ester (59.7 mg, 0.20
mmol, 1 equiv) in a 25 mL round bottom flask, followed by the addition of
HATIJ (93.3 mg,
0.25 mmol, 1.25 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. The
reaction mixture
was evaporated to dryness, taken up in ethyl acetate, washed with 10% citric
acid, water, sat.
NaHC03 and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and evaporated to
give a syrup.
[0445] To a solution of the above syrup in DCM (9 mL) with methyl sulfide
(0.20 mL) were
added trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) and water (0.20 mL). The reaction mixture
was stirred at rt for
1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-evaporated with toluene
twice. The
129
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
residue was purified by chromatography to provide the title compound (63 mg,
72 %) as a white
solid.
[0446] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) ~ 5.24 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 4.22-4.13 (m, 2), 4.10-
4.04 (m,
2), 3.76 (d, J = 2.4, 1), 3.54-3.42 (m, 2), 2.84-2.76 (m, 1), 2.29-1.83 (m,
5), 2.10 (s, 3), 1.67-1.51
(m, 6), 0.95-0.87 (m, 6). MS (ESPOS): 441.3 [M+H]~
Example 39
Preparation of 4-(3,3-Difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F F
~~.r~,,~ O
..
NH HI~
H ~ ~ iSMe
H~~~3H
[0447] To a solution of compound 7c (R9'=2-penteneyl) prepared using methods
of Method
K (323.7 mg, 0.87 mmol, 1 equiv) in DMF (2.8 mL) and water (0.4 mL) at 0
°C were added
palladium (II) chloride (15.4 mg, 0.087 mmol, 0.1 equiv) and copper(I)
chloride (85.9 mg, 0.87
nunol, 1 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C overnight with oxygen
bubbling into the
mixture. 'The mixture was filtexed and the filtrate was concentrated under
high vacuum. The
residue was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (lay), brine (lx),
dried and
concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC to provide 4-(3-oxo-
pentyl)-
pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tart-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (242 mg,
72 ~/o).
[0440 MS (ESPOS): 412.3 [M + Na]+, 290.3 [M - Eoc + II]+.
[0449] To 4-(3-oxo-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tart-butyl
ester 2-methyl
ester (242 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 equiv) in dichloromethane (2.3 mL) at -78
°C was added DAST
(0.33 mL, 2.49 mmol, 4 equiv). The reaction mixture was warmed to rt and
stirred at rt for 3 h,
followed by an addition of more DAST (0.49 mL, 3.73 mmol, 6 equiv) at -78
°C. The mixture
was warmed to rt and stirred overnight. Then the mixture was diluted with
dichloromethane,
130
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
washed with sat, aqueous NaHC03 (lx), dried, evaporated. The residue was
purified by
chromatography to ~4-(3,3-Difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-
tart-butyl ester 2-
methyl ester (117 mg, 46%).
(0450] 1H NMR (300 MHO, CDCl3 ) 8 7.35-7.26 (m, 5), 5.25-5.04 (m, 2), 4.44-
4.27 (m, 1),
3.79-3.64 (m, 1), 3.02-2.89 (m, 1), 2.32-2.17 (m,1), 2.13-2.02 (m, 1), 1.91-
1.68 (m, 5); 1.57-1.47
(m, 2), 1.44 (s, 3.5H), 1.31 (s, S.SH), 0.97 (t, J = 7.5, 3).
MS (ESPOS): 434.3 [M + Na]+, 312.3 [M - Boc + H]+.
[0451] To a solution of 4-(3,3-difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic
acid 1-tart-butyl
ester 2-methyl ester (106 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (2.4 mL) and water
(0.8 mL) was
added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (54 mg, 1.29 mmol, 5 equiv). The reaction
mixture was
stirred at rt overnight. THF was removed under vacuum. The residue was diluted
with water (10
mL), washed with ether (20 mL). The aqueous layer was taken up in ethyl
acetate (50 mL),
partitioned with 10% citric acid (25 xnL). The organic layer was washed with
water (1 x), brine
(1 x), dried and concentrated to give 4-(3,3-difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-
dicarboxylic acid 1-
tert-butyl ester as a clear oil (82.1 mg, 99%).
[0452] 1HNMR (300'MHz,~CDC13) 8 4.40-4.36 (m, 1), 3.58-3.51 (m, 1), 2.94-2.86
(m, 1),
2.57-2.SI (m, I), 2.30-2.15 (m,1), 1.92-1.72 (m, 5), 1.62-1.53 (rim, 2), 1.48
(s, 9),'0.99 (t, J= 7.5,
3); MS (ESP~S): 344.3 [M +' Na]+, 222.3 [M - Boc + H]+.
[0453] To a solution of compound 21a (Rl=Me, Ra=Me) (50 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1
equiv) in dry
DMF (0.5 mL) at 0 °C was added triethylamine (88.3 p,L, 0.64 mmol, 3.2
equiv), followed by
the addition of BSTFA (79.2 ~,L, 0.30 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The reaction mixture
was stirred at 0
°C for 10 minutes, and then was stirred at rt for 50 minutes. The
reaction mixture was added to
the acid 4-(3,3-difluoro-pentyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tart-
butyl ester (76.6 mg,
0.24 mrrgol, 1.2 equiv) in a 25 mL round bottom flask, followed by the
addition of I~TLT (111.9
mg, 0.29 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. The
reaction mixture
was evaporated to dryness, taken up in ethyl acetate (60 mL), washed with
10~/o citric acid (30
mL), water (30 mL), sat. NaHC~3 (30 mL) and brine. The organic layer was dried
over Na~S~4
and evaporated to give a yellow oil.
[0454] To a solution of the above oil in DCM (9 mL) with methyl sulfide (0.20
mL)
were added trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) and water (0.20 mL). The reaction
mixture was stirred at
rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-evaporated with
toluene twice. The
residue was purified by chromatography to provide the title compound (72 mg,
80~/~) as a white
solid.
131
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0455] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.24 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 4.20-4.04 (m, 4), 3.76
(d, J = 2.7,
1), 3.51 (dd, J = 3.4, 10.3, 1), 3.43 (dd, J = 6.9, 10.8, 1), 2.77 (dd, J =
8.4, 10.8, 1), 2.30-2.05 (m,
3), 2.10 (s, 3), 2.03-1.76 (m, 5), 1.64-1.54 (m, 2), 1.03-0.89 (m, 9); MS
(ESPOS): 455.4
[1VI+H]+.
Example 40
Preparation of 4-(3,3-Difluoro-pentyl)-1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-
carboxylic acid
[2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide
F
~~ I~~/'..
N Hlu ~
H ~ ~ ~SMe
OH
HO ~OH
[0456] To a solution of the product of Example 42 (17.9 mg, 0.039 mmol) in
MeOH (2 mL)
at 0 °C was added ethylene oxide (0.4 mL). The reaction mixture was
stirred at 4 °C overnight.
The reaction mixture was c~ncentrated and purified by chromatography to give
the title
Ic~mpound as a white solid (8.2 mg, 42°J°).
[0457] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) ~ 5.23 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 4.13-4.05 (m, 3), 3.75
(d, J = 3.6,
1), 3.72-3.57 (m, 2), 3.53 (dd, J = 3.3, 10.2, 1), 3.41-3.36 (m, 1), 3.22 (dd,
J = 3.3, 10.8, 1), 2.88-
2.78 (m, 1), 2.63-2.54 (m, 1), 2.18-1.99 (m, 4), 2.10 (s, 3), 1.93-1.75 (m,
5), 1.57-1.46 (m, 2),
1.01-0.90 (m, 9); MS (ESPOS): 499.6 [M+H] +; MS (ESNE(J): 497.5 [M-H]-.
l~E~a~uple X11
Preparation of 4-(3,3-l~ifluoro-propyl)-piper8dine-2-carlaoxylic acid [2-
~nethg~l-~-(394.,x_
trih;~dro~sy-6-metlayl~ulfanyl-tetrahg~dro-pyran-2-yl)-propg~l]-amide
132
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
6Me
[0458] Compound 14c (R9 = 2,2-difluoroethyl) is prepared using the methods
described in
Method R.
[0459] To a dry flask were added compound 14a (1.4 g, 5.32 mmol, 1 equiv), ,
triphenylphosphine (111.6 mg, 0.43 mmol, 0.08 equiv), copper (I) iodide (81
mg, 0.43 mmol,
0.08 equiv), palladium acetate (47.7 mg, 0.21 mmol, 0.04 equiv) and
triethylamine (20 mL).
The mixture was deaerated with nitrogen, followed by addition of
propiolaldehyde diethyl acetyl
(1.36 g, 10.65 mmol, 2 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. The
solvent was removed
under vacuum to give a dark residue. The residue was purified by
chromatography to give a
yellow oil, compound 14b (R9'= 3,3-Diethoxy-prop-1. ynyl) (1.4 g, 100%).
[0460] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) b 8.69 (dd, J = 0.8, 5.0, 1), 8.15 (dd, J =
0.8, 1.4, 1),
7.49 (dd, J =1.7, 5.0, 1), 5.48 (s, 1), 3.99 (s, 3), 3.82-3.73 (m, 2), 3.71-
3.62(m, 2),1.26 (t, J =
7.2, 6). MS (ESP~S): 264.5 [M+H]+.
[0461] To a solution of 14b (R9'= 3,3-Diethoxy-prop-1-ynyl) (1.4 g, 5.32 mmol)
in methanol
(100 mL) was added 10 % palladium on carbon (0.3 g). The mixture was purged
and charged
with hydrogen (1 atm) and shaken at rt overnight. The palladium was removed by
filtration and
the filtrate was concentrated to give 14c (R9=3,3-diethoxy propyl) as an oil
(1.39 g, 98%).
[0462] 1H Ni~~R (300 hflHz, C1~C13) ~ 8.60 (d, J = 5.1, 1), 7.98 (d, J = 0.9,
1), 7.31-7.28 (m,
1), 9.45 (t, J = 5.4, 1), 3.98 (s, 3), 3.72-3.58 (m, 2), 3.52-3.39(m, 2), 2.79-
2.72 (m, 2), 1.99-1.90
(m, 2), 1.22-1.15 (m, 6).
[046] To a mixture of I4c (R~=3,3-diethoxy propyl) (0.68 g, 2.55 rnmol) in
acetic acid (8
rnL) and water (2 mL) was added cone. hydrochloric acid (2 drops). The mixture
was stirred at
rt overnight and the solvent was removed under high vacuum. The residue was
diluted with
ethyl acetate, washed with sat. sodium bicarbonate (lx), brine (lx). The
organic layer was dried
and concentrated to give 4-(3-Oxo-propyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl
ester as a yellow
oil (0.27 g, 55 %).
133
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0464] To a solution of aldehyde 4-(3-oxo-propyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
methyl ester
(0.27 g, 1.4 mmol, 1 equiv) in DCM (5 mL) at -78 °C was added DAST
(0.91 g, 5.6 mmol, 4
equiv). The mixture was warmed to rt and stirred overnight. The mixture was
diluted with
dichloromethane (60 mL), washed with sat. aqueous NaHC03 (1x), dried, and
evaporated. The
residue was purified by prep.
[0465] TLC (5% MeOH in DCM) to 4-(3,3-difluoro-propyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic
acid
methyl ester (137 mg, 45%): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) 8 8.64 (d, J = 5.1, 1),
8.00-7.98 (m,
1), 7.33-7.29 (m, 1), 5.85 (dddd, J = 4.1, 4.1, 56.4, 56.4, 1), 3.99 (s, 3),
2.90-2.83 (m, 2), 2.28-
2.09 (m, 2); MS (ESPOS): 216.4 [M+H]+.
[0466] To a solution of 4-(3,3-difluoro-propyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
methyl ester (130
mg, 0.6 mmol) (or compound 14c (R9 = 2,2-difluoroethyl) prepared in the
previous steps) in
MeOH (3 mL) and water (3 mL) were added conc: HCl (0.25 mL, 3.0 mmol, 5 equiv)
and
platinum oxide (65 mg). The mixture was purged and charged with hydrogen (1
atm) and stirred
overnight. The platinum oxide was removed by filtration and the filtrate was
evaporated to give
a clear syrup. To the above residue were added 2N NaOH (1.21 mL) and t-butyl
alcohol (0.7
mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. Then di-t-butyl dicarbonate
(0.16 g, 0.73 mmol)
was added. The mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The solvent was removed
under vacuum.
The residue was diluted with water (10 mL), was washed with ether (20 mL). The
aqueous layer
was acidified with 2N HCl to pH = 2.0, and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x).
The combined
organic layers were dried and concentrated to give 4-(3,3-Difluoro-propyl)-
piperidine-1,2-
dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester as a clear syrup (163 mg, 88 %)
[0467] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) b 5.77 (dddd, J = 4.2, 4.2, 56.6, 56.6, 1),
4.34 (t, J = 6.4,
1), 3.62-3.50 (m, 1), 3.41-3.30 (m, 1), 2.05-1.96 (m, 1), 1.92-1.73 (m, 4),
1.70-1.60 (m, 1), 1.52-
1.32 (m, 3), 1.43 (s, 9); MS (ESPOS): 330.5 [M + Na) +; MS (ESNECr): 306.5 [M-
H]-.
[~46~] To a mixture of the HCl salt of compound 2b (Rl=Me, R~=Me) (140 mg,
0.49 mmol,
1 equiv) in dry DMF (1.2 mL) at 0 °C was added triethylamine (0.34 mL,
2.43 mmol, 5 equiv),
followed by the addition of ESTFA (0.20 mL, 0.74 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The
reaction mixture was
stirred at 0 °C for 10 minutes, and then was stirred at rt for 50
minutes. To the reaction mixture
were added the 4-(3,3-Difluoro-propyl)-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tent-
butyl ester (153
mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and HATU (235 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1.26 equiv). The
reaction mixture
was stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness,
taken up in ethyl
acetate, washed with 10% citric acid (lx), water (lx), sat. NaHCO3 (lx) and
brine. The organic
134
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
layer was dried over NaaS04 and evaporated to give a pink syrup which was used
without
purification.
[0469) To a solution of the above syrup in DCM (15 mL) with methyl sulfide
(0.33 mL)
were added trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and water (0.33 mL). The reaction
mixture was stirred at
rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-evaporated with
toluene twice. The
residue was purified by chromatography to provide the title compound (lower
isomer, 93 mg,
43%) as a white solid.
[0470] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.90 (dddd, J = 4.2, 4.2, 56.7, 56.7, 1),
5.24 (d, J =
6, 1), 4.21 (dd, J = 3.5, 9.8, 1), 4.11-4.04 (m, 2), 3.84-3.77 (m, 2), 3.51
(dd, J = 3.2, 10.3, 1),
3.45-3.37 (m, 1), 3.07-2.98 (m, 1), 2.23-2.12 (m, 2), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.98-1.66
(m, 4), 1.52-1.26 (m,
4), 0.94-0.88 (m, 6). MS (ESPOS): 441.7 [M+H]+.
Example 42
Preparation of 4-(4,4-Difluoro-butyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~~Me
H
[0471] To a solution of methyl sulfoxide (0.58 mL, 8.16 mrnol, 2.4 equiv) in
dichloromethane (1.8 mL) at -72 °C was added a 2 M solution of oxalyl
chloride in
dichloromethane (2.04 mL, 4.08 mmol, 1.2 equiv) over a period of 1 minute. The
mixture was
stirred at -72 °C for 25 minutes, followed by the dropwise addition of
a solution of the alcohol
14c (R9=4-hydroxybutyl), prepared using the procedures in Method R, (0.71 g,
3.4 mmol, 1
equiv) in dichloromethane (4.8 mL) over a period of 2 minutes. The reaction
mixture was
stirred at -72 °C for 25 minutes, then warmed to -50 °C and
stirred for an additional 2 h.
Triethylamine (1.89 I11L, 13.6 mmol, 4~.0 equiv) was added and stirred at -50
°C for 2S minutes.
135
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water (lx), sat.
aqueous NaHC03 (lx),
brine (lx), dried, evaporated and co-evaporated with anhydrous toluene to give
aldehyde 4-(4-
oxo-butyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester as an oil (0.66 mg, 94%).
[0472] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) 8 9.78 (s, 1), 8.62 (d, J = 5.,1, 1), 7.97 (s,
1), 7.29 (d, J =
5.1, 1), 3.99 (s, 3), 2.72 (t, J = 7.8, 2), 2.50 (t, J = 7.2, 2), 2.04-1.93
(m, 2); MS (ESPOS): 230.4
[M + Na]+.
[0473] To a solution of 4-(4-oxo-butyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl
ester (0.66 g, 3.19
mmol, 1 equiv) in DCM (12 mL) at -78 °C was added DAST (1.69 mL, 12.75
mmol, 4 equiv).
The mixture was warmed to rt and stirred overnight. The mixture was diluted
with
dichloromethane, washed with sat. aqueous NaHCO3 (lx), brine (lx), dried,
evaporated. The
residue was purified by chromatography to provide 4-(4,4-difluorobutyl)-
pyridine-2-carboxylic
acid methyl ester (0.54 g, 74%).
[0474] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) & 8.62 (d, J = 5.1, 1), 7.97-7.95 (m, 1), 7.29-
7.26 (m, 1),
5.81 (dddd, J = 3.9, 3.9, 56.6, 56.6, 1), 3.98 (s, 3), 2.74 (t, J = 7.2, 2),
1.93-1.77 (m, 4). MS
(ESPOS): 230.4 [M+H]+, 252.4 [M + Na]''~.
[0475] To a mixture 4-(4,4-difluorobutyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl
ester (0.54 g,
2.36 mmol, 1 equiv) in,MeOH (8 mL) and water (8 mL) were added cone. HCl (0.59
mL, 7.07
mmol, 3 equiv) and platinum oxide (0.2 g). The mixture was purged and charged
with hydrogen
(1 atm) and stirred overnight. The platinum oxide was removed by filtration
and the filtrate was
evaporated to give a residue:
[0476] MS (ESPOS): 236.6 [M+H]+.
[0477] To the residue prepared above were added 2N NaOH (4.72 mL) and t-butyl
alcohol
(2.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. Then di-t-butyl dicarbonate
(0.77 g, 3.54
mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The solvent was
removed under
vacuum. The residue was diluted with water (10 mL), was washed with ether (20
mL). The
aqueous layer was acidified with 2N HCl to pH = 2.0, extracted with ethyl
acetate (2x). 'The
combined organic layers were dried and concentrated to give 4-(4~,4-difluoro-
butyl)-piperidine-1,
2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tart-butyl ester (0.67 g, 89 %).
[0478] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 5.77 (dddd, J = 4.3, 4.3, 56.8, 56.8, 1),
4.30 (t, J = 6.8,
1), 3.58-3.47 (m, 1), 3.41-3.31 (m, 1), 2.05-1.96 (m, 1), 1.87-1.68 (m, 4),
1.65-1.56 (m, 1), 1.51-
1.30 (m, 5), 1.43 (s, 9); MS (ESPOS): 344.5 [M + Na]~.
[0479] To a mixture of the HCl salt of compound 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me) (153 mg,
0.53 mmol,
1 equiv) in dry DMF (1.3 mL) at 0°C was added triethylamine (0.37 mL,
2.66 mmol, 5 equiv),
136
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
followed by the addition of BSTFA (0.21 mL, 0.80 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The
reaction mixture was
stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes, and then was stirred at rt for 50
minutes. To the reaction mixture
were added the 4-(4,4-difluoro-butyl)-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tent-
butyl ester (196
mg, 0.61 mmol, 1.15 equiv) and HATU (293 mg, 0.77 mmol, 1.45 equiv). The
reaction mixture
was stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness,
taken up in ethyl
acetate, washed with 10% citric acid (lx), water (lx), sat. NaHC03 (lx) and
brine. The organic
layer was dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to give a syrup. The residue was
dissolved in
methanol (20 mL), then dried and washed Dowex resin (100 mg) was added. The
mixture was
stirred at rt for 30 minutes, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to
give a clear syrup,
which was purified by chromatography to give a clear syrup (0.25g, 85 %).
[0480] MS (ESPOS): 555.8 [M+H]+.
[0481] To a solution of the above syrup in DCM (15 mL) with methyl sulfide
(0.33 mL)
were added trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and water (0.33 mL). The reaction
mixture was stirred at
rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-evaporated with
toluene twice. The
residue was purified by chromatography to provide the title compound (lower
isomer, 70 mg,
34%) as a white solid.
[0482] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) ~ 5.88 (dddd, J = 4.4; 4.4,.57, 57, 1), 5.24
(d, J = 5.4,
1), 4.20 (dd, J = 3.2, 10.1, 1), 4.12-4.03 (m, 2), 3.90-3.80 (m, 2), 3.52 (dd,
J = 3.5, 10.3, 1), 3.46-
3.39 (m, 1), 3.09-2.98 (m, 1), 2.25-2.12 (m, 2), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.98-1.67 (m,
4), 1.56-1.30 (m, 6),
0.95-0.87 (m, 6); MS (ESPOS): 455.7 [M+H]+.
Example 43
Preparati~n of 4-(5g5-DifluOr~-pentyl)-piperidine-2-Garb~xylic acid [2-methyl-
1-(394,5
trihgrdr~~,~-~-araetlagrl~~alf~anyl-tetralag~dr~-pr'r~aa-2-yl)-p~°~pyl]-
~r~aide
~SMe
~H
137
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0483] Method R is used to prepare compound 14c (R9' = 5-hydroxypentyl) (To a
dry flask
was added compound 14a (2 g, 7.60 mmol, 1 equiv), triphenylphosphine (159.4
mg, 0.61 mmol,
0.08 equiv), copper (I) iodide (115.8 mg, 0.61 mmol, 0.08 equiv), palladium
acetate (68.2 mg,
0.30 mmol, 0.04 equiv) and triethylamine (28 mL). The mixture was deaerated
with nitrogen,
followed by addition of 4-pentyn-1-of (1.28 g, 15.21 mmol, 2 equiv). The
mixture was stirred at
rt overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a dark residue. The
residue was
purified by chromatography to give 14b (R9' = 5-hydroxypent-1-yn-yl).
[0484] To a solution of 14b (R9' = 5-hydroxypent-1-yn-yl) in methanol (60 mL)
was added
10% palladium on carbon (0.62 g). The mixture was purged and charged with
hydrogen (1 atm)
and stirred at rt overnight. The palladium was removed by filtration and the
filtrate was
concentrated to give a yellow oil 14c (R9 = 5-hydroxypentyl) (1.34 g, 79 %).
[0485] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) & 8.62 (d, J = 4.8, 1), 7.97 (s, 1), 7.31 (dd,
J =1.6, 5, 1),
3.99 (s, 3), 3.63 (t, J = 6.5, 2), 2.70 (t, J = 7.7, 2), 1.74-1.53 (m, 4),
1.46-1.34 (m, 2).
[0486] To a solution of methyl sulfoxide (0.46 mL, 6.42 mmol, 2.6 equiv) in
dichloromethane (1.4 mL) at -72 °C was added a 2 M solution of oxalyl
chloride in
dichloromethane (1:61 mL, 3.21 mmol, 1.3 equiv) over a period of 1 minute. The
mixture was
stirred at -72 °C for 25 minutes, foil~wed by the dropwise addition of
a solutiom of pyridine 14~
(R9 = 5-hydroxypentyl) (0.55 g, 2.47 mmol, 1 equiv) in dichloromethane (3.8
mL) over a period
of 2 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at -72 °C for 25
minutes, then warmed to -50 °C
and stirred for an additional 2 h. Triethylamine (1.48 mL, 10.7 mmol, 4.33
equiv) was added
and stirred at -SO °C for 25 minutes. The mixture was diluted with
ethyl acetate, washed with
water (2x), sat. aqueous NaHC~3 (lx), brine (lx), dried, evaporated and co-
evaporated with
anhydrous toluene to 4-(5-oxo-pentyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
(0.48 mg, 88 °/~).
[047] iH NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) S 9.75 (t, J = I.4, 1), 8.61 (d, J = 5.1, I),
7.97-7.95 (m,
I), 7.28 (dd, J = 1.7, 5, I), 3.99 (s, 3), 2.73-2.67 (m, 2), 2.50-2.4~4~ (m,
2), 1.71-1.63 (m, 4).
[0488] To a solution of the to 4-(5-oxo-pentyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
methyl ester oil
(0.48 g, 2.I9 mmol, 1 equiv) in DCM (8 mL) at -78°C was added DAST
(1.41 g, 8.74 mmol,
4 equiv). The mixture was warmed to rt and stirred overnight. The mixture was
diluted with
dichloromethane, washed with sat. aqueous NaHC03 (lx), dried, and evaporated.
The residue
was purified by chromatography to 4-(5,5-Difluoro-pentyl)-pyridine-2-
carboxylic acid methyl
ester (278 mg, 52 %)
138
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0489] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) b 8.61 (dd, J = 0.6, 4.8, 1), 7.97-7.95 (m, 1),
7.28 (dd,
J =1.5, 4.8, 1), 5.78 (dddd, J = 4.3, 4.3, 57, 57, 1), 3.99 (s, 3), 2.70 (t, J
= 7.7, 2), 1.94-1.66 (m,
4), 1.55-1.43 (m, 2).
[0490] MS (ESPOS): 244.2 [M+H]+
[0491] To a mixture of 4-(5,5-difluoro-pentyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
methyl ester (278
mg, 1.14 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) and water (5 mL) were added conc. HCl (0.286 mL,
3.43
mmol, 3 equiv) and platinum oxide (140 mg). The mixture was purged and charged
with
hydrogen (1 atm) and stirred overnight. The platinum oxide was removed by
filtration and the
filtrate was evaporated to 4-(5,5-difluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic
acid 2-methyl ester.
(0492] MS (ESPOS): 250.2 [M+H]+.
[0493] To the above residue 4-(5,5-difluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic
acid-2-methyl
ester were added 2N NaOH (2.3 mL) and t-butyl alcohol (1.2 mL). The mixture
was stirred at rt
for 2 hrs. Then di-t-butyl dicarbonate (0.37 g, 1.72 mmol) was added. The
mixture was stirred
at rt overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was diluted
with water,
was washed with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with 2N HCl to pH =
2.0, extracted
with ethyl acetate (2x). The combined organic layers were dried and
concentrated to 4-(5,5- .
Difluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tent-butyl ester (310 mg;
81 °1~).
[0494] 1H.NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) ~ 5.84 (dddd, J = 4.5, 4.5, 57, 57, 1),'4:31
(t, J = 6.3,
1), 3.65-3.56 (m, 1), 3.35-3.25 (m, 1), 2.03-1.63 (m, 5), 1.48-1.30 (m, 8),
1.43 (s, 9). .
[0495] To a mixture of the HCl salt of compound 2b (Rl=Me, R~'=Me) (223.7 mg,
0.78
mmol, 1 equiv) in dry DMF (1.9 mL) at 0°C was added triethylamine (0.54
mL, 3.89 mmol, 5
equiv), followed by the addition of BSTFA (0.31 mL, 1.17 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The
reaction
mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes, and then was stirred at rt
for 50 minutes. To the
reaction mixture were added 4-(5,5-difluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-1,2-
dicarboxylic acid 1-tart-butyl
ester (272 mg, 0.81 mmol, 1.05 equiv) and HATIJ (391 mg, 1.03 mmol, 1.32
equiv). The
reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction mixture was
evaporated to dryness, taken
up in ethyl acetate, washed with 10% citric acid (lx), water (lx), sat. NaHCO3
(lx) and brine.
The organic layer was dried over NaaSO4 and evaporated to give a residue. The
residue was
dissolved in methanol (30 mL), then dry and washed Dowex resin (150 mg) was
added. The
mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated
to give a clear syrup,
which was purified by chromatography to give a clear syrup (0.26 g, 72 %).
[0496] To a solution of the above syrup in DCM (15 mL) with methyl sulfide
(0.33 mL)
were added trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and water (0.33 mL). The reaction
mixture was stirred at
139
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-evaporated with
toluene twice. The
residue was purified by chromatography to provide the title compound (lower
isomer, 40 mg, 15
%) as a white solid.
[0497] IH NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) & 5.86 (dddd, J = 4.5, 4.5, 57, 57, 1), 5.24
(d, J = 5.7,
1), 4.21 (dd, J = 3.3, 9.9, 1), 4.11-4.04 (m, 2), 3.86-3.78 (m, 2), 3.51 (dd,
J = 3.5, 10.4, 1), 3.47-
3.38 (m, 1), 3.07-2.97 (m, 1), 2.23-2.12 (m, 2), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.98-1.64 (m,
4), 1.50-1.27 (m, 8),
0.94-0.87 (m, 6); MS (ESPOS): 469.4 [M+H]+.
Example 44
Preparation of 4-(S-Fluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
' ~ ~Sl~le
H
[049] To a solution of compound 14c (R9= 5-hydroxypentyl) (0.66 g, 2.96 mmol,
1 equiv),
prepared as described in Method R and in the synthesis of Example 479 in DCM
(11 mL) at -
78°C was added DAST (1.91 g, 11.85 mmol, 4 equiv). The mixture was
warmed to rt and
stirred oven~ight. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with
sat. aqueous
NaHCO3 (lx), dried, and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography
to give 4-(5-
fluoro-pentyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (254 mg, 38 %)
[0499] 1H NI~1R (300 MHz, CDC13) S 8.62 (d, J = 4.8, 1), 7.97 (d, J =1.2, 1),
7.30 (dd,
J =1.7, 5, 1), 4.50 (t, J = 5.9, 1), 4.34 (t, J = 6, 1), 3.99 (s, 3), 2.70 (t,
J = 7.7, 2), 1.80-1.62 (m,
4), 1.50-1.41 (m, 2).
[0500] To a mixture of 4-(5-fluoro-pentyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl
ester (254 mg,
1.13 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) and water (5 mL) were added conc. HCl (0.28 mL, 3.39
mmol, 3
equiv) and platinum oxide (I30 mg). The mixture was purged and charged with
hydrogen (1
140
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
atm) and stirred overnight. The platinum oxide was removed by filtration and
the filtrate was
evaporated to give 4-(5-fluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid 2-methyl
ester.
[0501] MS (ESPOS): 232.4 [M+H]+.
[0502] To 4-(5-fluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid 2-methyl ester was
added 2N
NaOH (2.43 mL) and t-butyl alcohol (1.3 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for
2 hrs. Then di-
t-butyl Bicarbonate (0.40 g, 1.82 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at
rt overnight. The
solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was diluted with water, was
washed with
ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with 2N HCl to pH = 2.0, extracted with
ethyl acetate
(2x). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated to give 4-(5-
fluoro-pentyl)-
piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester as a syrup (254 mg, 71 %).
[0503] IH NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) b 4.52-4.06 (m, 3), 3.55-3.30 (m, 2), 2.03-1.94
(m, 1),
1.81-1.54 (m, 4), 1.45-1.20 (m, 8), 1.43 (s, 9). MS (ESPOS): 218.3 [M + Na -
Boc] +
[0504] To a mixture of the HCl salt of compound 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) (213.8 mg,
0.74
mmol, 1 equiv) in dry DMF (1.8 mL) at 0 °C was added triethylamine
(0.52 mL, 3.72 mmol, 5
equiv), followed by the addition of BSTFA (0.30 mL, 1.12 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The
reaction
mixture was stirred~at 0 °C for 10 minutes, and then was stirred at rt
for 50 minutes. To the ' °.
reaction mixture were added the 4-(5-fluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-1,2-
dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl
ester as a syrup (244 mg, 0.77 mmol, 1.04 equiv) and HATU (370 mg, 0.97 mmol,
1.31 equiv).
The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction mixture was
evaporated to dryness,
taken up in ethyl acetate, washed with 10% citric acid (lx), water (lx), sat.
NaHCO3 (lx) and
brine. The organic layer was dried over NaaSO4 and evaporated to give a
residue. The residue
was dissolved in methanol (30 mL), then dry and washed Dowex resin (140 mg)
was added.
The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h and filtered. The filtrate was
concentrated to give a clear
syrup, which was purified by chromatography to give a clear syrup (212 mg, 52
°/~).
[005] To a solution of the above syrup in DCM (15 mL) with methyl sulfide
(0.33 mL,)
were added trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and water (0.33 mL). The reaction
mixture was stirred at
i-t for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-evaporated with
toluene twice. The
residue was purified by chromatography to provide the title compound (lower
isomer, 40 mg, 17
°/~) as a white solid.
[0506] IH NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.24 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 4.49 (t, J = 5.9, 1),
4.33 (t, J = 6,
1), 4.20 (dB, J = 3.5, 10.1, 1), 4.11-4.04 (m, 2), 3.83-3.77 (m, 2), 3.51 (dB,
J = 3.3, 10.2, 1), 3.44-
3.36 (m, 1), 3.06-2.94 (m, 1), 2.23-2.13 (m, 2), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.98-1.88 (m,
1), 1.77-1.59 (m, 3),
1.45-1.27 (m, 8), 0.94-0.87 (m, 6).
141
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0507] MS (ESPOS): 451.4 [M+H]+
Example 45
Preparation of 4-(4-Fluoro-butyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid (2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
6Me
H
(0508] To a solution of compound 14c (R9 = 4-hydroxybutyl) (0.76 g, 3.62 mm~l,
1 equiv),
prepared as described;in Method R and in the synthesis of Example 47, in DCM
(14 mL) at -78 ,,
°C was added D.E1ST (1.9 mL, 14.47 mmol, 4 equiv). eThe mixture was
warmed to rt and stirred ~ ,
~vernight. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane; washed with sat.
aqueous NaHCO3
(lx), brine (lx), dried, evaporated. The residue was purified by
chromatography t~ provide 4-
(4-Flu~ro-butyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester as a yell~w oil (0.24
g, 31 %).
(0509] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) & 8.57 (d, J = 4.8, 1), 7.92 (d, J =1.2, 1),
7.27-7.23 (m,
1), 4.49 (t, J = 5.6, 1), 4.33 (t, J = 5.6, 1), 3.94 (s, 3), 2.69 (t, J = 7.5,
2), 1.79-1.59 (m, 4).
[0510] To a mixture ~f 4-(4-fluoro-butyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl
ester (0.24 g) in
THF (3 mL) and water (1 mL) was added lithium hydr~xid~ m~n~hydrate (71.3 mg,
1.7 mm~l,
1.5 cquiv). The mixture was stirred at rt overnight said diluted with methan~1
(20 mL). Then H+
resin was added and the mixture was shaken f~r 10 minutes. The resin was
washed with
methanol (l~~), 1:1 acetonitrilc/watcr (lx), and stet~nitrilc (lx). The
pr~duct was eluted with
5~/o TEA in methan~1 (4x) and stet~nitrile (lx). The c~mbincd ~rganic s~lvents
were
evaporated and co-evaporated with toluene to provide 4-(4-Fluoro-butyl)-
pyridine-2-carboxylic
acid (0.22 g, 65 %).
(0511] IH NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 8.46 (d, J = 4.8, 1), 7.95 (s, 1), 7.39-7.35
(m, 1), 4.52
(t, J = 5.6, 1), 4.36 (t, J = 5.9, 1), 3.22 (q, J = 7.3, 2.5H, TEA), 2.77 (t,
J = 7.5, 2), 1.84-1.62 (m,
4°), 1.28 (t, J = 7.2, 3.8H, TEA).
142
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0512] To a solution of 4-(4-fluoro-butyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (0.22 g,
0.73 mmol, 1
equiv) in dry acetonitrile (4 mL) at 0°C was added triethylamine (74
mg, 0.73 mmol, 1 equiv),
followed by the addition of isobutyl chloroformate (100 mg, 0.73 mmol, 1
equiv). 'The reaction
mixture was stirred at 0°C for 15 minutes, and then was stirred at
4°C for 2 h. To the reaction
mixture was added a solution of the HCl salt of compound 2b (Ri=Me, R2=Me)
(263 mg, 0.91
mmol, 1.25 equiv) and triethylamine (93 mg, 0.91 mmol, 1.25 equiv) in a 1:1
acetone/water (4
mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 4 °C overnight. The reaction
mixture was evaporated
to dryness, taken up in DCM, washed with sat. NaHC03 (lx). The organic layer
was dried over
Na2S04 and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography to give a
clear solid (110
mg, 35 %).
[0513] To a solution of the above solid (110 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1 equiv) in MeOH
(6 mL) and
water (4 mL) were added conc. HCl (20.2 ~L, 0.24 mmol, 0.95 equiv) and
platinum oxide (220
mg). The mixture was purged and charged with hydrogen (65 psi) and shaken
overnight. The
platinum oxide was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated to
give a residue,
which was purified by chromatography to provide the title compound (lower
isomer, 33 mg,
30°10) as a white solid. '
[0514] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) b 5:25 (d, J = 5.4, 1), 4.51 (t, J = 6, 'I~),
4.35 (t, J = 5.9,
1), 4.21 (dd, J =~3.3, 10.2, 1), 4.10-4.04 (m,'2), 3.93-3.80 (m, 2), 3.52 (dd,
J = 3.3, 10.2, 1), 3.46-
3.38 (m, 1), 3.11-2.98 (m, 1), 2.26-2.13 (m, 2), 2.11 (s, 3), 2.00-1.92 (m,
1), 1.80-1.60 (m, 3),
1.54-1.27 (m, 6), 0.95-0.87 (m, 6).
[0515] MS (ESPOS): 437.4 [M+H]+
Example 46
l~~ep~~~~n~~a 0f 4-(~'-Et:hyl-3'-la~rdl~ ~~r~r-p~~a~yl)-pnpe~n~ane-2-
~~~h~~~,~ln~ ~~ndl (2-~net:lnyl-1
(3945-t~ilgg~dr~~~g~-6-methg~l~~alfa~g~l-tet~-ahy~d~~-pg~ran-2-gel)-p~~pgrl]-
amide
143
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
~SMe
H
[0516] To a dry flask was added compound 13b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me, and R3=H) made
using
Method Q (130 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1 equiv), triphenylphosphine (45.3 mg, 0.17 mmol,
0.64 equiv),
copper (I) iodide (32.9 mg, 0.17 mmol, 0.64 equiv), palladium acetate (19.4
mg, 0.086 mmol,
0.32 equiv) and triethylamine (1.5 mL). The mixture was deaerated with
nitrogen, followed by
addition of 3-ethyl-1-pentyn-3-of (174 ~.L, 1.35 mmol, 5 equiv). The mixture
was stirred at 50
°C overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a dark
residue. The residue was
purified by chromatography to give 13c (Rl=Me, R2=Me, R3=H, R9=3-Ethyl-3-
hydroxy-pent-1-
ynyl). . , .
[0517] MS (ESPOS): 467.7 [M+H]~; MS (ESNECr): 465.5 [M-H]'.
[0518] To a mixture of the above syrup in Me~H (12 mL) and water (8 mL) were
added
platinum oxide (300 mg) and conc. HCl (26 ~,L). The mixture was purged and
charged with
hydrogen (65 psi) and shaken overnight. The platinum oxide was removed by
filtration and the
filtrate was evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography to give
the title compound
as a white solid (19 mg, 15 %).
[0519] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) ~ 5.24 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 4.17 (dd, J = 3.1,
10.0, 1), 4.10-
4.02 (m, 2), 3.80 (d, J = 3, 1), 3.53-3.48 (m, 1), 3.42-3.35 (n ~9 1), 3.23-
3.15 (m, 1), 2.75-2.64 (m,
1), 2.22-2.11 (m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3), 2.04-1.97 (m, 1), 1.80-1.72 (m, 1), 1.50-
1.40 (m, 6), 1.31-1.06
(m, 5), 0.94-0.80 (m, 12); MS (ESP~S): 477.8 [M+H]+; MS (ESNEG): 475.6 [M-H]-.
Example 47
Preparation of 4-Butoxy-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydr0-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
144
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
nSMe
H
[0520] To trimethylsilyl cyanide (S.2 g, S2 mmol), 4-benzyloxy-pyridine 1-
oxide (~.8 g, 44
mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added, followed by dimethylcarbamoyl chloride (S.6 g,
S2 mmol)
in DCM (10 mL), dropwise, stirred at room temperature overnight. Sodium
bicarbonate (100
mL, 10%) was added, stirred for 10 minutes and extracted twice with DCM (SO
mL). The
combined organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, solvent was removed
to obtain the
product, compound 10a (R~ = Benzyloxy) (10.5 g, 100%).
[0521] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 x.34 (d, J=5.7, 1), 7.24 (m, S), 7.11 (t,
J=2.4, 1), 6.90
(dd, J=5.7, 2.4, 1), MS (ESP~S): 211 [M+H]+.
[0522] Compound 10a (R9 = Benzyloxy) (S g, 23 mmol) was dissolved in HCl (6N,
70 mL)
and refluxed overnight. The crude product 4-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid,
compound lOb
(R9 = hydroxy) obtained on removal of HCl was crystallized from acetonitrile
(2.6 g, 80%).
[0523] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) S ~.SS (d, J=6.6, 1), 7.7~ (d, J=3.0, 1), 6.90
(dd, J=2.7,
6.9, 1), MS (ESNEG): 13~ [M-H]-.
[0524] The synthesis of title compound was completed using the synthetic
sequence found
in Method S starting from 4-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid, as prepared
above.
[0525] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) b S.2S (d, J=5.4, 1), 4.22 (dd, J=10.2; 3.3,
1), 4.0~ (m,
2), 3 . ~ 1 (d, J=3 .0, 1 ), 3 .70 (m, 1 ), 3 . S 4 (m, 4), 3 .43 (m, 2), 2.90
(m, 1 ), 2.41 (m, 1 ), 2.19 (m, 1 ),
2.10 (s, 3) 1.45 (m, 6), 0.92 (m, 9); MS (ESP~S): 435 [M+H]+.
Example 4~
Preparation of 4-Pentyloxy-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-pr~pyl]-amide
14S
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
6Me
H
[0526] The title compound was made using the synthetic sequence found in
Method S
starting from 4-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid lOb (R9 = hydroxy)
substituting n-pentyl
bromide as the alkylating agent.
[0527] Compound 15a (R9 = pentoxy): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 8.38 (d, J=5.1,
1),
7.64 (s, 1), 7.10 (d, J=3.3, 1), 4.18 (t, J=6.6, 2), 1.85 (m, 2), 1.49 (m, 4),
0.96 (t, J=7.2, 3). MS
(ESNECr): 208 [M-H']'.
[0528] Compound' 15b (Rl=Me, R~'=Me, R9= perito~y): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) S
x.41. .
(d, J=5.7, 1), 7.61 (d, J=2.4, 1); 7.07 (dd, J=2.4, 5.4, 1); 5.27 (d, J=5.4,
1), 4.05-4.31 (m, 5), 3.85
(d, J=3.0, 1), 3.57 (dd, J=3.3, 7.2, 1), 2.11 (m, 4), 1.81 (m, 2), 1.49 (m,
4), 1.00 (m, 9). MS
(ESPOS): 443 [M+H]+.
[0529] Title compound (20 mg, 10°/~): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) ~ 5.24
(d, J=5.7, 1),
4.22 (dd, J=9.9; 3.3, 1), 4.10 (m, 2), 3.76 (m, 3), 3.51 (m, 3), 3.39 (m, 1),
3.02 (m, 2), 2.43 (m,
1), 2.15 (m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3) 1.95 (m, 2), 1.69 (m, 2), 1.53 (m, 2), 1.34 (m,
2), 0.93 (m, 9); MS
(ESPOS): 44'9 [M+H]+.
~~~ar~aple 49
Preparation 0f 4-(4-PluOro-butoxy)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
146
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
~ ISMe
H
[0530] The title compound was made using the synthetic sequence found in
Method S
starting from 4-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid lOb (R9 = hydroxy)
substituting 4-
fluorobutyl bromide as the alkylating agent.
[0531] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CI~30D) ~ 5.25 (d, J=5.7, 1), 4.53 (t, J=5.7, 1), 4.37
(t, J=5.7,
1), 4.21 (dd, J=3.3, 6.6, 1), 4.07 (m, 2), 3.80 (d, J=3.3, 2), 3.60 (m, 5),
2.88 (m, 1), 2.38 (m, 1),
2.18 (m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3) 1.33-1.83 (m, 8), 0.92 (m, 6); MS (ESPOS): 453
[M+H]+~,'
Example 50
Preparation of 4-Butyl-pyrr0lidine-2-Garb~xylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydr~xy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydr0-pyran-2-yl)-allyl]-amide
~~.
~~ ~ ~ ~~~ o
[0532] To a solution of Boc 7-Methylene MTL (P=Boc, Rl=Me, R2=CH2) prepared
from
compound 2a (P=Boc, Rl=Me) by Method I) (391mg, 1.1 mmol) in a solution of
dichloroethane
(10 mL) and dimethylsulfide (0.4 mL, 2.5 mmol) was added, TFA (5 mL)
containing water (0.4
mL) and the reaction mixture stirred at rt for 4~Smin. The solvent was removed
and the residue
147
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
evaporated twice from DCE to obtain the crude product. The product was
obtained as an HCl
salt by precipitation from ethyl acetate (4 mL) at 0 °C by addition of
2M HCl in ether, and dried
under vacuum (351mg g, 86°/~). The white solid product was used in the
next reaction without
additional purification.
[0533] MS (ESPOS): 350 [M+H]+.
[0534] Triethylamine (0.68 mL, 4.9 mmol, 4.0 equiv), followed by BSTFA (0.58
mL, 2.20
mmol, 1.8 equiv), were added to a stirred suspension of compound prepared
above (351 mg,
1.22 mmol, 1 equiv) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) at 0 °C and under nitrogen.
The resulting
mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 10 min, and then at rt for 50 min. The
resulting solution was
cooled to 0 °C and a solution of compound 7d (R9=n-butyl) prepared by
Method I~ (400 mg,
1.47 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) was added, followed by solid
HATLT (741 mg,
1.95 mmol, 1.6 equiv). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and
after 2h the reaction
solution was evaporated to dryness under vacuum. The residual oil obtained was
diluted with
EtOAc (200 mL), washed sequentially with 10% citric acid , 1:1 saturated
aqueous NaHC03,
water, and brine dried over NaaS04, and evaporated to dryness.
[0535] To a solution of SOmg crude coupling product in 1,2-dichloroethane (6
mL), was
added dimethylsulfide (200 ~L), followed by TFA (11.5 mL), and water (768 ~L).
The resulting
mixture was stirred at rt for 1h, evaporated to a minimal volume, diluted with
DCE (3 x 10 mL),
and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography
8% to 12%
0.25M methanolic ammonia in dichloromethane to provide the title compound
(10.0 mg, 25 %).
[0536] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) ~ 5.22 (d, J = 5.8, 1), 5.00 (s, 1), 4.95 (s,
1), 4.58 (d,
J = 8.8, 1 ) 4. I 9 (d, J = 8.8, 1 ), 4.09 (dd, J = 5.8, 10.1, 1 ) 3.85-3.77
(m, 2), 3.57-3 .52 (m, 1 ), 3.26-
3.29 (m, 1), 2.59-2.53 (m, 1), 2.10-1.98 (m, 4), 1.80 (s, 3), 1.36-1.51-1.11
(m, 7), 0.91(t, , J=6.9,
~)~ MS (ESP~~): 403.6 [M+~l]~.
~~~~n~alale 5I
~reparati~n 0f I94-Methyl-piperndine-Z-Garb~~;~lie acid [2-ra~ethg~l-I-(39495-
trnhydr~r~g~-6-
ethylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-pr0pyl]-amide
148
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
0
,,p..
O
HO ~ ~ ~SMe
HO 'OH
[0537] To the product of Example 1 (30 mg, 0.07 mmol) in DMF (1 mL), DIEA (43
mg,
0.35 mmol) was added at room temperature and stirred overnight. Then removed
the solvent
and the resulting product was purified by column chromatography using 20% MeOH
in DCM to
obtain the title compound (20 mg, 66%) as a white powder.
[0538] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) ~ 5.24 (d, J = 6.0, 1), 4.26 (dd, J=3:6, 9.6,
1), 3.79 (d, J
= 3.0, 1), 3.55 (dd, J=3.3, 10.2, 1) 2.~5 (m, ~2), 2.13 (m, 4), 1.37 (m, 12),
0.94 (m, 9); MS
(~SPOS):.420 [M+H]+. ' . , . .
Example 52
Preparation of 4-(3-FluorO-pr0poxy)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5
trihydr~xy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-pr~pyl]-amide
'' ~SMe
)H
149
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0539] The title compound was made using the synthetic sequence found in
Method S
starting from 4-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid substituting 3-fluoropropyl
bromide as the
allcylating agent.
(0540] Compound 15a (R9 = 3-fluoropropoxy): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 8.41 (d,
J=5.1, 1), 7.65 (d, J=2.1, 1), 7.14 (dd, J=2.1, 5.7, 1), 4.59 (m, 2), 4.24 (t,
J=6.0, 2), 1.91 (m, 2).
MS (ESNEG): 212 [M-H]-.
[0541] Compound 15b (Rl=Me, R2=Me, R9 = 3-fluoropropoxy): 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CD30D) 8 8.44 (d, J=5.7, I ), 7.65 (d, J=2.4, 1 ), 7.12 (dd, J=2.4, 5.7, 1 ),
5.48 (d, J=5.7, 1 ), 4.87
(m, 2), 4.30 (m, 2), 4.12 (dd, J=3.0, 10.2, 1), 3.85 (d, J=3.3, 1), 3.56 (dd,
J=9.9, 3.3, 1), 2.26 (m,
1), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.37 (m, 4), 1.00 (t, J=S.I, 6). MS (ESPOS): 443 [M+H]+.
[0542] Title compound (60 mg, 31°10): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) ~ 5.25
(d, J=5.7, 1),
4.50 (m, 2), 4.21 (dd, J=3.3, 9.9, 1), 4.06 (m, 2), 3.80 (d, J=2.7, 1), 3.66
(m, 3), 3.59 (m, 1), 3.33
(m, 1), 2.87 (m, 1), 2.4I (m, 1), 2.18 (m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3) 1.91 (m, 4), 1.51
(m, 2), 0.92 (m, 6); MS
(ESPOS): 439 [M+H]+.
Example 53
Preparation of 4-(3,3,3-Trifluoro=propoxy)-piperidine-2-carlaoxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
ooh:. ~
[0543] The title compound was made using the synthetic sequence found in
general
Method S starting from 4-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid substituting 2-
trifluoroethyl
bromide as the alkylating agent.
[0544] Compound 15a (R9 = 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) ~
8.67
(m, I), 7.92 (s, I), 7.43 (m, 1), 4.65 (m, 2), 3.01 (m, 2). MS (ESNEG): 234[M-
H]-.
150
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0545] Compound 15b (Rl=Me, RZ=Me, Rg = 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy): 1H NMR (300
MHz,
CD3OD) 8 8.46 (d, J=6.0, 1), 7.65 (d, J=2.7, 1), 7.13 (dd, J=2.7, 6.0, 1),
5.27 (d, J=5.7, 1), 4.39
(t, J=6.0, 2), 4.30 (m, 2), 4.11 (m, 1), 3.85 (d, J=3.0, 1), 3.57 (dd, J=3.0,
10.2, 1), 2.88 (m, 2),
2.25 (m, 1), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.00 (t, J=6.9, 6). MS (METHOD ESPOS): 469 [M+H]+.
[0546] Title compound (10 mg, 10%): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) & 5.24 (d, J=5.7,
1),
4.18 (dd, J=3.0, 9.9, 1), 4.15 (m, 2), 3.80 (d, J=3.6, 1), 3.74 (m, 2), 3.52
(dd, J=3.3, 10.2, 2), 3.38
(m, 2), 3.18 (m, 1), 2.66 (m, 1), 2.66 (m, 1), 2.44 (m, 2), 2.22 (m, 1), 2.10
(s, 3) 1.34 (m, 2), 0.91
(d, J=7.2, 6); MS (ESPOS): 475 [M+H]+.
Example 54
Preparation of 4-Isobutyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~ ,1~ 4
[05.7] 4-Isobutyl-2-cyanopyridine is prepared as follows. To
isobutyltriphenylphosphonium
iodide (Aldrich) (8 g, 18.5 mnol) in THF (20 mL) at 0 °C, potassimn-
tart-butoxide (1.8 g, 16
mmol) was added, stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. pyridine-4-
earboxlaldehyde (1 g, 9.3
mmol) was added, stirred at room temperatoxe for overnight. Reaction mixtbare
was then poured
to water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The product obtained on
removal of
solvent was purified by column chromatography using 40% EtOAc in hexane as
eluent (1.05 g,
84°/~). To the resulting product (4.2 g, 31.5 mmol), 10% Pd/C (0.4 g)
was added and
hydrogenated at 1 atm pressure overnight. Removal of solvent and purification
on column
chromatography using 30% EtOAc in hexanes resulted in 4-isobutylpyridine (3.8
g, 90%).
151
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0548] The intermediate, 4-isobutylpyridine-2-carboxylic acid, compound 10b,
(R9 =isobutyl) was made by employing Method P. To 4-isobutylpyridine (2 g,
14.8 mmol) in
acetic acid (20 mL), hydrogen peroxide (3.35 g, 30 %, 30 mmol) was added and
refluxed
overnight. After removing the solvent, the residue was dissolved in DCM dried
over magnesium
sulfate and taken as such for the next step. To the compound in DCM (10 mL)
trimethylsilyl
cyanide (1.73 g, 17.4 mmol) and dimethylcarbonyl chloride (1.89 g, 17.4 mmol)
was added and
stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Aqueous potassium bicarbonate (100
mL, 10%) was
added and extracted twice with DCM (50 mL each). The crude product obtained on
removal of
solvent was taken in HCl (6N, 100 mL) and refluxed for 24 hours. Removal of
acid and
purif canon of crude product by column chromatography using 30,% MeOH in DCM
resulted in
acid lOb (R9 =isobutyl) (1.5 g, 100%).
[0549] IH NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) ~ 8.78 (d, J=5.7, 1), 8.44 (s, 1), 8.13 (d,
J=5.7, 1), 2.92
(d, J=7.5, 1), 2.15 (m, 1), 0.98 (d, J=6.6, 6). MS (ESNEG): 178[M-H]-.
[0550] To the amine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) (200 mg, 0.79 mmol) in DMF (2m1), TEA
(161
mg, 1.6 mmol), BSTFA (614 mg, 2.4 mmol) was added at 0 °C and stirred
at room temperature
for 1.5 hr. Acid lOb (R9 = isobutyl) (214 mg, 1.2 mmol) and HATIJ (368 mg, 1.2
mmol) was
added and let stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. DMF was removed and the
residue was
extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (10%, 50 mL),
brine (50 mL)
and dried over magnesium sulfate. The product obtained on removal of solvent
was dissolved in
methanol (10 mL) and treated with NR-50 resin (300 mg) for 3 hr. After
filtering the resin,
methanol was removed to obtain the crude product. It was then purified on
silica gel column
chromatography using 3°/~ MeOH in DCM to obtain compound 11b (Rl=Me,
R2=Me, R3=H, R9
=isobutyl) (200 mg, 60°/~).
[0551] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) cS 8.41 (d, J=4.8, 1), 8.28 (d, J=9.6, 1), 7.95
(s, 1), 5.35
(d, J=5.4, 1), 4.25 (m, 2), 3.99 (d, J=10.8, 1), 3.78 (d, J=3.6, 1), 3.55 (dd,
J=3.6, 10.8, 1), 2.52
(m, 3), 2.15 (s, 3), 1.93 (m, 1), 1.02 (m, 12). MS (ESPOS): 413 [M+H]+.
[0552] To compound 11b (Rl=Me, R2=Me, R3=H, R9 =isobutyl) (200 mg, 0.48 mmol)
in
water (10 mL), AcOH (2 mL) and MeOH (2 mL), PtOZ (200 mg), was added,
hydrogenated at
55 psi for 16 hours. After filtering the catalyst, the solvent was removed to
obtain the crude
material which on purification over silica gel column using 20 % MeOH in DCM
as eluent. The
lower Rffraction provided the title compound (70 mg, 34%).
152
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0553] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.25 (d, J=5.7, 1), 4.20 (dd, J=9.9; 3.3, 1),
4.07 (m,
2), 3.80 (d, J=3.0, 1), 3.60 (m, 2); 3.34 (m, 2), 2.84 (m, 1), 2.17 (m, 1),
2.10 (s, 3) 2.01 (m, 1),
1.77 (m, 3), 1.40 (m, 4), 0.91 (m, 12); MS (ESPOS): 419 [M+H]+.
Example 55
Preparation of 4-Propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid (2,2-difluoro-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
'~~SMG
)H
[0554] ~ ~ To acid lOb (R9 = propyl) prepared by Method P (53 mg, 0.32 mmol)
in DMF (3
mL), lincosamide intermediate, compound 5b (R1 = Me), prepared by Method I (63
mg, 0.16
mmol) and HATLJ (I21 mg, 0.32 mmol), triethylamine (70 mg, 0.48 mmol) was
added at 0°C
and stirred at room temperature 16 hours. DMF was removed and the residue was
taken in ethyl
acetate and washed with saturated bicarbonate (30 mL). The product obtained on
removal of
solvent was purified on silica gel column using 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes
(40 mg, 45 °1~). To
the pure product in methanol (S mL), water (5 mL), acetic acid (S mL) and
platinum dioxide (50
mg, mmol) was added and hydrogenated at 60 psi for 16 hours. After f ltering
the catalyst, the
solvent was removed to obtain the crude product which was taken in methanol (3
mL).
Potassium carbonate (I25 mg, 0.83 mmol) in water (1 mL) was added to it and
stirred 16 hours.
Solvents were then removed and the crude product purified on column
chromatography using 20
methanol in dichloromethane. The lower Rf fraction resulted in the title
compound (10 mg,
33%).
153
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0555] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.28 (d, J = 5.4, 1), 4.73 (s, 1), 4.57-4.65
(m, 1),
4.33-4.42 (m, 1), 4.05 (m, 1), 3.89 (s, 1), 3.53-3.57 (m, 2), 2.83 (t, J =
12.3, 1), 2.09 (s, 3), 1.63-
1.84 (m, 5), 1.I6-1.37 (m, 6), 0.93 (m, 3). MS(ESPOS): 427 [M+H]+.
Example 56
Preparation of 4-Fluoro-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-Z-yl)-propyl]-amide
F
O
y.
[0556] To a stirred solution of (2S, 4R)-4-hydroxyproline (Aldrich) (25 g, 108
mmol) in
methanol (50 mL) at 0 °C was added trimethylsilyldiazomethene (24.6 g,
216 mmol). The
mixture was stirred at.0 °C for 1 hour. The residue obtained on removal
of solvent and
purification by column chromatography using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes (27
g, 100°/~) was
used in the next step. To oxalyl chloride (15 g, 118 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at -
78 °C, DMSO
(18.6 mL, 236 rm~nol) was added slowly over 15 minutes. After the completion
of addition, the
above product (2S, 4R)-N-Boc-4-hydroxyproline methylester (26.5 g, 108 mmol)
in DCM (100
mL) was added at -78 °C for 20 minutes. Triethylamine (54.6 g, 540
mmol) was added followed
by stirring at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then
washed with 10% aq
HCl (200 mL) and the organic layer was separated and dried over sodium
sulfate. The crude
product obtained on removal of solvent was purified on silica gel column
chromatography using
50% EtoAc in hexanes to obtain (2S, 4R)-N-Boc-4-Ketoproline methylester (20 g,
78%).
[0557] 'H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) 8 4.80 (m, 1), 3.88 (d, J=8.7, 2), 3.77 (s, 3),
2.98 (m, 1),
2.58 (m, 1), 1.45 (s, 9); MS (ESPOS): 244 [M+H]+.
154
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0558] To a stirred solution of (2S, 4R)-N-Boc-4-Ketoproline methylester (1 g,
4.11 mmol)
in THF (10 mL), tetraallyltin (1.08 mL, 4.52 mmol) in dry THF was added, then
cooled to 0 °C
before borontrifluoride etherate (0.520 mL, 4.11 mmol) was added drop wise.
The mixture was
stirred at 0 °C for 1h and then at room temperature for an additional 2
hours. Potassium fluoride
(360 mg in SmL water) and celite (1 g) was added and the reaction mixture was
stirred for an
hour. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to dryness and the
residue was
dissolved in DCM (200 ~L), washed with water (100mL) and brine 100 mL), dried
over MgSO4
and evaporated to dryness. T he residue obtained on removal of solvent was
purified by silica
gel column chromatography using 50% EtOAc in hexanes to obtain 4-Hydroxy-4-
allylproline
methylester (0.94 g, 80%).
[0559] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 5.87 (m, 1), 5.19 (m, 2), 4.34 (m, 1), 3.75
(d, J=4.8,
3), 3.50 (m, 3), 2.37 (m, 1), 2.21 (m, 1), 1.39 (d, J=12.9, 9); MS (ESPOS):
308 [M+Na]+.
[0560] To a stirred solution of DAST (1.06 g, 6.58 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at -78
°C,
4-hydroxy-4-allylproline methylester (940 mg, 3.3 mmol) in dry DCM (10 mL) was
added
slowly. The mixture was then stirred at -78 °C for 1h, then at -10
°C for an additional 1h. DCM
(50 mL) was added, quenched with NH4C1 (10°1~, 150 mL) and the organic
layer was separated,
dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The residue obtained on
removal of solvent
was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% EtOAc in hexanes as
eluent to ~'
obtain 4-fluoro-4-allylproline methylester (330 mg, 34%).
[0561] iH NMR (300 MHz, CDC113) ~ 5.82 (m, 1), 5.12 (m, 2), 4.43 (m, 1), 3.66
(s, 3), 3.47
(m, 1), 2.37 (m, 1), 2.43 (m, 4), 1.37 (dd, J=4.5, 13.8, 9); MS (ESPOS): 310
[M+Na]+.
[0562] To a solution of 4-fluoro-4-allylproline methylester (0.33 g, 1.15
mmol) in MeOH
(15 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (40 mg) and hydrogenated at 1 atmosphere. The
catalyst was
filtered through celite end washed with methanol. To the product obtained on
removal of solvent
(330 mg, 1.15 n unol) in THF (12 mL) was added aq lithium hydroxide
monohydxate (60 mg,
1.38 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight.
THF was removed
and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with
10°/~ citric acid (100 mL)
and brine (20 mL). Removal of solvent resulted in 4-fluoro-4-propylproline
(310 mg, 100%).
[0563] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) 8 4.43 (m, 1), 3.71 (m, 6), 2.51 (m, 2), 1.98
(m, 3),
1.45 (m, 9), 0.96 (m, 3); MS (ESNEG): 274 [M-H]-.
[0564] To a solution of 4-fluoro-4-propylproline (310 mg, 1.15 mmol) in DMF (3
rnL) at
0 °C, 7-Methyl MTL 2b (R1 =Me, R2=Me) (272 mg, 1.15 mmol), HBTZJ (469
mg, 1.3 mmol)
and DIEA (290 mg, 2.3 mmol) was added, left stirred at room temperature for 16
hours. DMF
155
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
was removed and the residue obtained was purified by 3% MeOH in DCM(40 mg,
93%). The
product from the column purification was taken in DCE (6 mL), to which
triethylsilane (0.16
mL), TFA (2 mL) and water (0.16 mL) was added and stirred at room temperature
for 1.5 hours.
Removal of solvent followed by purification on silica gel column
chromatography using 10%
MeOH in DCM resulted in the title compound as isomeric mixtures with lower RF
fraction (160
mg, 50%).
[0565] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5:25 (d, J=5.7, 1), 4.46 (m, 1), 4.24 (dd,
J=5.7, 10.2,
1), 4.08 (m, 2), 3.81 (d, J=2.4, 1), 3.52 (m, 3), 2.73 (m, 1), 2.10 (m, 4),
1.88 (m, 2), 1.50 (m, 2),
0.99 (t, J=7.5, 3), 0.91 (dd, J=3.0, 6.9, 6); MS (ESPOS): 409 [M+H]+; and
higher Rf fraction (40
mg, 12%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) 8 5.38 (d, J=5.4, 1), 4.46 (m, 1), 4.24 (dd,
J=2.7, 7.2,
1), 4.08 (m, 2), 3.81 (d, J=2.4, 1), 3.64 (m, 3), 2.73 (m, 1), 2.11 (m, 4),
1.84 (m, 2), 1.47 (m, 2),
0.98 (t, J=7.5, 3), 0.91 (dd, J=3.0, 6.9, 6); MS (METHOD ESPOS): 409 [M+H]+.
Example 57
Preparation of 4-Butyl-4-fluoro-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(394,5
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F
[~566] To ethyl acetylene (140 mg, 2.6 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at-78 °C, n-
butyllithium (1.1
mL, 2.6 mrnol) was added with stirring at -78 °C for 1 hour. Then n-
(tart-Butoxycarbonyl)-L-
proline-4-ketone (described in the example 56) (570 mg, 2.3 mmol) in THF (5
mL) was added at
-78 °C with stirring for 2 hours and then let it warm to -40 °C
over 1 hour. The reaction mixture
was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with saturated NH4Cl (5 mL) and dried
over sodium
sulfate. Purification of the crude product was carried out by silica gel
chromatography using
50°/~ EtOAc in hexane to obtain the N-boc-4-butyl-4~-hydroxy-
prolinemethyl ester (520 mg,
156
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
73%). To the DAST (556 mg, 3.4 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at -78 °C, was added
a solution of the
above ester (520 mg, 1.7 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at -78 °C and stirred for
1 hour. The reaction
mixture was extracted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with NaHC03 (30 mL, 10%).
The
product obtained after removal of solvent was purified by silica gel
chromatography using 5%
EtOAc in hexanes to obtain N-(tart-butoxycarbonyl)-L-proline-4-fluoro-4-butane
(276 mg,
52%).
[0567] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 4.41 (m, 1), 3.83 (m, 1), 3.71 (s, 3), 3.45
(m, 1),
2.55-1.54 (m, 8), 1.39 (rn, 9), 0.89 (m, 3); MS (ESPOS): 326 [M+Na]+.
[0568] To a solution of N-(tart-butoxycarbonyl)-L-proline-4-fluoro-4-butane
(270 mg, 0.89
mmol) in THF (12 mL) and water (4 mL), was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate
(45 mg,
1.07 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours.
THF was
removed under vacuum and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (150 mL),
washed with
10°/~ citric acid (100 mL) and brine (20mL). Removal of solvent
resulted in N-(tent-butoxy)-L-
proline-4-fluoro-4-butyl-2-carboxylic acid (260 mg, 100%).
[0569] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) ~ 4.32 (m, 1), 3.72 (m, 2), 2.58 (m, 2), 2.10-
1.63 (m,
6), 1.42 (m, 9), 0.93 (t, J=6:6, 3); MS (ESNEG): 288 [M-H]-.
[0570] To a solution of N-(tart-butoxy)-L-proline-4-fluoro-4-butyl-2-
carboxylic acid (I35
mg, 0.46 mmol) in DMF (3 rizL) at 0 °C, 7-Methy MTL 2b (R1 =Me, R2=Me)
(135 mg, 0.46
mmol), HBTLT (194 mg, 0.51 mmol), DIEA (120 mg, 0.93 mmol) was added, left it
at room
temperature for 16 hours. The product obtained after removing DMF and
purification by column
chromatography using 5% MeOH in DCM (189 mg, 77°/~) was taken in DCE (6
mL).
Triethylsilane (0.16 mL), TFA (2 mL) and water (0.16 mL) was added, stirred at
room
temperature for 1.5 hours. The residue obtained on removal of solvent was
purified by column
chromatography using 10°/~ MeOH in DCM to obtain the title compound
(156 mg, 96°/~).
[0571] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) cS 5.26 (d, J=5.7, 1), 4.55 (m, 1), 4.27 (dd,
J=3.3, 10.2,
1), 4.08 (m, 2), 3.82 (d, J=3.0, 1), 3.58 (m, 3), 2.79 (m, 1), 2.22 (m, 1),
2.10 (s, 3), 1.89 (m, 3),
1.40 (m, 4~), 0.91 (m, 9); MS (ESPOS): 423 [M+H]+.
Example 58
Preparation of 4-Fluoro-4-propyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-hydroxy-1-
(3,4,5
trihydroxy-6-methyIsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yI)-propyI]-amide
157
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
F
H~ ~. OH
H ~nSMe
HO OOH
[0572] N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-fluoro-4-propyl-L-proline was prepared as
described in
the previous example (except using n-propyl lithium in the place of n-butyl
lithium) (164 mg,
0.57 mmol) was suspended in dry acetonitrile (4 mL). Triethylamine (332 ~.L,
3.02 mmol) was
added and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C. Isobutyl
chloroformate (78 ~,L, 0.57 mmol)
was added and after 10 min the reaction was allowed to warm to 4°C.
After 1.5 h a solution of
MTL (151 mg, 0.57 mmol) in 1:1 acetone: water (4 mL) was added and the
reaction mixture was
stirred for l Oh at rh: The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and
chromatographed on
silica 95:5 dichloromethane/MeOH to 95:8 dichloromethane/MeOH to provide the
product as .a
colorless oil (137 mg, 45°1°): TLC Rf 0.32 (9:1
dichloromethane/MeOH).
[0573] ' ~ To a solution of the above boc protected lincosamide (125 mg,) in
DCM (2.0 rriL)
was added a solution of DCE (10.0 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) methyl
sulfide (0.3 mL),
and water (0.3 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 40 min then
diluted with DCE
(25.0 mL). The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-evaporated with DCE
twice. The
residue was purified by chromatography on fluorosil 20% MeOH (0.25M NH3) in
DCM to
provide the product as a colorless solid (30.0 mg, 30°1°).
158
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 59
Preparation of 4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~SMe
H
[0574] The title compound was made using the synthetic sequence found in
Method S
starting from 4-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid, substituting 2-methoxyethyl
bromide as the
alkylating agent.
[0575] Compound 15a (R9 = 2-methoxyethoxy): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) b 8.40 (d,
J=6.0, 1), 7.69 (d,.J=2.4, 1), 7.20 (dd, J=2.7, 6.3, 1), 4.35 (m, 2), 3.80 (m,
2), 3.40 (s, 3). MS
(ESNEG): 196[M-H]-.
[0576] Comp~und 15b (Rl=Me, R~'=Me, R9= 2-meth~xyeth~xy): 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CD3~D) ~ 8.43 (d, J=5.7, 1), 7.65 (d, J=2.4, 1), 7.12 (dd, J=2.4, 5.7, 1);
5.27 (d, J=5.4, 1), 4.10-
4.87 (m, 4), 3.85 (d, J=3.3, 1), 3.77 (m, 2), 3.55 (m, 1), 3.41 (s, 3), 2.26
(m, 1), 2.11 (s, l), 0.998
(111, 6). MS (ESP~S): 431 [M+H]+.
[0577] Title compound (10 mg, 10%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, D2~) ~ 5.18 (d, J=6.0,
1), 4.00
(m, 3), 3.70 (m, 1), 3.56 (m, 1), 3.45 (m, 3), 3.26 (m, 1), 3.16 (m, 3), 3.10
(m, 1), 2.80 (m, 1),
2.48 (m, 1), 2.22 (m, 1), 1.96 (m, 4), 1.17-1.72 (m, 4), 0.70 (m, 6); MS
(ESP~S): 437 [M+H]+.
159
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Examples 60-62
Example 60
Preparation of 4-Butyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
0
N~HNiu~.
O
HO .~~~ISMe
HO OOH
Example 61
Preparation of 4-(4,4-Difluoro-pentyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
dlu~,
O
HO .nIISMe
HO OOH
Example 62
Preparation of 4.-(~-k"luoro-propyl)-piperidine-2-carbo~~g~lic acid [2-meth~rl-
1-(~,4,~_
trnhydroxy-6-methg~l~~alfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F
O
HNI~~~.
NH
O
HO .~~iISMe
HO OOH
160
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0578] Examples 60 to 62 were prepared using methods and techniques describe
herein
utilizing commercially available starting materials where appropriate.
Example 63
Preparation of 4-Fluoro-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F
NH HNi
O
H ~ ~ 6Me
HOY'OH
[0579] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) was coupled to carbamate Zld (P2=Boc, m =
2, R9
= n-propyl) as depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to provide intermediate
lla (Ri=Ra =Me,
R3=H, R9=propyl/fluoro, Pl=H, Pa=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester, m=2) which was
deprotected
under acidic conditions to provide the title compound.
[0580] HPLC: C18 3.5 Vim, 4.6 x 30 mm Column; gradient eluent 2°10-
98°1° MeCN ~ver 1~
min; 1.5 mL/min): Rt = 3.696 min); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) ~ 5.36 (d, J-- 5.8,
1), 4.24 (dd,
,I= 3.3, 12.9, 1), 4.20 (s, 2), 4.12 (dd, ,I= 6.0, 10.4, 1), 3.88 (d, ,I= 3.3,
1), 3.65 (dd, J= 3.0,
10.4, 1), 3.48 (dd, J= 4.1, 13.1, 1), 3.33 (ddd, J= 3.6, 3.6, 13.5, 1), 2.43-
2.45 (m, 1), 2.22-1.58
(m, 6), 2.16 (s, 3), 1.48 (m, 2), 0.94 (t, .I= 7.1, 3), 0.88 (d, ,l--- 6.9,
6);19F NMR (CD3~D) ~-
158.8-~-159.0 (sextuplet), Ms (ESP~S): 423.2.
E~~a~nplc 6~~
Prcp~.ratioa~ of 4-(2-Fhaoroct~eo~~g~)-pipcridinc-2-carbo~grlic acid [2-
nacthg~l-1-(3,4,~-
trilaydro~g~-6-mc~;hyl~ulfangrl-tctralng~dro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
NH Hf~
H ~~ ~Me
H~ ~~ H
161
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0581] The title compound was made using the synthetic sequence found in
general method
S starting from 4-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid lOb (R9 = hydroxy)
substituting 2-
fluoroethyl bromide as the alkylating agent.
[0582] 15a (R9~=2-fluoroethoxy): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) 8 8.40 (d, J--6.0,
1), 7.73 (d,
J--2.7, 1), 7.24 (dd, J--2.4, 6.0, 1), 4.87 (m, 2), 4.50 (m, 2). MS (ESNEG):
184 [M-H]-.
[0583] 15b (Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, Rg'=2-fluoroethoxy): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8
8.45
(d, J--5.7, 1 ), 7.67 (d, J--2.4, 1 ), 7.14 (dd, J--2.7, 5 .7, 1 ), 5.27 (d, J-
-5.7, 1 ), 4.68 (m, 1 ), 4.43 (m,
1), 4.12-4.33 (m, 3), 4.10 (dd, J--6.0, 10.2, 1), 3.18-3.84 (m, 3), 2.26 (m,
1), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.00 (t,
,l--5.1, 6). MS (ESPOS): 419 [M + H]+.
[0584] Title compound (20 mg, 14%): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) 8 5.24 (d, J--5.7,
1),
4.59 (t, J--4.2, 1), 4.43 (t, J--4.2, 1), 4.18 (dd, J--3.3, 6.6, 1), 4.07 (m,
2), 3.80 (m, 2), 3.73 (m, 1),
3.55 (m, 2), 3.48 (m, 1), 3.21 (m, 1), 2.74 (m, 1), 2.32 (m, 1), 2.18 (m, 1),
2.10 (s, 3) 1.38 (m, 3),
0.93 (m, 6); MS (ESPOS): 425 [M + H]+.
Example 65
[0585] There is no Example 65.
Example 66
Preparation of 4-(2-Cyclopropyl-ethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~ H~~~ ~~s
H
H~°
H~ ~H
[0586] Compound 14c (R9=2-cyclopropylethyl) was prepared using the methods
described
in general method R.
[0587] To a stirred suspension of 14a (0.5 g, 1.9 mmol, 1 equiv),
triphenylphosphine (39.9
mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.08 equiv), copper (I) iodide (28.9 mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.08
equiv), palladium
acetate (17 mg, 0.076 mmol, 0.04 equiv) in triethylamine (7 mL) under dry
nitrogen, was added
cyclopropyl acetylene (Aldrich) (0.25 g, 3.8 mmol, 2 equiv). The mixture was
stirred at rt
162
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a dark residue. The
residue was
purified by column chromatography to give 14b (R9'=2-cyclopropyl-eth-1-ynyl)
(0.39 g, 100%)
as a yellow oil.
[0588] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.65-8.56 (m, 1), 8.06-7.99 (m, 1), 7.40-7.32
(m, 1),
3.98 (s, 3), 1.50-1.40 (m, 1), 0.96-0.81 (m, 4). MS (ESPOS): 202.0 [M+H]+.
[0589] T~ a solution of 14b (R9'=2-cyclopropyl-eth-1-ynyl) (0.39 g, 1.9 mmol)
in methanol
(15 mL) was added 10% palladium on carbon (0.2 g). The mixture was purged and
charged
with hydrogen (1 atm) and stirred at rt overnight. The palladium was removed
by filtration and
the filtrate was concentrated to give 14c (R9=2-cyclopropylethyl) (0.38 g,
97%) as a yellow oil.
[0590] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) 8 8.60 (d, J=4.5, 1), 8.00-7.96 (m, 1), 7.34-
7.29 (m, 1),
3.99 (s, 3), 2.78 (t, J=7.6, 2), 1.58-1.49 (m, 2), 0.71-0.59 (m, 1), 0.47-0.38
(m, 2), 0.06-0.02 (m,
2); MS (ESPOS): 228.2 [M + Na]+.
[0591] To a mixture of 14c (R9=2-cyclopropylethyl) (0.38 g) in MeOH (8 mL) and
water (8
mL) were added cons. HCl (158 ~,L) and platinum oxide (0.2 g). The mixture was
purged and
charged with hydrogen (1 atm) and stirred overnight. The platinum oxide was
removed by
filtration and the filtrate was evaporated to give a light yellow solid. .
.[0592] To the above residue was added 2N NaOH (3.8 mL) and t-butylalcohol (2
inL). The
reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, di-t-butyl dicarbonate (0.62 g,
2.85 mmol) was thin
added and the mixture stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum
and the
resulting residue was diluted with water, then washed with ether. The aqueous
layer was
acidified with 2N HCl to pH=2.0, and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x). The
combined organic
layers were dried and concentrated to give 4-(2-cyclopropylethyl)-piperidine-
1,2-dicarboxylic
acid 1-tart-butyl ester (0.42 g, 77 %) as a clear syrup.
[0~9~] MS (ESPOS): 320.3 [M + i~Ta]+. MS (ESNEG): 296.2 [~-H]-.
[Os9~~] T~ a solution of 4-(2-cyclopropylethyl)-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic
acid-1-test-butyl
ester (115 mg, 0.387 mnaol, 1 equiv) and 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) HCl salt (111.4 mg,
0.387 mmol,
1 equiv) in DMF (2.4~ mL) at r.t. was added DIES (100 ~,L, 0.774 mmol, 2
equiv), followed by
HBTU (162 mg, 0.426 mmol, 1.1 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt
for 3 hrs then
evaporated under high vacuum to dryness. The residue was diluted with ethyl
acetate, washed
with 1:1 10% citric acid/brine (1 x), sat. aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1 x),
brine (1 x), dried and
concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography to give the desired
1'-Boc protected
lincosamide product 11~ (Rl=RZ =Me, R3=H, R9=2-cyclopropylethyl, P1=H,
P2=carboxylic acid-
t-butyl ester) (126 mg, 61%) as a clear syrup.
163
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0595] MS (ESPOS): 531.3 [M+H]+,
[0596] To a solution of the above lla (RI=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9=2-cyclopropylethyl,
Pl=H,
P2=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester, m=2) in DCE (12 mL) at 0 °C was added
a solution of
trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) and water (0.375 mL). The reaction mixture was
stirred at 0 °C for 5
min and at rt for 35 min. The reaction solvent was removed under vacuum and co-
evaporated
with toluene twice, and the resulting residue was purified by semi-preparative
HPLC (Waters
Nova-Pak~ HR C1$, 6 ~,m particle size, 60 A pore size, 20 mm ID x 100 mm, 5-
60% acetonitrile
in HZO w/ 0.1% AcOH over 30 min, 20 mL/min flow rate) to provide the title
compound of
example 66 (25 mg, 27 %) as a white solid.
[0597] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.24 (d, J--6, 1), 4.19 (dd, J--3.4, 10, 1),
4.10-4.04
(m, 2), 3.81-3.72 (m, 2), 3.51 (dd, J=3.3, 10.2, 1 ), 3.42-3.33 (m, 1 ), 3.02-
2.90 (m, 1 ), 2.20-2.12
(m, 1), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.94-1.86 (m, 1), 1.76-1.64 (m, 1), 1.48-1.20 (m, 7),
0.94-0.85 (m, 6), 0.73-
0.62 (m, 1), 0.47-0.38 (m, 2), 0.05-0.02 (m, 2). MS (ESPOS): 431.3 [M+H]+.
Example 67
Preparation ~f 4-Cyclopropylmethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
O
N NM'"
H ~ ~
HO"'~S
~O~--~~hi
[059] 4-Cyclopropylmethylpyridine-2-carboxylic acid, comp~und lOb
(R9=cyclopropylmethyl), was made by employing Method P using the starting
material 4-
Cyclopropylmethylpyridine prepared as described by Osuch et al, .~~u~'r~al ~f
the ~lme~~icah
C'hernical Society,1955, 7~, 1723.
[0599] To a -78 °C solution of 4-picoline (1.l g, 11.8 mmol) in THF (5
mL) was added a
solution of LDA 2M in THF/heptane/ethylbenzene (Aldrich) (5.9 mL, 11.8 mmol).
The
resulting reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 3 h then -40
°C for 1 h. Cyclopropyl bromide
(1.43 g, 11.8 mmol) was added at -78 °C, the reaction mixture was
alloed to warm up to room
164
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
temperature and was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To the reaction
mixture was added
saturated aqueous NH4C1 (10 mL), the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc
(10 x 2 mL),
and the combined organic extracts dried over Na2SO4. 4-
Cyclopropylinethylpyridine-2-
carboxylic acid (0.5 g, 31 %) was obtained after the solvent was removed and
used without
further purification.
[0600] To a 0°C solution of 4-Cyclopropylmethylpyridine-2-carboxylic
acid (10b)
(R9=cyclopropylmethyl) (147 mg, 0.83 mmol), 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) HCl salt (23~
mg, 0.83
mmol) and TEA (231 ~.L, 1.66 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added solid HBTLT (346
mg, 0.91
mmol), and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred overnight. Reaction
solvents were
removed, and the residue purified by silica gel column chromatography at 50-
100%
EtOAc/Hexane to provide the desired lincosamide product llb (Rl=R~ =Me, R3=H,
R9=cyclopropylmethyl, P1=H) (260 mg, 76%).
[0601] To a solution of llb (Rl=RZ =Me, R3=H, R9=cyclopropylmethyl, P1=H) (250
mg, 0.6
mmol) in water (10 mL), AcOH (2 mL), MeOH (3 mL) was added Pt02 (200 mg), and
the
reaction mixture was hydrogenated at 50 psi for 5 hr. The solvent was removed
to obtain the
crude lincosamide product. Purification was carried by silica gel column
chromatography (20%
MeOH/DCM), then HPLC (Waters Nova-Pak~ HR C1$, 6 ~.m paxticle size; 60 A pore
size, 20
mm ID ac 100 mm, 5-60°/~ acetonitrile in H20 w/ 0.1% AcOH over 30 min;
20 mL/min flow
rate) to provide the title compound (13 mg, 5%) as a colorless solid.
[0602] iH NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) & 5.23 (d, J~=6, 1), 4.26-4.10 (m, 3), 3.~3-
3.7~ (m, 2),
3.55-3.33 (m, 2), 3.07-2.95 (m, 1), 2.34-2.17 (m, 2), 2.12 (s, 3), 2.00-1.~0
(m, 4), 1.42-1.15 (m,
4), 1.00-0.90 (m, 6), 0.79-0.66 (m, 1), 0.53-0.45 (m, 2), 0.12-0.04 (m, 2); MS
(ESPOS): 417.3
[M+H]+.
165
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 68
Preparation of 4-(2-Cyclobutyl-ethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
O
N Hf~'"
H O
HO ~""S
HO~ OH
[0603] 4-(2-Cyclobutyl-ethyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid, compound 10b (R9=2-
cyclobutyl-
ethyl), was made by employing Method P using the starting material 4-(2-
Cyclobutyl-ethyl)-
pyridine prepared as described by Osuch et al, Jou~'nal of the Ame~'icau
Chemical Society,1955,
78, 1723.
[0604] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me) was coupled to 4-(2-cyclobutyl-ethyl)-
pyridine=2-
carboxylie acid lOb (R9=cyclobutyl-ethyl) as depicted in general coupling
scheme l 1 to provide -
intermediate llb (Rl=RZ =Me, R3=H, R9= 2-cyclobutyl-ethyl, P1=H) which was
reduced by
catalytic hydrogenation to the title comp~und.
[0605] MS (ESPOS): 445.2 [M+H]+.
Example G9
Prepa~'atnon o14-~~rclobu~rllme~;hurl-pnperi~li~ae-2-c~rbo~~g~lnc ~ncad [~-
nnethyl-1-(3~4~~_
trilng~dro~~y-6-anethg~lsul~anyl-tetrahgrdro-pg~ran-~-yl)-g~ropgrl]-amide
O
~N
H O /
HO ~"~S
HO OH
166
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0606] 4-Cyclobutylmethylpyridine-2-carboxylic acid, compound (10b) (R9=4-
cyclobutylmethyl) was made by employing Method P using the starting material 4-
cyclobutylmethylpyridine prepared as described by Osuch et al, ,Iour~al of the
American
Chemical Society,1955, 7~, 1723.
[0607] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) was coupled to 4-cyclobutylmethylpyridine-
2-
carboxylic acid, compound lOb (R9=4-cyclobutylmethyl), as depicted in general
coupling
scheme 11 to provide intermediate 11b (Rl=RZ =Me, R3=H, R9= cyclobutyl-methyl,
P1=H),
which was reduced by catalytic hydrogenation to the title compound.
[0608] MS (ESPOS): 431.3 [M+H]+.
Example 70
Preparation of 3-Butyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
p
H' HN~~,,
H~ ~~~ns
H~~ ~H
[0609] To a solution of azetedine acid 16f (R9=butyl) (52 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1
equiv),
aminosugar (58 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 equiv) and HBTLJ (~4 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.1 equiv)
in DMF
(2.0 mL) at 23 °C was added DIPEA (8~ ~.L, 0.51 mmol, 2.5 equiv). After
stirring for 12 h at 23
°C, DMF was removed in vacuo, then the residue was partitioned between
EtOAc (100 mL) and
1:1 brine: 10~/~ aqueous citric acid (100 mL). The organic layer was separated
and washed vith
1:1 brine/saturated aqueous 1\TaHCO3 (100 mL), brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4),
filtered and
concentrated to furnish ~2 mg (0.17 mmol, ~4~/~) lla (Rl=R~ =Me, R3=H,
R~=butyl, P1=H,
P2=carboxylic acid-t'-butyl ester, m=0) as a glassy solid.
[0610] MS (ESPOS): [M+H]+.
[0611] To a solution of carbamate lla (Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9=butyl, P1=H,
P2=carboxylic
acid-t-butyl ester, m=0) (~2 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1 equiv) in 1,2-dichloroethane (10
mL) at 23 °C
was added HBO (0.40 mL) followed by TFA (4.0 mL). After stirring for 20 min at
23 °C,
toluene (50 mL) was added and the resulting solution was concentrated to
dryness. The residue
167
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
was purified by semi-preparative HPLC (Waters Nova-Pak~ HR C18, 6 ~,m particle
size, 60 ~
pore size, 20 mm ID x 100 mm, 5-60% acetonitrile in HZO w/ 0.1% HCl over 30
min, 20
mL/min flow rate) to give 41 mg of title compound as a white solid.
[0612] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) 8 5.25 (d, J--5.7, 1), 4.60 (d, J--7.2, 1),
4.26 (dd, J--3.3,
9.9, 1 ), 4.16-4.05 (m, 2), 3.99 (t, J--9.0, 1 ), 3.81 (d, J--3.0, 1 ), 3.74
(dd, J 8.4, 9.9, 1 ), 3.50 (dd,
J--3.3, 10.2, 1), 2.90-2.74 (m, 1), 2.23-2.10 (m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3), 1.90-1.67
(m, 2), 1.44-1.24 (m,
4), 1.00-0.86 (m, 9 H). MS (ESPOS): 391.4 [M+H]+.
Example 71
Preparation of 3-Cyclopropylmethyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
O
H HN'~,
. O
HO ~'~ ~S
HOOH
[0613] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me) was coupled to azetedine acid 16f
(R9=cyclopropylmethyl) as depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to provide
intermediate lla
(Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9=cyclopropylmethyl, P1=H, P~=carboxylic acid-t-butyl
ester, m=0) which
was deprotected under acidic conditions to provide the title compound.
[0614] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) & 5.25 (d, ,I--5.7, 1), 4.65 (d, J--7.5, 1),
4.25 (dd, .I--3.9,
9.6, 1), 4.13-3.99 (m, 3), 3.86-3.79 (m, 2), 3.51 (dd, .I--3.3, 10.2, 1), 3.00-
2.87 (m, 1), 2.21-
2.09 (m, 1), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.83-1.72 (m, 1), 1.62-1.51 (m, 1), 0.94 (d, J 6.9,
3), 0.89 (d, J=6.9, 3),
0.82-0.70 (m, 1), 0.58-0.47 (m, 2), 0.18-0.08 (m, 2 H). MS (ESPOS): 389.2
[M+H]+.
168
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 72
Preparation of 3-Propyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
HH,...
HO ~~'~S
HO OH
[0615] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me) was coupled to azetedine acid 16f
(R9~ropyl) as
depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to provide intermediate lla Rl=Ra =Me,
R3=H,
R9=propyl, P1=H, Pa=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester, m=0) which was deprotected
under acidic
conditions to provide the title compound.
[0616] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30I~) 8 5.26 (d, J--5.4, 1), 4.60 (d, J--7.5, 1),
4.26 (dd, ,I--3.3,
9.6, 1 ), 4.13-3 .99 (m, 3), 3.81 (d, J--3 .3, 1 ), 3 .76 (dd, J--5.1, 10.2, 1
), 3 .51 (dd, J--3 .3, 9.9, 1 ),
2.93-2.76 (m, 1), 2.24-2.09 (m, 1), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.84-1.67 (m, 2), 1.48-1.30
(m, 2), 1.01-0.87
(m, 9 H). MS (ESP~S): 377.0 [M+H]+.
Example 73
Preparation of 3-Butyl-1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
H H~,~..
HO ..nS
OH
H~~S~OH
[0617] A sample of 3-Butyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide prepared in example 70 was
alkylated with
ethyleneoxide as depicted in scheme 12 (R6=2-hydroxyethyl) to provide the
title compound.
169
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0618] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.25 (d, J--5.4, 1), 4.13-4.05 (m, 3), 3.83-
3.77 (m,
2), 3.64 (t, J 9.9, 1), 3.58-3.48 (m, 2), 3.37-3.30 (m, 1), 2.78 2.55 (m, 2),
2.44-2.34 (m, 1),
2.25-2.10 (m, 2), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.80-1.40 (m, 2), 1.39-1.20 (m, 4), 0.95-0.84
(m, 9 H). MS
(ESPOS): 435.1 [M+H]+.
Example 74
Preparation of 3-Pentyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
H HI~"
HO ~'~~S
HO OH
[0619] Lincosamine 2b (R1=Me, R2=Me) was coupled to azetedine acid 16f
(R9~entyl) as
depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to provide intermediate lla (Rl=R2 =Me,
R3=H,
R9~entyl, Pi=H, PZ=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester, m=0) which was deprotected
under acidic
conditions t~ pr~vide the title compound.
[0620] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) ~ 5.25 (d, J--5.7, 1), 4.55 (d, J--6.9, 1),
4.25 (dd, J=3.3,
9.9, 1 ), 4.13-4.04 (m, 2), 4.00 (t, J 9.3, 1 ), 3.80 (d, .I--3 .0, 1 ), 3.73
(dd, .I--7.8, 9.9, 1 ), 3.51 (dd,
.I--3.3, 10.5, 1), 2.88-2.75 (m, 1), 2.23-2.10 (m, 1), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.84-1.60
(m, 2), 1.44-1.26 (m,
6), 0.97-0.86 (m, 9 H). MS (ESPOS): 405.4 [M+H]+.
170
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 75
Preparation of 3-(3-Methyl-butyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
HH, ~"
HO ""S
HO ~OH
[0621] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me) was coupled to azetedine acid 16f (R9=3-
methyl-
butyl) as depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to provide intermediate lla
(Rl=R2 =Me,
R3=H, R9=3-methyl-butyl, P1=H, P~=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester, m=0) which
was deprotected
under acidic conditions to provide the title compound.
[0622] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) ~ 5.25 (d, ~=6.0, 1), 4.55 (d, J--7.5, 1), 4.26
(dd, J--3.6,
10.2, 1 ), 4.13--4.04 (m, 2), 4.00 (t, J--9.3, 1 ), 3.80 (d, ,I--3.3, 1 ),
3.73 (dd, J--8. l, 10.2, 1 ), 3.51
(dd, J--3.3; 10.2, 1), 2.87-2.72 (m, 1), 2.24-2.10 (m, 1), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.84-
1.70 (m, 2); 1.66-1.50
(m, 1), 1.26=1.10 (m, 2), 0.97-0.86 (m, 12 H). MS (ESP~S): 405.0 [M+H]+.
Example 76
Preparation of 3-(3-Cyclobutyl-propyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
H~~ ~,e
HO.. "'iS
HOOH
[0623] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me) was coupled to azetedine acid 16f (R9=3-
cyclobutyl-propyl) as depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to provide
intermediate lla
(Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9=(3-cyclobutyl-propyl), Pl=H, P2=carboxylic acid-t-butyl
ester, m=0)
which was deprotected under acidic conditions to provide the title compound.
171
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0624] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.24 (d, J--5.7, 1), 4.24-4.14 (m, 2),
4.11.04 (m,
2), 3.78 (d, J--3.3, 1), 3.71 (t, J--9.0, 1), 3.54-3.43 (m, 1), 2.76-2.60 (m,
1), 2.34-2.10 (m, 2),
2.10 (s, 3), 2.09-1.97 (m, 2), 1.90-1.51 (m, 7), 1.44-1.11 (m, 3), 0.90 (d, J
2.1, 3), 0.88 (d,
J--2.1, 3 H). MS (ESPOS): 431.3 [M+H]+.
Example 77
Preparation of 3-(2-Cyclobutyl-ethyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
N Hf~~..
H O /
HO ° °''S
HO~OH
[0625] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, Rz=Me) was coupled to azetedine acid 16f=(R9=2-
cyclobutyl-ethyl) as depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to provide
intermediate'lla (RI=R2
=Me, R3=H, R9=2-cyclobutyl-ethyl, P1=H, Pa=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester, m=0)
which was
deprotected under acidic conditions to provide the title c~mpound.
[0626] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) ~ 5.24 (d, J--6.0, 1), 4.51 (d, J--10.2, 1),
4.25 (dd,
J--3.3, 9.9, 1), 4.12-4.03 (m, 2), 3.96 (t, .I--9.3, 1), 3.79 (d, .I 3.0, 1),
3.69 (dd, .l--8.1, 10.2, 1),
3.50 (dd, .I--3.3, 10.2, 1), 2.85-2.69 (m, 1), 2.36-2.10 (m, 2), 2.10 (s, 3),
2.09-2.00 (m, 2), 1.95-
1.33 (m, 10), 0.92 (d, .I--6.9, 3), 0.89 (d, J--6.9, 3 H). Ms (ESPOS): 417.3
[M+H]+.
172
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 78
Preparation of 3-(2-Cyclopropyl-ethyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
<G~O
N HN,~..
H O
HO ..' ~S
HOYOH
[0627] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) was coupled to azetedine acid 16f (R9=2-
cyclopropyl-ethyl) as depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to provide
intermediate lla
(Ri=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9=2-cyclopropyl-ethyl, PI=H, PZ=carboxylic acid-t-butyl
ester, m=0)
which was deprotected under acidic conditions to provide the title compound.
[0628] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) ~ 5.24 (d, J=5.7, 1), 4.53 (d, J 7.2, 1), 4.24
(dd, J--3.3,
9.9, 1); 4.11--4.03 (m, 2), 3.98 (t, J--9.6, 1), 3.79 (d, J--3.0, 1), 3.73
(dd, J--8.1, 9.9, 1), 3.50 (dd;- ~ .
J=3.3, 10.2, 1), 2.92-2.77 (m, 1), 2.22-2.09 (m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3), 1.95-1.77
(m, 2), 1.33-1.18 (m, . '
2), 0.91 (d, J 6.9, 3), 0.88 (d, .I--6.9, 3), 0.73-0.60 (m, 1~), 0.48-0.40 (m,
2), 0.08-0.01 (m, 2 H).
MS (ESPOS): 403.3 [M+H]+.
Example 79
Preparation of 3-(3-Cyclopropyl-propyl)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-
(3,4.,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
H~~ ~..
HO "'~S
HO' ,OH
[0629] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) was coupled to azetedine acid 16f (R9=3-
cyclopr~pyl-pr~pyl) as depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to pr~vide
intermediate lla
173
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
(Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9=3-cyclopropyl-propyl, P1=H, P2=carboxylic acid-t-butyl
ester, m=0)
which was deprotected under acidic conditions to provide the title compound.
[0630] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) 8 5.24 (d, J 5.7, 1), 4.54 (d, J=7.5, 1), 4.24
(dd, J--3.3,
9.9, 1 ), 4.11-4.03 (m, 2), 3.97 (t, J--9.6, 1 ), 3.79 (d, J--3.0, 1 ), 3.71
(dd, J 7.8, 9.9, 1 ), 3.50 (dd,
J--3.0, 10.2, 1), 2.88-2.74 (m, 1), 2.23-2.09 (m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3), 1.90-1.68
(m, 2), 1.57-1.33 (m,
2), 1.23 (q, J--6.9, 2), 0.91 (d, J--6.9, 3), 0.89 (d, J--6.9, 3), 0.75-0.60
(m, 1), 0.45-0.38 (m, 2),
0.04= 0.02 (m, 2 H). MS (ESPOS): 417.3 [M+H]+.
Example ~0
Preparation of 3-Butyl-1-methyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
HH,,..
HO ""~
R
HO~~H
[0631] Azetedine acid 16f (R9=butyl) was deprotected and N-methylated by
treatment with
formic acid and formaldehyde under conditions known to persons skilled in the
art to provide 3-
butyl-1-methyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid. Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) was
coupled to
3-butyl-1-methyl-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid as depicted in general coupling
scheme 11 to
provide the title compound.
[0632] iH NMR (300 MHz, D2O) S 5.36 (d, .I--6.0, 1), f.67 (d, J 8.7, 1), 4.31
(t, .I 9.3, 1),
4.22 (s, 2), 4.10 (dd, ~=6.0, 10.5, 1), 3.86 (d, J=3.3, 1), 3.79 (t, .~=9.6,
1), 3.64 (dd, J=3.3, 10.2,
1), 3.04-2.84 (m, 1), 2.93 (s, 3), 2.25-2.05 (m, 1), 2.14 (s, 3), 1.87-1.68
(m, 2), 1.40-1.20 (m,
4.), 0.~7 (t, .r 7.s, 9 H). Ms (ESPOS): 405.4 [M+H]+.
174
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 81
Preparation of Phosphoric acid mono-(4,5-dihydroxy-6-{2-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-
piperidine-2-carbonyl)-amino]-propyl~-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl)
ester
O
N HN""
H
HO ~""S
O-_
OH
[0633] Synthesis of the title compound, 5 (wherein R1=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9=4-cis-n-
propyl,
Rll=PO(OH)2) is detailed in Method V.
[0634] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) b 5.41 (d, J--5.7, 1), 4.53-4.43 (m, 1), 4.10-
3.88 (m,
4), 3.73 (dd, J--3.0, 9.6, 1), 3.44-3.30 (m, 2), 2.25-2.10 (m, 2), 2.11 (s,
3), 2.00-1.88 (m, 1),
1.86-1.70 (m, l), 1.44-1.25 (m, 6), 0.98-0.88 (m, 9). MS (ESP~S): 485.1
[M+H]+. ~MS
(ESNEG)': 483.0 [M - H]'.
Example 82
Preparation of Succinic acid mono-(4,5-dihydroxy-6-~2-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-
piperidine-2-carbonyl)-amino]-propyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl)
ester
N HN'''
F9 ~ /
H~.
~-9~ O
O
HO
[0635] T~ a suspension of alcohol 18b (wherein Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R~=4-cis-n-
propyl,
m=2) (721 mg, 1.16 mmol, 1 equiv), succinic anhydride (174 mg, 1.74 mmol, 1.5
equiv) and
DMAP (71 mg, 0.58 mmol, 0.5 equiv) in 1,2-dichlor~ethane (3.0 mL) at 23
°C was added Et3N
175
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
(0.34 mL, 2.43 mmol, 2.1 equiv). After stirring for 2 h at 23 °C, the
reaction mixture was
partitioned between EtOAc (100 mL) and 10% aqueous citric acid (100 mL). The
organic layer
was separated, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgS04) filtered and
concentrated to furnish
840 mg of the desired product 18c (wherein Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl,
Rl1=succinic
acid mono ester) (1.16 mmol, 100%) as a white foam. The product was used
without further
purification.
[0636] MS (ESPOS): 745.2 [M + Na]+. MS (ESNEG): 721.2 [M - H]-.
[0637] To a solution of protected succinate 18c (wherein Rl=RZ =Me, R3=H, R9=4-
cis-n-
propyl, Rll=succinic acid mono ester) (251 mg, 0.35 mmol, 1 equiv) in 1,2-
dichloroethane (20
mL) at 23 °C was added H20 (1.0 mL) followed by TFA (8.0 mL). After
stirring for 25 min at
23 °C, toluene (30 mL) was added and the resulting solution was
concentrated to 20 mL volume.
This solution was further diluted with toluene (30 mL) then concentrated to
dryness. The
product was purified by semi-preparative HPLC (Waters Nova-Pak~ HR C18, 6 ~,m
particle size,
60 t~ pore size, 20 mm ID x 100 mm, 5-60% acetonitrile in H20 w/ 0.1% AcOH
over 30 min,
20 mL/min flow rate) to give 94 mg of the title compound as a white solid.
[0638] 1H NMR (300 MHz, Da0) 8 5.55 (d, J=6.0, 1), 5.15 (dd, J--6.0, 10:5,-1),
4.26--4.16
(m, 2), 3.98-3.87 (m, 3), 3.51 (br d, J=13.5, 1), 3.07 (br t, J--9.9, 1), 2.69
(t, .I--7.2, 2)9 2.56 (t,
,7=7.2, 2), 2.28-2.21 (m, 1), 2.16-2.06 (m, 1), 2.13 (s, 3), 2.04-1.96 (m, 1),
1.84-1.70 (m, 1),
1.54-1.28 (m, 6), 0.94-0.84 (m, 9 H). MS (ESPOS): 505.1 [M+H]+. MS (ESNEG):
503.2 [M -
H]_.
Eacample 83
~rep~~r~tn~n ~f h~T (2-I'~~~-pb~lan-a_~,I_cthyl)-~~nccgn~annc acad 4'~-
dalay~~r~~g~-6-~2-
mc~;lgyl-1-[(4-P~°~pyI-Pape~°adinc-2-cap'b~ny~l)-an~a~~]-
p~°~Pgrf~-2-~ncthyl~aalfang~I-tct~ ~h~ol~-~-
Pyran-3-yl c~~;c~
O
~N Hf~~'
H
HO ~' ~~S
2HCI~
HOMO
O
~~NH
176
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0639] To a solution of protected succinate 18c (wherein Ri=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9=4-
cis-n-
propyl, Rll=succinic acid mono ester) (222 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1 equiv) in DMF (3.0
mL) at 0 °C
was added 4-(2-aminoethyl)morpholine (60 ~L, 0.46 mmol, 1.5 equiv) followed by
EDC~HCl
(89 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.5 equiv) followed by HOBt~Ha0 (56 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.2
equiv). After
stirring for 20 min at 0 °C the reaction was warmed to 23 °C.
After stirring for a further 16 h,
volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc
(100 mL) and
1:1 brine/10% aqueous citric acid (100 mL). The organic layer was separated,
washed with brine
(80 mL), dried (MgS04) filtered and concentrated to furnish 242 mg (0.29 mmol,
94%) of 18c
(wherein Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl, Rl l=N (2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-
succinic acid
mono ester) as a clear oil. The product was used without further purification.
[0640] MS (ESPOS): 835.5 [M+H]+.
[0641] To a solution of protected succinate 18c (wherein Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9=4-
cis-n-
propyl, Rl1 N (2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-succinic acid mono ester) (242 mg, 0.29
mmol, 1
equiy) in 1,2-dichloroethane (20 mL) at 23 °C was added H20 (1.0 mL)
followed by TFA (8.0
mL). After stirring for 25 min at 23 °C, toluene (70 mL) was added and
the resulting.solution
was. concentrated to dryness. The product was purified by semi-preparative
HPLC (Waters
Nova-Palc° HR C18, 6 ~.m particle size, 60 t~ pore size, 20 mm ID x 100
mm, 5-60% acetonitrile
in H2O w/ 0.1% HCl over 30 min, 20 mL/min flow rate) to give 47 mg of the
title compound as
a white solid.
[0642] 1H NMR (300 MHz, Da0) ~ 5.52 (d, ,l--6.0, 1), 5.12 (dd, J--6.0, 10.5,
1), 4.24-4.16
(m, 2), 3.95-3.85 (m, 3), 3.63 (t, ,I--6.0, 2), 3.50 (br d, .I--13.5, 1), 3.34
(t, J--6.0, 2), 3.05 (dt,
J 3.0, 13.5, 1), 2.76 (t, .J--6.0, 2), 2.61 (t, J--6.0, 2), 2.28 2.21 (m, 1),
2.16-2.06 (m, 1), 2.11 (s,
3), 2.04-1.96 (m, 1), 1.84-1.70 (m, 1), 1.54-1.28 (m, 6), 0.94-0.84 (m, 9 H);
rfa~v~lah~lir~e
~at~ot~~zs ate visible but vets br~~czd, cczusirzg baseline dzurrcps betwec~e
b ~.I S-3.14 (~3 ~). MS
(ESPOS): 617.5 [M+H]+. MS (ESNE(~): 651.2 [M + Cl]-.
177
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 84
Preparation of Dimethylamino-acetic acid 4,5-dihydroxy-6-~2-methyl-1-[(4-
propyl-
piperidine-2-carbonyl)-amino]-propyl}-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl
ester
N HN~~"
H
HO "'~S
2HCI~ HO~
O
s
-N
[0643] To a solution of alcohol 18b (wherein R1=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9=4-cis-n-
propyl, m=2)
(393 mg, 0.63 mm~1, 1 equiv) in CHZC12 (5.0 mL) at 23 °C was added N,N
dimethylglycine (72
mg, 0.70 mmol,-1..1 equiv) followed by DCC (390,mg, 1.90 mmol, 3 equiv)
followed by DMAP
(54 mg, 0.44,mm01, 0.7 equiv). After stirring f~r.12 h at 23 °C, the
reaction mixture was filtered
thr~ugh a PTFE membrane (0.45 ~,m) with the aid of CH2Cla (20 mL). The
filtrate was
partitioned between Et~Ac (100 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHC03 (80 mL). The
organic
layer was separated, washed with 1:1 brine:10% aqueous citric acid (60 mL),
brine (50 mL),
dried (MgS~4) filtered and concentrated to furnish 600 mg of brown solid which
was
determined t~ contain the desired product. The crude product was used without
further
purification.
[0644] MS (ESP~S): 708.5 [M+H]+.
[~64~] T~ a s~luti~n ~f pr~tected glycinate (600 mg, crude) in 1,2-
dichlor~ethana (20 mL) at
23 °C was added HZ~ (1.0 mL) followed by TFA (8.0 mL). After stirring
f~r 20 min at 23 °C,
t~luene (100 mL) was added and the resulting s~luti~n was c~ncentTated t~
dryness. The residue
was dissolved/suspended in H2~ (10 mI,) and filtered thr~ugh a PTFE membrane
(0.45 Vim)
with the aid of H20 (10 mL). The resulting solution was purified by semi-
preparative HPLC
(Waters Nova-Pak~ HR C18, 6 ~m particle size, 60 t~ pore size, 20 mm ID x 100
mm, 5-60%
acetonitrile in H20 w/ 0.1% HCl over 30 min, 20 mL/min flow rate) to give 189
mg the title
compound as a white solid.
178
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0646] 1H NMR (300 MHz, D20) 8 5.62 (d, J--6.3, 1), 5.30-5.23 (m, 1), 4.27-
4.16 (m, 4),
3.95-3.89 (m, 3), 3.50 (br d, J--12.3, 1), 3.04 (br t, ,I--13.2, 1), 3.00 (s,
6), 2.28-2.19 (m, 1),
2.16-2.06 (m, 1), 2.13 (s, 3), 2.04-1.96 (m, 1), 1.84-1.70 (m, 1), 1.54-1.28
(m, 6), 0.93-0.83
(m, 9 H). MS (ESPOS): 490.4 [M+H]+. MS (ESNEG): 524.2 [M + Cl]-.
Example 85
Preparation of 4-Cyclopropylmethyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~,
NH Hf~' '
O
HO "" S
HOYOH
[0647] Amino acid intermediate (2S, 4R)-4-cyclopropylmethyl-pyrrolidine-1,2-
dicarboxylic
acid-1-tart-butyl ester was prepared by the synthetic sequence described by
Goodman et al. . .
.Jour~~aal ~f C?r~a~cic Cdzernistry, 2003, 6~, 3923.
[0648] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) was coupled to (2~', 4R)-4-
cyclopropylmethyl- .
pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid-1-tart-butyl ester as depicted in general
coupling scheme 11 to
provide intermediate ~1a (Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9=cyclopropylmethyl, P1=H,
Pa=carboxylic
acid-t-butyl ester, m=1) which was deprotected under acidic conditions to
provide the title
compound.
[0649] MS (ESPOS): 403.3 [M+H]+.
Example ~6
preparation o~ 4-(2-C~grclobut~l-etlng~l)-pyrrolidnrae-2-ca~rbo~~lic acid [2-
me~:hyl-ll-
(3,495-trihydroxy-6-methgrlsul~an girl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-gel)-propg~l]-amide
.,,,. O
O
HO ~~'~S
H~ ~H
179
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0650] Amino acid intermediate (2S, 4R)-4-(2-cyclobutyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-
dicarboxylic acid-1-tart-butyl ester was prepared by general method K by
alkylation of
pyroglutamic acid ester 7a with (2-bromo-ethylidene)-cyclobutane. The allylic
halide (2-bromo-
ethylidene)-cyclobutane starting material was prepared from cyclobutanone in
two steps as
disclosed in U.S. patent 3,711,555.
[0651] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) was coupled to protected amino acid 7d
(R9=2-
cyclobutyl-ethyl) to provide intermediate carbamate 11a (Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9=2-
cyclobutyl-
ethyl, P1=H, PZ=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester, m=1) which was deprotected
under acidic
conditions to provide the title compound.
[0652] MS (ESPOS): 432.3 [M+H]+.
Example 87
Preparation of 4-(2-Cyclopropyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
., , ~~,,_, O
.~, ~" ~ .
. . H~ "~, S/
HO~~H
[0653] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, Ra=Me) was coupled to protected amino acid ~c
(R9=2-
cyclopropyl-ethyl) prepared by method M to provide interniediate carbamate lla
(Rl=R2 =Me,
R3=H, R9= 2-cyclopropyl-ethyl, P1=H, P2=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester, m=1)
which was
depr~tected under acidic conditions to provide the title compound.
[0654] MS (ESP~S): 417.3 [M+H]+.
1~0
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 88
Preparation of 5-Propyl-azepane-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
O
NH Hf~ ~"
O
HO "'~S
HOYOH
[0655] To a solution of protected cyclic amino acid 19f (R12=H, R13=propyl),
(81.4 mg, 0.29
mmol) prepared by general method W, DIEA (100 ~.L, 0.57 mmol) and 2b (Rl=Me,
R2=Me)
HCl salt (83 mg, 0.29 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) and HBTU (120 mg, 0.32
mmol) were
added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 6 hours at room
temperature under NZ then
concentrated to a residue. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and
washed with 10% citric
acid, saturated sodium bicarbonate, and brine. The organic layer was dried and
evaporated to
dryness to give the desired 1'-N protected lincosamide lla (Rl=Me, Ra=Me,
R3=H, R9=propyl,
P1=H, P2=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester) (148 mg, 100 °/~). ' ' .
[0656] To a solution of 1'-N protected lincosamide l la (Rl=Me, R2=IVIe, R3=H,
R9~ropyl,
P1=H, Pa=carboxylic acidt-butyl ester) (147 mg, 0.285 mmol) in anhydrous DCE
(2.0 mL) was
added a solution of TES (10 p.L, 0.13 mmol) in TFA (7.5% by weight water) 0.44
mL,). The
resulting reaction mixture was stirred for one hour at room temperature under
N2. The reaction
mixture was concentrated and co-evaporated with toluene to furnish the desired
product 5-
Propyl-2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1H azepine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfsnyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide (1 S 1 mg, 100 °/~)
as a white solid which
was used in the subsequent reaction without further purification.
[0657] Ms(ESP~s): s 17 [M+H]+.
[~658] To a solution of 5-Propyl-2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-lI7=a~epine-2-carboxylic
acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide (112.4 mg,
0.212 mmol) in methanol (8.0 mL) was added 10% Pd/C degusa wet form (100 mg).
The
resulting suspension was hydrogenated at 50 psi for two days. The reaction
mixture was filtered
through celite, then a 0.45 p,m PTFE membrane and evaporation to dryness to
fixrnish the crude
product (96 mg, 88 °/~). The crude product was purified by semi-
preparative HPLC (Waters
181
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Nova-Pak~ HR C18, 6 ~m particle size, 601 pore size, 20 mm ID x 100 mm, 5-60%
acetonitrile
in H2~ w/ 0.1 % AcOH over 30 min, 20 mL/min flow rate) to provide the title
compound (23.5
mg, 21.5 %) as a white solid.
[0659] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.24 (d, 1). 4.20-4.27 (m, 1), 4.04-4.15 (m,
2), 3.84
(d, 1), 3.41-3.55 (m, 2), 3.10-3.18 (t, 1), 1.88-2.20 (m, 6), 1.50-1.61 (m,
2), 1.25-1.39 (m, 3),
0.88-0.89 (m, 6); MS (ESPOS): 419.4 [M+H]+.
Example 89
Preparation of 4-butyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-
6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
p
0
O
' HO
.. , H~ OH
[0660] Lincosamine 2b (R1=Me, R2=Me) was coupled to amino acid intermediate
20~,
(wherein R13=H, R12=4-tr ass-n-butyl, n=1 ) as prepared by method X, as
depicted in general
coupling scheme 11 to provide intermediate carbamate lla (Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H,
R9=4-trar~s-n-
butyl, P1=H, P2=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester, m=2) which was deprotected
under acidic
conditions to provide the title compound.
[0661] MS (ESP~S): 420 [M+H]+.
182
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 90
Preparation of 4-(3-Cyclopentyl-propyl)-piperidine-Z-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-
1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
NH HI~~
H ~~~SMe
HOYOH
[0662] To a mixture of 13c (Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9'=3-Cyclopentyl-prop-1-ynyl)
prepared
by method Q (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) and water (4 mL) were added
platinum
oxide (200 mg) and conc. HCl (25 ~,L). The mixture was purged and charged with
hydrogen (65
psi) and shaken overnight. The platinum oxide was removed by filtration and
the filtrate was
evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the
title compound
(26.8 mg, 26%) as a white solid.
[0663] 1H 1~TMR (300 MHz, CI~30D) ~ 5.24 (d, J= 5.4, 1), 4.17 (dd, J= 3;3,
10.2, 1), 4~.10-
4.03 (m, 2), 3.81 (d, J= 3.3, 1), 3.57-3.48 (m, 2),, 3.27-3.20 (m, 1), 2.84-
2.74 (m, 1), 2.19-2.13
(m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3), 2.07-2.00 (m, 1), 1.82-1.70 (m, 4), 1.64-1.50 (m, 5),
1.38-1.25 (m, 6), 1.23-
1.04 (m, 4), 0.94-0.88 (m, 6). MS (ESPOS): 473.7 [M+H]+.
Example 91
Preparatno~n of 4-(3-Methoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-anethyl-1-
(394,~-trihg~~l~°o~cg~-6-methyls~nlfany~l-tetrahyd~ro-py~'ara-2-grl)-
pr~pg~l]-~mnde
tSMe
H
183
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0664] To a dry flask was added 13b (Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H) (130 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1
equiv),
triphenylphosphine (45.3 mg, 0.17 mmol, 0.64 equiv), copper (I) iodide (32.9
mg, 0.17 mmol,
0.64 equiv), palladium acetate (19.4 mg, 0.086 mmol, 0.32 equiv) and
triethylamine (1.5 mL).
The mixture was deaerated with nitrogen, followed by addition of methyl
propargyl ether
(Aldrich) (114 ~L, 1.35 mmol, 5 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 50
°C overnight. The
solvent was removed under vacuum to give a dark residue. The residue was
purified by column
chromatography to give 13c (Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9'=3-Methoxy-prop-1-ynyl) as a
yellow syrup
(105 mg, 92%).
[0665] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI~) S 8.52-8.49 (m, 1), 8.20 (bs, 1), 8.16 (s, 1),
7.46 (dd, J=
1.7, 5.0, 1), 5.36 (d, J= 5.4, 1), 5.03 (d, J= 3, 1), 4.33 (s, 2), 4.27-4.10
(m, 2), 3.98 (d, J=10.2,
1), 3.75 (t, J= 3.6, 1), 3.55-3.45 (m, 1), 3.44 (s, 3), 2.67 (d, J= 9.9, 1),
2.47-2.40 (m, 1), 2.38 (d,
J= 5.1, 1), 2.17 (s, 3), 1.04 (d, J= 7.2, 3), 0.96 (d, J= 6.9, 3); MS (ESP~S):
425.6 [M+H]+; MS
(ESNEG): 423.5 [M-H]-.
[0666] To a mixture of 13c (Rl=Me, R9'=3-Methoxy-prop-1-ynyl) (95 mg, 0.22
mmol) in
Me~H (6 mL) and water (4 mL) were added platinum oxide (200 mg) and conc. HCl
(26 ~,L).
The mixture was purged and charged with hydrogen (65 psi) and shaken
overnight. The
platinuW oxide was removed' by filtration arid the~filtrate was evaporated.
The residue was
purified by chromatography to give the title compound (8 mg, 8 °1~) as
a white solid.
[0667] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3~D) S 5.23 (d, J= 5.7, 1), 4.17 (dd, J= 3.2, 10.1,
1), 4.10-
4.02 (m, 2), 3.80 (d, J= 3.3, 1), 3.53-3.43 (m, 2), 3.39 (t, J= 6.5, 2), 3.31
(s, 3), 3.27-3.18 (m,
1), 2.80-2.70 (m, 1), 2.21-2.11 (m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3), 2.06-1.98 (m, 1), 1.82-
1.74 (m, 1), 1.65-1.54
(m, 3), 1.38-1.28 (m, 2), 1.23-1.08 (m, 2), 0.93-0.88 (m, 6); MS (ESP~S):
435.7 [M+H]+; MS
(ESNE(3): 433.6 [M-H]-.
184
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 92
Preparation of 4-(3-Ethoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~SMe
ti
[0668] To a dry flask were added 13b (Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H) made using method Q
(130 mg,
0.27 mmol, 1 equiv), triphenylphosphine (45.3 mg, 0.17 mmol, 0.64 equiv),
copper (I) iodide
(32.9 mg, 0.17 mmol, 0.64 equiv), palladium acetate (19.4 mg, 0.086 mmol, 0.32
equiv) and
triethylamine (1.5 mL). The mixture was deaerated with nitrogen, followed by
addition of ethyl
propargyl ether (113 mg, 1.35 mmol, 5 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 50
°C overnight. The
solvent was removed under vacuum to give a dark residue. The residue was
purified by
chromatography to give 13c (Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9~=3-Ethoxy-prop-1-ynyl) (7~.1
mg, 66 %).
IVIS (ESPOS): 439.6 [M+H]+; MS (ESNEG): 437.5 [M-H]-.
[0669] To a mixture of the above syrup in MeOH (6 mL) and water (4 mL) were
added
platinum oxide (150 mg) and conc. HCl (14 ~L). The mixture was purged and
charged with
hydrogen (65 psi) and shaken overnight. The platinum oxide was removed by
filtrati~n and the
filtrate was evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography to give
the title compound
(20 mg, 25 %) as a white solid.
[~67~] 1H ~TMR (300 MHO, CI~30I)) ~ 5.25 (d, ,l= 5.7, 1), 4.21 (dd, .I= 3,
9.9, 1), 4.11-4.04
(m, 2), 3.~9-3.~0 (m, 2), 3.54-3.3~ (m, 6), 3.10-2.9~ (m, 1), 2.25-2.12 (m,
2), 2.11 (s, 3), 2.00-
1.90 (m, 1), 1.7~-1.56 (m, 2), 1.44-1.27 (m, 5), 1.17 (t, .I= 6.9, 3), 0.94-
0.~3 (m, 6). MS
(ES1~OS): 449.6 [M+H]+; MS (ES~TE(3): 447.7 [M-H]-.
1~5
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 93
Preparation of 4-(3-Propoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
SMe
[0671] To a dry flask were added 13b (R1=R2 =Me, R3=H) made using method Q
(150 mg,
0.31 mm~1, 1 equiv), triphenylphosphine (52.4 mg, 0.2 mmol, 0.64 equiv),
copper (I) iodide
(38.1 mg, 0.2 mmol, 0.64 equiv), palladium acetate (22.4 mg, 0.1 mmol, 0.32
equiv) and
triethylamine (1.7 mL). The mixture was deaerated with nitrogen, foll~wed by
addition of
propargyl ether (117 mg, 1.24 mmol, 4 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 50
°C ~vernight. The
solvent was removed under vacuum t~ give a dark residue. The residue was
purified by
chromatography to give 13c (Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H, R9'=3-pr~p-1-ynyl-oxy-prop-1-
ynyl) (40.9 mg,
29 ~/~). MS (ESPOS): 449.2 [M+H]+.
[0672] To a mixture of the above syrup in MeOH (6 mL) and water (4 mL) were
added
platinum oxide (100 mg) and 0.1037 IV HCl (0.86 mL, 0.089 mmol, 0.98 equiv).
The mixture
was purged and charged with hydrogen (65 psi) and shaken ~vernight. The
platinum oxide was
removed by f ltration and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was
purified by
chr~mat~graphy t~ give a white s~lid, the title c~mp~und (11 mg, 26
°/~).
[0673] 1H NMR (300 MHO, CD3OlJ) S 5.24 (d, .I= 5.7, 1), 4.17 (dd, ,I= 3.2,
10.1, 1), 4.10-
4~.02 (m, 2), 3.79 (d, ~= 3, 1), 3.53-3.32 (m, 6), 3.25-3.18 (m, 1), 2.80-2.68
(m, 1), 2.22-2.12 (m,
1), 2.10 (s, 3), 2.06-1.98 (m, 1), 1.83-1.74 (m, 1), 1.66-1.08 (m, 9), 0.97-
0.86 (m, 9); MS
(ESPOS): 463.4 [M+H]+.
186
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 94
Preparation of 4-(3-Cyclopropylmethoxy-propyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide
SMe
[0674] To a dry flask were added 13b (Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H) made using method Q
(200 mg,
0.42 mmol, 1 equiv), triphenylphosphine (69.7 mg, 0.27 mmol, 0.64 equiv),
copper (I) iodide
(50.6 mg, 0.27 mmol, 0.64 equiv), palladium acetate (29.8 mg, 0.13 mmol, 0.32
equiv) and
triethylamine (2.4 mL). The mixture was deaerated with nitrogen, followed by
addition of prop-
2-ynyloxymethyl-cyclopropane (229 mg, 2.08 mmol, 5 equiv). The mixture was
stirred at 50 °C
overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum t~ give a dark residue. The
residue was
purified by chromatography to give a 13c (Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9'=3-Prop-2-
ynyloxymethyl-
cyclopropane) (113 mg, 59 °1~). MS (ESPOS): 465.1 [M+H]+.
[0675] To a mixture of 13c (Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9'=3-Prop-2-ynyloxymethyl-
cyclopropane)
in MeOH (6 mL) and water (4 mL) were added platinum oxide (230 mg) and cone.
HCl (19.3
~,L, 0.232 mmol, 0.95 equiv). The mixture was purged and charged with hydrogen
(65 psi) and
shaken overnight. The platinum oxide was removed by filtration and the
filtrate was evaporated.
The rcsiduo was pu~rificd by chromatography to give a white solid, the title
compound (20 mg,
17 ~/~).
[0676] 1H 1VMR (300 MHO, CD30I)) ~ 5.25 (d, .~= 5.7, 1), 4.21 (dd, J= 3.6,
9.9, 1), 4.11-
4~.04 (m, 2), 3.87-3.78 (m, 2), 3.54-3.38 (m, 4), 3.08-2.98 (m, 1), 2.27-2.07
(m, 2), 2.11 (s, 3),
2.01-1.91 (m, 1), 1.80-1.25 (m, 9), 1.01-0.85 (m, 7), 0.56-0.47 (m, 2), 0.22-
0.15 (m, 2)~ MS
(ESPOS): 475.2 [M+H]+.
187
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 95
Preparation of 4-[3-(2-Fluoro-ethoxy)-propyl]-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide
SMe
[0677] To a dry flask were added 13b (R1=Ra =Me, R3=H) made using method Q
(230 mg,
0.48 mmol, 1 equiv), triphenylphosphine (80.1 mg, 0.31 mmol, 0.64 equiv),
copper (I) iodide
(58.2 mg, 0.31 mmol, 0.64 equiv), palladium acetate (34.2 mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.32
equiv) and
triethylamine (2.7 mL). The mixture was deaerated with nitrogen, followed by
addition of 3-(2-
FluOro-ethoxy)-propyne (244 mg, 2.39 mmol, 5 equiv). The mixture was stirred
at 50 °C
overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a dark residue. The
residue was
purified by chromatography to give 13c (Rl=Ra =lVle, R3=H, R9'=3-(2-Fluoro-
ethoxy)-propyne)
(159 mg, 73%).
[0678] To a mixture of 13c (Rl=R~ =Me, R3=H, R9'=3-(2-Fluoro-ethoxy)-propyne)
(159 mg,
73 %). in Me~H (6 mL) and water (4 mL) were added platinum oxide (320 mg) and
conc. HCl
(27.7 ~.L, 0.33 mmol, 0.95 equiv). The mixture was purged and charged with
hydrogen (65 psi)
and shaken overnight. The platinum oxide was removed by filtration and the
filtrate was
evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography to give a white solid,
the title
compound (25 mg, 15°/~).
[0679] 1H NMR (300 MHO, CI~3~I~) ~ 5.24 (d, .I= 5.7, 1), 4.60-4.56 (m, 1),
4.44-4.39 (m,
1), 4.20 (dd, .I= 3.3, 9.9, 1), 4.10-4.04 (m, 2), 3.81-3.75 (m, 2), 3.73-3.68
(m, 1), 3.63-3.58 (m,
1), 3.54-3.48 (m, 3), 3.43-3.34 (m, 1), 3.04-2.93 (m, 1), 2.23-2.12 (m, 2),
2.11 (s, 3), 1.98-1.88
(m, 1), 1.78-1.25 (m, 7), 0.95-0.87 (m, 6). MS (ESP~S): 467.2 [M+H]+.
188
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 96
Preparation of 4-[3-(3-Fluoro-propoxy)-propyl]-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide
~'~SMe
iH
[0680] To a dry flask were added 13b (R1=R2 =Me, R3=H) made using method Q
(230 mg,
0.48 mmol, 1 equiv), triphenylphosphine (80.1 mg, 0.31 mmol, 0.64 equiv),
copper (I) iodide
(58.2 mg, 0.31 mmol, 0.64 equiv), palladium acetate (34.2 mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.32
equiv) and
triethylamine (2.7 mL). The mixture was deaerated with nitrogen, followed by
addition of 3-(3-
Fluoro-prop0xy)-propyne (277 mg, 2.39 mmol, 5 equiv). The mixture was stirred
at 50 °C
overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a dark residue. The
residue was
purified by chromatography to give 13c (Rl=R2 =Me, R3=H, R9'=3-(3-Flu~ro-
pr~poxy)-
pr~pyne) (137 mg, 61 %).
[0681] T~ a mixture of the 13c (Rl=Rz =Me, R3=H, R9'=3-(3-Fluoro-propoxy)-
propyne) in
MeOH (6 mL) and water (4 mL) were added platinum ~xide (280 mg) and c~nc. HCl
(23.1 ~L,
0.28 mmol, 0.95 equiv). The mixture was purged and charged with hydrogen (65
psi) and
shaken ~vernight. The platinum oxide was removed by filtration and the
filtrate was evaporated.
The residue was purified by chr~mat~graphy t~ give a white s~lid, the til:le
c~mp~und (23 mg,
16 °/~).
[0682] 1H hTMR (300 MHO, CI~30D) S 5.24 (d, .I = 5.7, 1), 4.57 (t, .~= 5.9,
1), 4.41 (t, .I = 6,
1), 4.20 (dd, ,I= 3.2, 10.1, 1), 4.10-4.04 (m, 2), 3.81 (d, .J= 3, 1), 3.74-
3.67 (m, 1), 3.55-3.42 (m,
5), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1), 2.98-2.87 (m, 1), 2.23-2.08 (m, 2), 2.11 (s, 3), 2.00-
1.83 (m, 3), 1.72-1.57
(m, 2), 1.42-1.20 (m, 5), 0.97-0.87 (m, 6). MS (ESPOS): 481.2 [M+H]+.
189
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 97
Preparation of 4-(4-Methoxy-butyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
SMe
[0683] To a mixture of NaH (60 %, 37.6 mg, 0.94 mmol, 1 equiv) in dry DMF (2
mL) at 0
°C was added a solution of 14c (R9=4-methoxybutyl) prepared by method R
(197 mg, 0.94
mmol, 1 equiv) in DMF (0.5 mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 0
°C for 20 min, then
was cooled to -78° C. To the mixture was added iodomethane (134 mg,
0.94 mmol, 1 equiv).
The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2 hr, then at rt overnight. The
reaction mixture was diluted
with DCM, washed with brine, dried and concentrated. The residue was purified'
by preparative
TLC to gibe 4-(4-Methoxy-butyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (43
mg, 21 °10).
[0684] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) ~& 8.61-8.58 (m, 1), 7.97-7.95 (m, 1), 7:29-
7.26 (rri, 1),
3.98 (s, 3), 3.37 (t, J= 6, 2), 3.30 (s, 3), 2.70 (t, J= 7.7, 2), 1.78-1.54
(m, 4).
[0685] To a mixture of 4-(4-Methoxy-butyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl
ester ( (107
mg, 0.48 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (1.5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was added lithium
hydroxide
monohydrate (30.2 mg, 0.72 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for
4 h and diluted
with methanol (20 mL). Then H+ resin (0.4 g) was added and the mixture was
shaken for 10
minutes. The resin was washed with methanol (lx), 1:1 acetonitrile/water (lx),
and acetonitrile
(lx). The product was eluted with S°/~ TEA in methanol (4x) and
acetonitrile (lx). The
combined organic solvents were evaporated and co-evaporated with toluene to
give 4-(4-
Methoxy-butyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (63.4 mg, 63 %): 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CD3~D) S
8.47-8.43 (m, 1), 7.98-7.94 (m, 1), 7.43-7.37 (m, 1), 3.41 (t, J= 6.3, 2),
3.30 (s, 3), 2.75 (t, J=
7.5, 2), 1.80-1.55 (m, 4).
[0686] To a solution of 4-(4-Methoxy-butyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (63.4
mg) in dry
DMF (0.75 mL) at 0 °C were added a mixture of 7-Me MTL HCl salt 2b
(Rl=Me, Ra=Me) (87.3
mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 equiv) and DIEA (78 mg, 0.61 mmol, 2 equiv) in DMF (0.75 mL),
followed
by the addition of HETZJ (100 mg, 0.73 mmol, 1 equiv). The reaction mixture
was stirred at rt
190
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
for 3 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated under high vacuum to dryness. The
residue was
purified by chromatography to give a syrup (88 mg, 65 %).
[0687] MS (ESPOS): 443.0 [M+H]+; MS (ESNEG): 441.2 [M-H]'.
[0688] To a mixture of the above syrup (88 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 equiv) in MeOH (6
mL) and
water (4 mL) were added conc. HCl (15.7 ~.L, 0.19 mmol, 0.95 equiv) and
platinum oxide (180
mg). The mixture was purged and charged with hydrogen (65 psi) and shaken
overnight. The
platinum oxide was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated to
give a residue,
which was purified by chromatography to provide the title compound (lower
isomer, 20 mg,
22%) as a white solid.
[0689] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) & 5.22 (d, J= 5.7, 1), 4.15 (dd, J= 3.2, 10.1,
1), 4.09-
4.00 (m, 2), 3.78 (d, J= 2.7, 1), 3.49 (dd, J= 3.3, 10.5, 1), 3.38 (t, J= 6.3,
2), 3.30 (s, 3), 3.26-
3.22 (m, 1), 3.16-3.08 (m, 1), 2.66-2.55 (m, 1), 2.20-2.11 (m, 1), 2.09 (s,
3), 1.96-1.87 (m, 1),
1.73-1.64 (m, 1), 1.58-1.22 (m, 7), 1.11-0.97 (m, 2), 0.93-0.86 (m, 6); MS
(ESPOS): 449.4
[M+H]+; MS (ESNEG): 447.2 [M-H]-.
Example 98
Preparation of 4-Propoxymethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3~4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
[069~] To (1-Oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-methanol (5g, 0.04 mol) in a solution of
dichloromethane
(10 mL) and pyridine (10 mL) was added acetic anhydride (12.2 mL, 0.12 mol)
and the reaction
nuxture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was
then poured into
water and extracted with dichloromethane (200 mL) and then washed with brine
(100 mL). The
crude product obtained (4.27 g, 64%) was taken without purification for the
next reaction. To
the crude product (4.27 g, 25.6 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) and trimethylsilyl
cyanide (3.40 mL,
25.6 mmol), dimethylcarbamyl chloride (2.35 mL, 25.6 mmol) was added slowly
and then the
reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. !-aqueous
potassium carbonate (100
191
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
mL, 10%) was added and stirred for 10 minutes. Extraction with ethyl acetate
followed by
removal of solvent resulted in crude product which was purified on silica gel
column
chromatography using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to obtain cyanopyridine 10a
(R9=
acetoxymethylene) (2.37 g, 48%).
[0691] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) 8 8.68 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1), 7.65 (s, 1), 7.45 (d,
J= 5.7 Hz,
1), 5.13 (s, 2), 2.16 (s, 3). MS (ESPOS): 199 [M+Na]+.
[0692] To acetic acid 2-cyano-pyridin-4-ylmethyl ester 10a (R9 =
acetoxymethylene) (2.37
g, 0.012 mol), aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 mL, 6N) was added and refluxed
for 16 hr.
Stripping off hydrochloric acid and water resulted in acid lOb (R9 =
acetoxymethylene) (2.47 g,
100%).
[0693] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 8.83 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1), 8.56 (s, 1), 8.24 (d,
J= 5.7
Hz, 1), 4.92 (s, 2 MS (ESNEG): 152 [M-H]'.
[0694] To the lOb (R9 = acetoxymethylene) (2.40 g, 0.012 mol) in methanol (25
mL), water
(15 mL) and acetic acid (15 mL), platinum dioxide (1 g) was added and
hydrogenated at 50 psi
for 16 h. The catalyst-was filtered and the solvent was removed to obtain the
hydrogenated
product (2.50 g, 100%) which was taken as such for the next reaction. To the
crude product from
previous reaction in dioxane (30 mL) and water (30 mL), sodium hydroxide (2.2
g, 0.05 mol)
and di t-butyldica~bonate (12 g, 0.05 mol) was added and stirred at room
temperature for 16 h.
The reaction mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) to remove
any excess Boc-
anhydride. The aqueous phase was then carefully acidified with dil. HCl (1N)
and extracted
with ethyl acetate. The crude product obtained on removal of solvent was
purified on silica gel
column chromatography using ethyl acetate to obtain the 4-hydroxymethyl-
piperidine-1,2-
dicarboxylic acid 1-tart-butyl ester (0.62 g, 20%).
[069] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) S 4.27 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1), 3.37-3.65 (m, 4~),
2.05 (m, 1),
1.70-1.84 (m, 4), 1.52 (s, 9). MS (ESNEG): 258 [M-H]-.
[0696] To the 4-hydroxymethyl-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-teat-butyl
ester (100 mg,
0.39 m11101) in DMF (5 mL), sodium hydride (30 mg, 0.67 mmol) was added and
stirred at 0 °C
for 10 minutes. Propyl bromide (0.5 mL, 4.0 mmol) (0.5 mL, 0.35 mmol) was
added and stirred
at room temperature for 30 minutes and then at 50-60 °C for 2 h. DMF
was removed, water (50
mL) was added and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The product obtained
on removal of
solvent was purified on column chromatography using 50% ethyl acetate in
hexanes to provide
4-Butoxymethyl-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 2-butyl ester 1-tey~~-butyl
ester (100 mg, 75°/~).
192
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0697] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 4.10 (q, J= 6.6, 7.2 Hz, 4), 3.46-3.53 (m,
2), 3.25-
3.36 (m, 2), 2.05 (m, 2), 1.44-1.75 (m, 6), 1.45 (s, 9), 0.88-0.98 (m, 6). MS
(ESPOS): 366
[M+Na]+.
[0698] To the 4-Butoxymethyl-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 2-butyl ester 1-
tent-butyl
ester (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) in THF (5 mL), lithium hydroxide (122 mg, 2.90 mmol)
in water (1
mL) was added and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. It was then poured
into water and
extracted with ethyl acetate and discarded. The water layer was acidified and
then extracted with
ethyl acetate (50 mL). Removal of solvent gave the acid which was taken as
such for the next
coupling reaction. To 4-Butoxymethyl-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-test-
butyl ester (88
mg, 0.29 mmol) in DMF (3 mL), the amine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) (100 mg, 0.34 mmol),
HBTU
(132 mg, 0.34 mmol) and DIEA (0.1 mL, 0.58 mmol) was added and stirred at room
temperature
for 3 h. DMF was removed and product was purified on silica gel column
chromatography using
50% ethyl acetate in hexanes provided the Boc protected lincosamide (R9 = 4-
Butoxymethyl)
(77 mg, 49%).
[0699] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) S 5.25 (m, 1), 4.47-4.64 (m, 2), 4.41 (t, J=
6:0 Hz, 1),
4.26 (s, 1), 3.99-4.12 (m, 4), 3.85 (d, J= 3.3 Hz, 1), 3.50-3.54 (m~ 2), 3.31-
3.36 (m; 2), 2.14-
2.2.19 ( 'm; 2), 1.81 ~ (m; 3), 1.53 (m, 2), 1.45 (bs, 12), 0:88-0.98 (m, 9).
MS (ESPOS).: 535
[M~~H]+.' . ; .
[0700] To the above Boc protected lincosamide (R9 = 4-Butoxymethyl) (77 mg,
0.14 mmol),
30% TFA in DCE (30 mL), triethylsilane (1 mL) and water (1 mL) was added and
stirred at
room temperature for 1 hr. The residue obtained on removing the solvent was
chromatographed
using 20% methanol in DCM to obtain the title compound (10 mg, 16°/~)
as a white solid.
[0701] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) ~ 5.25 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1), 4.05-4.19 (m, 3),
3.74-3.86
(m, 2), 3.50-3.54 (m, 2), 3.40-3.54 (m, 4~), 2.14 (m, 2), 2.10 (s, 3), 2.00
(m, 1), 1.71-1.75 (m, 2),
1.54-1.61 (m, 2), 1.31 (m, 1), 0.89-0.94 (m, 9). MS (ESPOS): 435 [M+H]+.
193
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 99
Preparation of 4-(3-Fluoro-propoxymethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-
1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~SMe
H
[0702] The title compound was prepared by the same reaction sequence described
in
example 98 starting from Boc protected 4-hydroxymethyl-piperidine-1,2-
dicarboxylic acid 1-
tert-butyl ester substituting the reagent 3-fluoropropyl bromide in the
alkylation.
[0703] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.22 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 1), 4.58 (q, J= 3.9, 6.9
Hz, 1),
4.22 (q,,J= 5.1, 5.7 Hz, 1), 3.90-4.16 (m, 3), 3.82-3.86 (m, 1), 3.74 (d, J=
2.1 Hz, 1), 3.47-3.59
(m, 3), 3.35-3.39 (m, 1), 3.04 (m, 2), 2.07 (s, 3), 1.85-1.98 (m, 4), 1.47-
1.56 (m, 2), 1.02-1.12
(m, 2)9 0.90-0.96 (m, 6). MS (ESPOS): 453 [M+H]+.
Example 100
Preparation of 1-(5-Methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2
carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-2-yl)
propyl]-amide
....
0
'O H
[0704] To the title compound from example 17 (50 mg, 0.123 mmol) in DMF (5 mL)
at
room temperature, sodium carbonate (25 mg, 0.246 mmol) and 4-bromomethyl-5-
methyl-
[1,3]dioxol-2-one, prepared as described in J. Alexander, et.al. .I. .l~rled.
Cher~,1996, 39, 480-
486. (47 mg, 0.246 mmol) wart added and stirred over light at room
temperature. DMF was
194
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
removed and the crude material was loaded into a silica gel column and eluted
with a mixture of
methanol (5%) and dichloromethane to obtain the title compound as a white
solid (30 mg, 48%).
[0705] TLC: Rf= 0.5 (EtOAc). MS (ESPOS):517 [M+H]+; 1H NMR (CD3OD, 200 MHz): S
5.22 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1), 4.05-4.20 (m, 3), 3.86 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1), 3.51-3.60 (m,
2), 2.88-3.01 (m, 2),
2.17 (m, 2), 2.13 (s, 3), 2.10 (s, 3), 1.88 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 1), 1.70 (d, J= 8.2
Hz, 1), 1.21-1.35 (m,
6), 0.90-0.96 (m, 9).
Example 101
Preparation of 2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran
2-yl)-propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 5-methyl-2-oxo-
[1,3]dioxol
4-ylmethyl ester
~~~SMe
I~~~?H
[0706] To the title compound fTOm example 17 (50 mg, 0.123 mmol) in DMF (5 mL)
at
room temperature, potassium bicarbonate (20 mg, 0.30 mmol) and carbonic acid 5-
methyl-2-
oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl ester 4-vitro-phenyl ester, prepared as described
in F. Sakamoto,
et.al, Chetn. Phat~~ra. dull. 194, 32 (6), 2241-2348. (36 mg, 0.123 mmol) were
added and stirred
over night at room temperature. DMF was removed and the crude material was
loaded into a
silica gel column and eluted with a mi~sture of methanol (5°/~) and
dichloromethane to obtain the
title compound (30 mg, 44°/~) as a white solid.
[0707] TLC: Rf = 0.5 (EtOAc). MS (ESPOS): 561 [M+H]+; 1H NMR (CD3OD, 200 MHz):
~
5.23 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1), 4.92 (m, 2), 4.21-4.24 (m, 1), 4.07-4.13 (m, 3), 3.98
(m, 1), 3.57 (d, J=
2.2 Hz, 1), 3.54 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1), 2.16 (s, 3), 2.08 (s, 3), 1.95-1.97 (m,
2), 1.76-1.85 (m, 2), 1.60
(m, 1), 1.32 (m, 4), 0.88-0.98 (m, 9).
195
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 102
Preparation of Hexadecanoic acid 4,5-dihydroxy-6-}2-methyl-1-[(4-propyl-
piperidine-2-carbonyl)-amino]-propyl}-2-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-3-yl
ester
N Hf~'"
H
HO ~""S
[0708] The title compound, 5 (wherein Rl=Ra =Me, R3=H, R6=H, R9=4-cis-n-
propyl,
Rl1=CO(CH2) 14CH3, m=2) may be prepared employing method V by treatment of
alcohol 18b
(wherein Rl=RZ=Me, R3=H, R6=Boc, R9=4-cis-n-Pr, and m=2) with the acylating
reagent
palmitoyl chloride.
Example 103
Preparation of 1-(1-Methyl-3-oxo-but-1-enyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic
acid
[2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide
N Hf~''
HO ' "~S
g
H~ ~H
[0709] The title c~mpound may be prepared empl~ying the meth~d described by
Jcnsen et
al, J~urnal ~f Medicinal Chemistry 190, 23, by treatment ~f 1 (wherein
Rl=Ra=Mc, R3=H,
R6=H, R~=4-cis-n-pr~pyl, and m=2) with acetylacetone.
196
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 104
Preparation of 2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-
2-yl)-propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 1-acetoxy-ethyl
ester
O
N Hf~!''
O
~HO '"'S
q HO OH
~O
[0710] The title compound may be prepared employing the method described by
Alexander
et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 1988, 31, 318-322, by treatment of 1
(wherein Ri=R2=Me,
R3=H, R6=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl, and m=2) with the acylating reagent Acetic acid
1-(4-nitro-
phenoxycarb0nyloxy)-ethyl ester.
Example 105
Preparation of 2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-
2-yl)-propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 2-amino-3-methyl-
pentanoyloxymethyl ester
O
N HI~"'
O
~HO ~"~S
HO ~~OH
O
~i~~H~
[0711] The title comp~und may be prepared employing the meth~d described by
Alexander
et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 1988, 31, 318-322, by treatment of 1
(wherein Rl=Ra=Me,
R3=H, R6=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl, and m=~) with the appr~priate acylating reagent
(2-tert-
butoxycarbonylamino-3-methyl-pentanoic acid 4-vitro-phenoxycarbonyloxymethyl
ester),
f~llowed by TFA deer~tecti~n.
197
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 106
Preparation of 2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-
2-yl)-propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid piperidine-4-
carbonyloxymethyl ester
H1~'
O
HO ~"'~S
HO OH
[0712] The title compound may be prepared employing the method described by
Alexander
et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 1988, 31, 318-322, by treatment of 1
(wherein Rl=RZ=Me,
R3=H, R6=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl, and m=2) with the appropriate acylating reagent
(piperidine-
1,4-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 4-(4-vitro-phenoxycarbonyloxymethyl)
ester), followed
by TFA deprotection.
Example 107
Preparation of 1-(Propionylamino-methyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid
[2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide
O
1I Hf~~,
O
H HO.
H~ ~~OH
[0713] The title compound may be prepaxed from 1 (wherein Rl=R2=Me, R3=H,
R6=H,
R9=4-cis-n-propyl, and m=2) employing the method described by Bundgaard et
a.1, Journal of
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1980, 69 (1), 44-46.
198
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 108
Preparation of N-~2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-2-yl)-propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-nicotinamide
O
N HN ''
H
HO OH
N
[0714] The title compound may be prepared from 1 (wherein Rl=R2=Me, R3=H,
R6=H,
R9=4-cis-n-propyl, and m=2) employing the method described by Bundgaard et al,
Journal of
Pharmaceutical Sciences,1980, 69 (1), 44-46.
Example 109
Preparation of 1-(2-Amino-propionyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-
methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide
O
N H~!'"
O
--~HO ~'~~S
PIH'~D L
HO~ ~OH
[0715] The title compound may be prepared employing the method described by
i~'Jeiss et al,
P~ntimicrobi~l Agents and Chemotherapy,1999, 43 (3), 460-4~P~4, by treatment
of 1 (wherein
Rl=R2=Me, R3=H, R6=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl, and m=2) with Boc-alanine and HATU in
the
presence of I~IEt~ in an appropriate solvent followed by TI°t~
deprotection.
199
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 110
Preparation of 1-(2-Amino-3-phenyl-propionyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic
acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propyl]-amide
l e..
m IIS
HO~OH
[0716] The title compound may be prepared employing the meth~d described by
Weiss et al,
Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy,1999, 43 (3), 46064, by treatment of 1
(wherein
Rl=Ra=Me, R3=H, R6=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl, and m=2) with B~c-phenylalanine and
HATU in
the presence of I~IEA in an appropriate solvent followed by TFA deprotection.
Example 111
' Preparation of 1-(2-Amino-3-methyl-pentanoyl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-
carboxylic
acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-
propyl]-amide
O
N Hf~~"
O /
HO ~'lIS
/ I~H~
HO ~~OH
[0717] The title c~mp0und may be prepared empl~ying the meth~d described by
Weiss et al,
Antimicr~bial Agents and Chem~therapy,1999, 43 (3), 4'60-464', by treatment of
1 (wherein
Rl=RZ=Me, R3=H, R6=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl, and m=2) with Boc-is~leucinc and HATU
in the
presence ~f I)IEA in an appropriate solvent f~llowed by TFA deprotecti~n.
200
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 112
Preparation of 1-(2-Amino-3-methyl-butyryl)-4-propyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic
acid
[2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-
amide
',.
N Hf~
O
HO ~"~S
NN2
HO~OH
[0718] The title compound may be prepared employing the method described by
Weiss et al,
Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy,1999, 43 (3), 460--464, by treatment of
1 (wherein
Rl=Ra=Me, R3=H, R6=H, R9=4-cis-n-propyl, and m=2) with with Boc-valine and
HATIJ in the
presence of DIEA in an appropriate solvent followed by TFA deprotection.
Example 113
Preparation of 1-(1-IVIethyl-1,4-dihydro-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4-propyl-
piperidine-
2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran-2-y1)-
' propyl]-amide
O
N HN"°
O /
HO "'~S
H~'~~H
[~719] The title comp~und may be prepared fr~m 1 (wherein Rl=RZ=Vie, R3=H,
RG=H,
R9=4~-cis-n-pr~pyl, and m=2) empl~ying the meth~d described by Shek et al,
J~urnal ~f
Medicinal Chemistry 1976, 19 (1), 10~-112.
201
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 114
Preparation of 2-[2-Methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-
pyran
2-yl)-propylcarbamoyl]-4-propyl-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid 1-methyl-1,2,3,6-
tetrahydro
pyridin-4-yl ester
- .,n
HO ~~H
(0720] The title compound may be prepared from 1 (wherein Rl=RZ=Me, R3=H,
R6=H,
R9=4-cis-n-propyl, and m=2) employing the method described by Flaherty et al,
Journal of
Medicinal Chemistry 1996, 39, 47s6-4761.
Example 115
4-Cyclohexylmethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-
6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
O
NH HN" ~~~
O
HO ~~~~SMe
H~ OH
[0721] The intermediate 10b, (R9=ben~yl) was made by empl~ying method P using
4-
b~n~ylpyridin c as the starting material.
(~722] 1H 1VMR (300 MHO, CI73~I~) ~ ~.7~ (m, 1), x.40 (s, 1), x.03 (m, 1),
7.26-7.40 (m, s),
4.39 (s, 2)~ M~ (ESI~TECa): 212 [M - 1]'.
[0723] Linc~samine 2b (Rl=M~, R2=Mc) was coupled t~ 4-Een~.ylpyridine-2-
curb~xylic
acid lOb (R9=4-benzyl) as depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to provide
intermediate llb
(Rl=Me, R2=Me, R3=H, R9=ben~yl, P1=H), which was reduced by catalytic
hydrogenation to the
title compound.
202
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0724] IH NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.24 (d, J = 5.4, 1), 4.03-4.19 (m, 4), 3.78
(m, 1),
3.48-3.52 (m, 2), 3.21-3.24 (m, 2), 2.77 (t, J = 12.6, 1), 2.17 (m, 2), 2.15
(s, 3), 1.98-2.02 (m 1),
1.70-1.74 (m, 60), 1.12-1.37 (m, 8), 0.91 (d, J = 6.9, 6); MS [ESPOS]: 459 [M
+ H]+.
Example 116
4-(2-Propyloxyethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
~O
O
NH HN
O
HO ~~~~SMe
HOYOH
[0725] To a solution of 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-pyridine (2.15 g, 17.48 mmol, 1
equiv) in glacial
acetic acid (11:7 mL) was added 30 % hydrogen peroxide (1.98 mL, 17.48 mmol, 1
equiv). The
reaction mixture was refluxed overnight and concentrated. The residue was
dissolved in DCM,
and dried (MgS04). Solvent was evaporated~under vacuum and then again co-
evaporated with
toluene to give the N-oxide intermediate as a syrup.
[0726] A solution of the above syrup in DCM (17 mL) was added to
trimethylsilyl cyanide
(2.95 mL, 22.14, 1.27 equiv) at r.t. and then cooled to 0 °C. To the
mixture was added dropwise
a solution of dimethylcarbamyl chloride in DCM (4.4 mL) over 10 min. The
reaction mixture
was stirred at r.t. overnight. A solution of 10% aqueous potassium carbonate
(17.5 mL) was
added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. The organic layer was
separated and the
aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x). The combined organic layers were
dried and
concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography to give the nitrite
intermediate 10a
(R9=2-hydroxyethyl) (0.82 g, 25 °J~) as a yellow oil.
[0727] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) ~ 8.61 (d, J = 5.1, 1), 7.56 (d, J = 0.6, 1),
7.39-7.34 (m,
1), 4.31 (t, J = 6.5, 2), 2.99(t, J = 6.3, 2), 2.02 (s, 3).
[0728] A solution of above nitrite 10a (R9=2-hydroxyethyl) (0.82 g, 4.32 mmol)
in 6 N HCl
(2 mL) was refluxed overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
vacuum. MeOH
(18 mL) and water (18 mL) were added, followed by conc. aq. HCl (2.2 mL) and
platinum oxide
(450 mg). The mixture was purged and charged with hydrogen (1 atm) and stirred
overnight.
203
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
The platinum oxide was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated under
vacuum to afford
the intermediate pipecolic acid intermediate.
[0729] The above pipecolic acid intermediate was taken in 2N NaOH (5 mL) and t-
butanol
(5 mL), and di-t-butyl Bicarbonate (1.33 g, 6.1 mmol) was added with stirring.
The mixture was
stirred at r.t. overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue
was diluted with
water and organic layer washed with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified
with 2N HCl to pH
= 2.0, and extracted with ethyl acetate (twice). The combined organic layers
were dried
(MgS04) and concentrated under vacuum. The crude N-Boc pipecolinic acid
intermediate was
purified by chromatography to give 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-piperidine-1,2-
carboxylic acid-1-tert-
butyl ester (210 mg, 18 %) as a clear syrup.
[0730] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 4.45-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.64 (t, J = 7.1, 2), 3.63-
3.56 (m,
1), 3.34-3.24 (m, 1), 1.99-1.94 (m, 2), 1.85-1.65 (m, 2), 1.62-1.53 (m, 2),
1.48-1.43 (m, 1), 1.42
(s, 9).
[0731] Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 28.9 mg, 0.72 mmol, 2 equiv) was washed
with hexane
(2x), and dried under high vacuum. A solution of 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-piperidine-
1,2-carboxylic
acid-1-tart-butyl ester (98.6 mg, 0.36, 1 equiv) in DMF (0.8 mL) was added to
a mixture of,the
sodium hydride in DMF (0.7 mL) at 0 °C. .The mixture was stirred at
0°C for'S min, and then at
r.t. for 20 min. 1-Bromopropane (0.33 mL, 3.6 mmol, 10 equiv) was added and
the mixture
stirred at r.t. for 3h and then quenched with water. The mixture was diluted
with ethyl acetate,
washed with water (lx), brine (lx), dried and concentrated to give a clear
oil, which was
purified by chromatography to give the ether intermediate 4-(2-propyloxyethyl)-
piperidine-1,2-
carboxylic acid-1-tart-butyl ester-2-propyl ester (35.8 mg, 28 %).
[0732] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) & 4.36-4.29 (m, 1), 4.05 (t, J = 6.8, 2), 3.65-
3.53 (m, 1),
3.39 (t, J = 6.5, 2), 3.32 (t, J = 6.g, 2), 3.33-3.25 (m, 1), 2.03-1.92 (m,
1), 1.87-1.70 (m, 3), 1.68-
1.48 (m, 6), 1.41 (s, 9), 1.41-1.34 (m, 1), 0.97-0.84 (m, 6); MS (ESP~S):
258.2 [M - Boc + H]+.
[0733] To a solution of ether intermediate 4-(2-propyloxyethyl)-piperidine-1,2-
carboxylic
acid-1-tart-butyl ester-2-propyl ester (73 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 equiv) in dioxane
(1 mL) and water
(0.8 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (84 mg, 2 mmol, 10 equiv).
The reaction
mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum.
The residue was
diluted with water, washed with ether. The aqueous layer was taken up in ethyl
acetate, and
partitioned with 10% citric acid. The organic layer was washed with water (1
x), brine (1 x),
dried and concentrated to give the acid intermediate 4-(2-propyloxyethyl)-
piperidine-1,2-
carboxylic acid-1-tart-butyl ester (61.1 mg, 97°/~) as a syrup.
204
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
(0734] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13 ) ~ 4.37-4.30 (m, 1), 3.61-3.50 (m, 1), 3.42 (t,
J = 6.5, 2),
3.34 (t, J = 6.8, 2), 3.42-3.35 (m, 1), 2.06-1.95 (m,1), 1.88-1.70 (m, 3),
1.65-1.50 (m, 4), 1.43 (s,
9), 1.42-1.34 (m, 1), 0.88 (t, J = 7.5, 3).
[0735] A mixture of lincosamine 2b hydrochloride (R1 = Ra = Me; 55.8 mg, 0.19
mmol, 1
equiv) and DIEA (50 mg, 0.39 mmol, 2 equiv) in DMF (1 mL), was added to above
acid
intermediate (61.1 mg, 0.19 mmol, l equiv), followed by the addition of HBTU
(80 mg, 0.21
mmol, 1.1 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 h. The
reaction mixture was
evaporated under high vacuum to dryness. The residue was diluted with ethyl
acetate, washed
with 1:1 10% citric acid/brine (lx), sat. aqueous sodium bicarbonate (lx),
brine (1x), dried and
concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography to give the N-Boc
lincosamide
intermediate (60 mg, 56 %).
(0736] MS (ESPOS): 549.5 [M + H]+. MS (ESNEG): 547.2 [M - H] -.
[0737] To a solution of above N-Boc intermediate in DCM (9 mL) with methyl
sulfide (0.2
mL) were added trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) and water (0.2 mL). The reaction
mixture was
stirred at r.t. for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and co-
evaporated with toluene
twice. The residue was purified by chromatography to provide the final product
(lower Rf
isomer, 12 mg, 25%) as a'vuhite solid.
[0738] 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) S 5.24 (d, J = 5.7, 1), 4.20 (dd, J = 3.3, 9.9,
1), 4.11=
4.04 (m, 2), 3.83-3.76 (m, 2), 3.55-3.48 (m, 3), 3.45-3.37 (m, 1), 3.38 (t, J
= 6.6, 2), 3.07-2.94
(m, 1), 2.29-2.12 (m, 2), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.98-1.83 (m, 2), 1.65-1.51 (m, 4),
1.45-1.33 (m, 2), 0.96-
0.86 (m, 9); MS (ESPOS): 449.4 [M + H]+; MS (ESNEG): 447.2 [M - H]-.
Example 117
4-~grcl~p~°~lpyl~aeth~~~y-pnpe~edine-2-~aa~b~xg~la~ read [2-methyl-1-
(39495-t~°ab~rd~~~;~y_
6-nnetlag~l~ulfangrl-tetrahydr~-lOy~an-2-gel)-p~°~pyl]-arcade
NH Hf~
O
HO ~~~~SMe
HOYOH
205
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
[0739] The title compound was made using the synthetic sequence found in
method S
starting from 4-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid, substituting
cyclopropylmethylbromide as
the alkylating agent.
[0740] Compound 15a (R9'=cyclopropylmethyl): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) ~ 8.41
(d,
J=4.8, 1), 7.65 (d, J=2.4, 1), 7.20 (m, 1), 4.09 (d, J=6.9, 2), 1.32 (m, 1),
0.66 (m, 2), 0.43 (m, 2);
MS (ESNEG): 192 [M - H]-.
[0741] Compound 15b (Rl=Me, R2=Me, R3=H, R9~=cyclopropylmethyl): 1H NMR (300
MHz, CD3OD) 8 8.41 (d, J=5 .7, 1 ), 7.61 (d, J=2.7, 1 ), 7.07 (dd, J=2.7, 5.7,
1 ), 5 .27 (d, J=5.4, 1 ),
4.87 (m, 2), 4.12 (dd, J=3.0, 10.2, 1), 3.98 (d, J=6.9, 1), 3.84 (d, J=3.0,
1), 3.56 (dd, J=3.3, 9.6,
1), 3.33 (m, 1), 2.85 (m, 1), 2.25 (m, 1), 2.11 (s, 3), 1.29 (m, 1), 0.98 (t,
J=5.7, 6), 0.66 (m, 2),
0.39 (m, 2); MS (ESPOS): 427 [M + H]+.
[0742] Title compound (38 mg, 18%): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) S 5.24 (d, J=5.4,
1),
4.88 (dd, J=6.3, 9.6, 1), 4.04 (m, 2), 4.21 (d, J=2.7, 1), 3.50 (m, 3), 3.33
(m, 2), 2.78 (m, 1), 2.30
(m, 1), 2.16 (m, 1), 2.10 (s, 3) 1.38 (m, 2), 1.02 (m, 9), 0.53 (m, 2), 0.22
(m, 2); MS (ESPOS):
43 3 [M + H]+, r
Example 118
4-Fluoro-4-butyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F
NH Ht~
F~9~ .
E9 ~H
[0743] The title compound was made using the synthetic sequence found in
method Y
(general scheme 21) starting from 4-oxo-piperidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-
tar°t-butyl ester 21a
(m=2, P=H, P2=Boc), substituting butyl lithium as the R9 carbon nucleophile.
[0744] Lincosamine 2b (Rl=Me, R2=Me) was coupled to carbamate 21d (P2=Boc,
m=2, R9
= n-butyl) as depicted in general coupling scheme 11 to provide intermediate l
la (Rl=Me,
Ra=Me, R3=H, Rg=butyl/fluoro, P1=H, P2=carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester, m=2)
which was
deprotected under acidic conditions to provide the title compound.
[0745] MS (ESPOS): 437 [M + H]+.
206
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Examples 119-122
[0746] Examples 119-124 are prepared in an analogous manner as in Example 118
(Method
Y, scheme 21), substituting the appropriate R9 carbon nucleophile.
Example 119
4-Fluoro-4-ethyl-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-
methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F
O
NH HNII~
O
HO ~~~IISMe
HO~/OH
Example 120
4-Fluoro-4-(3-fluoropropyl)-piperidnne-2-carboxylic send [2-methyl-1-(3,4,5_
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F
F
O
NH HNlln.
~nIISf~ie
H~-
H~~ ~~H
207
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example 121
4-Fluoro-4-(3,3-difluoropropyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-
trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F
~ISMe
HU UH
Example 122
4-Fluoro-4-(2,2-difluoroethoxymethyl)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid [2-methyl-1-
(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methylsulfanyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yl)-propyl]-amide
F
iISMe
HU UH
[0747] The following Examples may be used t~ test comp~unds of this inventi~n.
Example A
Susceptibility Testing
[0748] Comp~unds were tested following the microdiluti~n method of NCCLS
(National
C~mmittce f~r Clinical Lab~r~t~ry Standards. Methods f~r dilution
antimicr~bi~.l susceptibility
208
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
tests for bacteria that grow aerobically; Approved standard - fifth edition.
NCCLS document
M7-A5, NCCLS, Wayne, PA. 2000; National Committee for Clinical Laboratory
Standards.
Methods for antimicrobial susceptibility testing of anaerobic bacteria;
Approved standard - fifth
edition. NCCLS document M11-A4, NCCLS, Wayne, PA. 2001). Assays were performed
in
sterile plastic 96-well microtiter trays with round bottom wells (Greiner).
Compound Pre arp ation
[0749] Stock solutions of test compounds and control antibiotics are prepared
at l Omg/mL
in DMSO. Serial 2-fold dilutions of each drug are performed in a microtiter
plate across each
row using DMSO as solvent at 100- fold the desired final concentration. Wells
in columns #1-
11 contain drug and column #12 was kept as a growth control for the organism
with no drug.
Each well in the mother plate is diluted with sterile deionized water, mixed,
and volumes of 10
~L distributed to each well in the resulting assay plates.
Preparation of Inoculum
[0750] Stock cultures were prepared using the MicrobankTM method (Pro-Lab
Diagnostics)
and stored at -80°C. To propagate aerobic strains, one bead was removed
from the. frozen vial
and aseptically streaked onto Trypticase Soy Agar (Difco), Chocolate Agar
(Remel) or Mood
Agar (Remel) which were incubated at 35°C overnight. Anaerobes were
cultivated in l3rucella
Agar (Remel) supplemented with heroin and vitamin I~ and incubated in
anaerobiosis using an
Anaerobic Jar (Mitsubishi) at 35°C for 24 to 48 h. Standardized inocula
were prepared using the
direct colony suspension method according to NCCLS guidelines (National
Committee for
Clinical Laboratory Standards. Methods for dilution antimicrobial
susceptibility tests for
bacteria that grow aerobically; Approved standard - fifth edition. NCCLS
document M7-A5,
NCCLS, Wayne, PA. 2000; National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards.
Methods
for antimicrobial susceptibility testing of anaerobic bacteria; Approved
standard - fifth edition.
NCCLS document M11-A4~, NCCLS, Wayne, PA. 2001). Isolated colonies were
selected fxom
an 18-24 h agar plate and resuspended in 0.9~1~ sterile saline to match a 0.5
McFarland turbidity
standard. The suspension was used within 15 min. of preparation.
209
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Streptococcus prceumohiae VSPN1001 Streptococcus p~eumor~iae ATCC 49619
Streptococcus pueumouiae Streptococcus pr~eumohiae R6x
VSPN3026
Streptococcus pr~eumohiae Streptococcus pneumoniae 488K
VSPN4054
Streptococcus p~eumoniae Streptococcus pvceumoniae 9
VSPN4021
Staphylococcus aureus VSAU1017Staphylococcus aureus Smith
Staphylococcus aureus VSAU1003Staphylococcus aureus ATCC
25923
Staphylococcus aureus VSAU4020Staphylococcus aureus125
Staphylococcus aureus VSAU4048Staphylococcus aureus 85-EPI
Staphylococcus aureus VSAU4065Staphylococcus aureus VSAU4065
Staphylococcus epidermidis Staphylococcus epidermidis
VSEP1001 ATCC 12228
Enterococcus faecalis VEFL1003Enterococcus faecalis ATCC
51299
Ehterococcus faecium VEFA1005Er~terococcus faecium BM4147.1
Haemophilus iufuenzae VHIN1003Haemophilus infuehzae ATCC
49766
Haemophilus infuenzae VHIN1004Haemophilus ir~fueuzae ATCC
31517
Haemophilus iufuehzae VHIN1005Haemophilus infuenzae LS-2
acr
ll~Ioraxella catarrhalis Moraxella catarrhalis ATCC
VMCA1001 25238
Escherichia coli VEC~2096 Escherichia coli MG1655
Escherichia coli VEC~2526 tolC Escherichia coli MG1655 tolC
Bacteroides fra~ilis VBFR1001 Bacteroides,fragilis ATCC 25285
Bacteroides thetai~taomicror~ VBTH 1001 Bacteroides thetaiotaomicrot~ ATCC
#29741
Clostridium docile VCDI1001 Clostridium difficile ATCC 9689
Preparation of Assa~Plates for MICs Preparation of Assay Plates for MICs
[0751] Media were prepared at 1.1 x concentration. Mueller-Hinton Broth MHB
(Difc~)
supplemented with Ca++ and Mg++ as recommended by NCCLS, MHB supplemented with
5~/0
h~rse lysed bl~od, HTM Broth (Remel), ~r Brucella br~th (lRemel) supplemented
with heroin
and vitamin K. F~r each ~rganism, the standardized suspensi~n was diluted int~
appr~priate
gr~wth medium in a sterile reserv~ir. After mixing, wells in the drug-
a~ntaining assay plates
were inoeulated with a v~lume ~f 90,1. Thus, f~r each MIC determinati~n, each
well e~ntains a
final v~lume ~f 100 ~.L with an in~culum sire ~f appr~ximately 5
°°j 105 cfia/mL and no m~re
than 1 % DMS~.
Interpretation of MIC
[0752] The completed microtiter plates were incubated 16-20 h at 35°C
in ambient air for
aer~bes, and at 35 °C for 4~6-48 h ~r in an anaerobe jar (Mitsubishi)
for sneer~bes. ~ptical
210
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
density of each well was determined at 600 nm using a VersaMax Microplate
reader (Molecular
Devices, Sunnyvale, CA). The MIC was defined as the lowest drug concentration
causing
complete suppression of visible bacterial growth.
Example B
Efficacy in Marine S. aureus Septicemia
[0753] Efficacy studies were performed in an S. aureus marine septicemia model
according
to models published elsewhere (Goldstein, B. P., G. Candiani, T. M. Arain, G.
Romano, I.
Ciciliato, M. Berti, M. Abbondi, R. Scotti, M. Mainini, F. Ripamonti, and et
al. 1995.
Antimicrobial activity of MDL 63,246, a new semisynthetic glycopeptide
antibiotic Antimicrob
Agents Chemother. 39:1580-1588.; Misiek, M., T. A. Pursiano, F. Leitner, and
I~. E. Price 1973.
Microbiological properties of a new cephalosporin, BL-S 339: 7-
(phenylacetimidoyl-
aminoacetamido)-3-(2-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-5-ylthio methyl)ceph-3-em-4-
carboxylic acid
Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 3:40-48).
Compound Preparation
[0754] Compounds were dissolved in 2°1° Tween 80 for oral dosing
or 0.9°1° NaCI solution
for intravenous dosing. Compounds were administered at 1 hour after bacterial
inoculation..
Vancomycin or ampicillin were used as controls.
Efficacy model
[0755] Male or female ICR mice weighing 222 g from MDS Pharma Services were
used
for the evaluation. Food and water was given ad libitum. Groups of 6 mice
weighing 22 ~ g
were used for the experiment. Mice were inoculated intraperitoneally with
Staphylococcus
aureus Smith at 4~ 104 CFLT in 0.5 mL of Brain heart Infusion Broth (Difco)
containing 5°~~
mucin (Sigma). Mortality was recorded once daily for 7 days following
bacterial inoculation.
[~756] While the invention has been described and illustrated herein by
references to various
specific material, procedures and examples, it is understood that the
invention is not restricted to
the particular material combinations of material, and procedures selected for
that purpose.
Numerous variations of such details can be implied as will be appreciated by
those skilled in the
art.
211
CA 02528596 2005-12-07
WO 2005/007665 PCT/US2004/019497
Example C ,
In vivo animal model
[0757] In vivo activity of various compounds of the subject invention was
evaluated in a
standard Staphylococcus aureus septicemia model (MDS Pharma Services, Bothell,
WA).
[0758] Male ICR-derived mice (ICR is a strain of out-bred mice) provided by
MDS Pharma
Services animal breeding center were inoculated intraperitonealy with LD9o-ioo
of
Staphylococcus aureus (Smith; ATCC19636) in O.SmL BHI broth containing 5%
mucin
(Sigma). Compounds were formulated in 2% Tween 80 (Sigma) and single doses
were
administered orally one hour after bacterial inoculation. Mortality was
monitored daily for
seven days.
[0759] In previous studies, the oral EDso (i.e., concentration that protected
50% of the mice)
was determined to be 19.9 mg/kg for clindamycin, a commercially available
lincosamide
(Sigma). To screen the compounds of this invention that were tested, compounds
were
administered at 10 mg/kg to a group of eight ICR mice and the number of
survivors at that
concentration was compared to clindamycin. Results are presented in the table
below.
Compound Tested No. of surviving mice
(Indicated by at 10 mg/kg
Example No.)
Clindamycin 6
17 1
34 2
35 2
36 0
100 7
101 7
It is assumed that when compound from example 36 is tested at a higher dose,
the
number of surviving mice would increase.
212
